07.02.2020 Views

Rockford Systems Turnkey Safeguarding Solutions Catalog (all in one)

Comprehensive 370-page catalog that combines all of our catalogs into one handy resource, specifically our Rockford Systems Introductory Brochure, our Safety Shields Catalog for Cutting and Turning Machines, our Machine Safeguarding Devices for Industrial Machinery, our EX-AL™ Barrier and Perimeter Guarding Systems, our Hand-Feeding Tools for Presses and Press Brakes, our Control Systems for Presses and Press Brakes, our Die Safety Blocks for Presses and Press Brakes, our Machine Safeguarding Seminars Brochure, and our Quick Reference Sheets Brochure.

Comprehensive 370-page catalog that combines all of our catalogs into one handy resource, specifically our Rockford Systems Introductory Brochure, our Safety Shields Catalog for Cutting and Turning Machines, our Machine Safeguarding Devices for Industrial Machinery, our EX-AL™ Barrier and Perimeter Guarding Systems, our Hand-Feeding Tools for Presses and Press Brakes, our Control Systems for Presses and Press Brakes, our Die Safety Blocks for Presses and Press Brakes, our Machine Safeguarding Seminars Brochure, and our Quick Reference Sheets Brochure.

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>Turnkey</strong> Mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong><br />

Industrial Mach<strong>in</strong>e Safety <strong>Solutions</strong><br />

www.rockfordsystems.com


deliver<strong>in</strong>g trusted<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e safeguard<strong>in</strong>g solutions<br />

for organizations work<strong>in</strong>g with<br />

<strong>in</strong>dustrial mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

“<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e Guard<strong>in</strong>g has<br />

been on OSHA’s Top 10<br />

Most Cited Violations<br />

report for the last 15<br />

plus years*<br />

“<br />

WHY SAFEGUARD?<br />

Accord<strong>in</strong>g to Occupational Safety and Health<br />

Adm<strong>in</strong>istration (OSHA) statistics, nearly 18,000<br />

workers <strong>in</strong> metal fabricat<strong>in</strong>g plants suffer non-fatal<br />

<strong>in</strong>juries annu<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong> the United States. Even with strict<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e and operator safety regulations <strong>in</strong> place,<br />

unguarded hazardous mach<strong>in</strong>ery rema<strong>in</strong>s a major<br />

source of fatalities, amputations and other traumatic<br />

<strong>in</strong>juries <strong>in</strong> manufactur<strong>in</strong>g plants. A recent survey<br />

showed an alarm<strong>in</strong>g 50 percent or more of metal<br />

fabricat<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>ery <strong>in</strong> the United States are not<br />

<strong>in</strong> compliance with the critical safety requirements<br />

for guard<strong>in</strong>g outl<strong>in</strong>ed by OSHA and the American<br />

National Standards Institute (ANSI).<br />

S<strong>in</strong>ce 1971, the Fortune 500 and many of North<br />

America’s largest manufacturers have depended<br />

upon <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong> for customized mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

safeguard<strong>in</strong>g solutions to br<strong>in</strong>g their operations <strong>in</strong>to<br />

compliance with today’s OSHA regulations, ANSI, RIA<br />

and NFPA standards to ensure they are prepared for<br />

tomorrow’s safety ch<strong>all</strong>enges.<br />

“<br />

50 percent or more<br />

of metal fabricat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>ery <strong>in</strong> the<br />

United States are not<br />

<strong>in</strong> compliance with<br />

the critical safety<br />

requirements for<br />

guard<strong>in</strong>g outl<strong>in</strong>ed by<br />

OSHA and ANSI<br />

“<br />

2 | ROCKFORD SYSTEMS TURNKEY SOLUTIONS


“<br />

88% of the total<br />

number of OSHA<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e Guard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

violations were<br />

classified as “Serious,”<br />

mean<strong>in</strong>g “<strong>one</strong> <strong>in</strong> which<br />

there is a substantial<br />

probability that death<br />

or serious physical<br />

harm could result, and<br />

the employer knew or<br />

should have known of<br />

the hazard.”*<br />

“<br />

OUR MISSION<br />

Our aim is to enhance the long-term health and<br />

quality of life of workers <strong>in</strong> high-risk occupations,<br />

while improv<strong>in</strong>g the bottom l<strong>in</strong>e of the organizations<br />

we serve by <strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g compliance, reduc<strong>in</strong>g risk,<br />

lower<strong>in</strong>g costs, and improv<strong>in</strong>g productivity.<br />

ROCKFORD SYSTEMS CAN HELP<br />

At <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>, we are experts at mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

guard<strong>in</strong>g because it has been our sole focus for over<br />

45 years. We stand committed to the prevention of<br />

<strong>in</strong>juries and fatalities. We are here to help <strong>in</strong>surance<br />

agencies, academic <strong>in</strong>stitutions, and bus<strong>in</strong>esses,<br />

large and sm<strong>all</strong>, address mach<strong>in</strong>e safety ch<strong>all</strong>enges<br />

and to remove the burden of manag<strong>in</strong>g the grow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

legal complexity of OSHA and ANSI requirements<br />

from simple turnkey solutions, to more complex<br />

customized solutions.<br />

“<br />

“<br />

Nearly 18,000 workers<br />

<strong>in</strong> metal fabricat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

plants suffer non-fatal<br />

<strong>in</strong>juries annu<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong> the<br />

United States al<strong>one</strong>*<br />

*OSHA’s Top Ten Most Cited Violations Report 2017<br />

ROCKFORD SYSTEMS TURNKEY SOLUTIONS | 3


PROTECTING WORKERS.<br />

INCREASING PRODUCTIVITY.<br />

ENHANCING PROFITABILITY.<br />

MACHINE<br />

SAFETY<br />

SOLUTIONS<br />

Tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g and Education<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e Risk Assessment<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

Assessment<br />

Customized, Eng<strong>in</strong>eered<br />

Integration <strong>Solutions</strong><br />

Recommended For<br />

Recommended For<br />

Recommended For<br />

Recommended For<br />

Personnel <strong>in</strong> EH&S, Production/<br />

Operations/ Ma<strong>in</strong>tenance, and<br />

Risk Management roles that need<br />

safeguard<strong>in</strong>g tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g<br />

Description<br />

Sem<strong>in</strong>ars and web<strong>in</strong>ars that teach<br />

people how to safeguard <strong>in</strong>dustrial<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>ery to be <strong>in</strong> compliance<br />

with OSHA regulations, and ANSI/<br />

RIA/NFPA standards<br />

Output / Result<br />

<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Sem<strong>in</strong>ar Certificate<br />

Organizations with new and/<br />

or relocated metal work<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>es or automation cells<br />

that need hazard identification<br />

and risk scor<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Description<br />

Identifies the task and<br />

associated hazards on mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

Scores the risk level us<strong>in</strong>g the<br />

ANSI B11.0-2015 safety<br />

standard methods<br />

Output / Result<br />

Hazard Analysis Report<br />

Organizations with new, old,<br />

refurbished and/or relocated<br />

metal work<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, robots<br />

or automation cells that need<br />

safeguard<strong>in</strong>g solutions and<br />

associated costs<br />

Description<br />

Identifies the task and<br />

associated hazards on mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

Recommends safeguard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

solutions us<strong>in</strong>g the current OSHA<br />

regulations, and ANSI/RIA/NFPA<br />

standards (or Corporate Standards<br />

where applicable)<br />

Output / Result<br />

Included with<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

Assessment<br />

Description<br />

Delivers customized<br />

eng<strong>in</strong>eered and<br />

automated safety device<br />

<strong>in</strong>terfaces or specialized<br />

controls for mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

or robots<br />

Output / Result<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

Assessment & Proposal<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

Assessment & Proposal<br />

4 | ROCKFORD SYSTEMS TURNKEY SOLUTIONS


THAT’S WHAT MAKES ROCKFORD<br />

SYSTEMS THE SAFE CHOICE FOR<br />

INDUSTRIAL MACHINE SAFEGUARDING<br />

Over 10,000<br />

<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Products<br />

Recommended For<br />

Expert Inst<strong>all</strong>ation Services<br />

Recommended For<br />

Technical Support and<br />

In-Field Support<br />

Recommended For<br />

Ongo<strong>in</strong>g Compliance Validation<br />

Recommended For<br />

Included with Mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Assessment<br />

Description<br />

Ensures that <strong>in</strong>dustrial mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

and automation cells are fully<br />

safeguarded to OSHA regulations,<br />

and ANSI/RIA/NFPA standards<br />

Includes shields, guards, presence<br />

sens<strong>in</strong>g devices, controls,<br />

disconnects, starters, covers<br />

and more for <strong>all</strong> metal work<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

Output / Result<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

Assessment & Proposal<br />

Included with Mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Assessment<br />

Description<br />

OSHA tra<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ers safely<br />

<strong>in</strong>tegrate safeguard<strong>in</strong>g products<br />

<strong>in</strong>to sophisticated mach<strong>in</strong>e controls<br />

and tra<strong>in</strong> operators on proper use<br />

Output / Result<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

Assessment & Proposal<br />

Included with <strong>all</strong> purchases<br />

and <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ations<br />

Description<br />

Every purchase is backed<br />

up with a professional,<br />

highly-tra<strong>in</strong>ed team of<br />

Technical Support Advisers<br />

In-Field Service Technicians<br />

are available for more complex<br />

troubleshoot<strong>in</strong>g and repairs<br />

Output / Result<br />

Post purchase support via ph<strong>one</strong>,<br />

fax, onl<strong>in</strong>e or onsite<br />

Organizations who have<br />

completed a guard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

<strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ation that seek ongo<strong>in</strong>g<br />

compliance validation<br />

Description<br />

Ensures that safeguard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

products are <strong>in</strong>place, work<strong>in</strong>g<br />

at optimal performance, and<br />

operators are us<strong>in</strong>g safeguard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

solutions as designed and tra<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

Output / Result<br />

Included with <strong>all</strong> Mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Assessment<br />

ROCKFORD SYSTEMS TURNKEY SOLUTIONS | 5


Safety Shields<br />

For Cutt<strong>in</strong>g and Turn<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

www.rockfordsystems.com


Safety Shields is a comprehensive catalog that<br />

features a complete l<strong>in</strong>e of equipment to protect<br />

operators of cutt<strong>in</strong>g and turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es.<br />

The polycarbonate and steel shields found <strong>in</strong><br />

this catalog can be applied to drill presses,<br />

lathes, mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, bench gr<strong>in</strong>ders, band<br />

saws, and disc and belt sanders.<br />

The catalog also offers emergency-stop<br />

devices, disconnect switches, magnetic motor<br />

starters, lockouts, and danger signs.<br />

All products <strong>in</strong> this catalog are <strong>in</strong>tended and<br />

designed to meet the requirements of OSHA<br />

and ANSI safety standards.<br />

At <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>, we are experts at<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e guard<strong>in</strong>g because it has been our<br />

sole focus for over 45 years. We stand<br />

committed to the prevention of <strong>in</strong>juries and<br />

fatalities. Our mission is to enhance the longterm<br />

health and quality of life of workers <strong>in</strong><br />

high-risk occupations, while improv<strong>in</strong>g the<br />

bottom l<strong>in</strong>e of the organizations we serve by<br />

<strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g compliance, reduc<strong>in</strong>g risk, lower<strong>in</strong>g<br />

costs and improv<strong>in</strong>g productivity.<br />

Industrial Mach<strong>in</strong>e Safety <strong>Solutions</strong>


TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />

INTRODUCTION..................................................................... 3-7<br />

SAFEGUARDING.................................................................. 8-58<br />

ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED HEAVY-DUTY SHIELDS......... 8-21<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Drill Press Shields....................... 8-11<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Lathe Chuck Shields.................. 12-14<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Crosslide/Carriage<br />

Travel Lathe Shields..........................................................15<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Mill<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>e Shields............. 16-18<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Gr<strong>in</strong>der & Tool Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields.........19<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Surface Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields...................20<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Slott<strong>in</strong>g & Broach<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Type Mach<strong>in</strong>e Shields....................................................21<br />

SAFETY ON DRILL PRESSES.......................................... 22-25<br />

Safety Chip Shields...........................................................24<br />

Heavy-Duty Alum<strong>in</strong>um Drill Press Shields...........................25<br />

Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Loaded/Self-Eject<strong>in</strong>g Chuck Keys<br />

for Drill Presses.................................................................25<br />

SAFETY ON LATHES...................................................... 26-35<br />

Slid<strong>in</strong>g Lathe Shields.........................................................28<br />

Crosslide-Travel Lathe Shields...........................................29<br />

Sm<strong>all</strong> Steel Lathe Chuck Shields........................................30<br />

Large Steel Lathe Chuck Shields........................................31<br />

Transparent Lathe Chuck Shields.......................................32<br />

Lathe Mount<strong>in</strong>g Brackets...................................................33<br />

Lathe Chuck Wrenches................................................ 34-35<br />

SAFETY ON MILLING MACHINES................................... 36-42<br />

Chip Shields for Bridgeport Mills.................................. 38-39<br />

Bridgeport Vertical Mill Controls.........................................39<br />

Slide and Sw<strong>in</strong>g-Aside Shields..................................... 40-41<br />

Rear Shield Assemblies.....................................................41<br />

Mill<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>e Belt Covers...............................................42<br />

Electrical Interlock Assembly..............................................42<br />

SAFETY ON BENCH GRINDERS...................................... 43-46<br />

Double-Wheel Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields............................................44<br />

S<strong>in</strong>gle-Wheel Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields.............................................44<br />

Standard-Mount Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields........................................45<br />

Heavy-Duty S<strong>in</strong>gle Buffer Shield.........................................45<br />

Bench Gr<strong>in</strong>der Safety Gauge..............................................46<br />

SAFETY ON BAND SAWS.....................................................47<br />

SAFETY ON DISC AND BELT SANDERS................................48<br />

ALL-PURPOSE SHIELDS................................................ 49-59<br />

Adjustable Slide Shields.....................................................49<br />

Rigid-Arm Magnetic-Base Shields......................................50<br />

Universal B<strong>all</strong> & Socket Shields.................................... 52-53<br />

Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm Shields................................. 54-57<br />

On/Off Magnetic-Base Shields...........................................58<br />

Free-Stand<strong>in</strong>g Shield Assembly..........................................59<br />

DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS, AND<br />

ACCESSORIES............................................................... 60-66<br />

Lockouts .........................................................................60<br />

Tagouts .........................................................................60<br />

Lockout Valves..................................................................61<br />

S<strong>in</strong>gle-Phase Disconnect/Starter........................................61<br />

Sens<strong>in</strong>g Saf-Start ® Packages.............................................62<br />

Enclosed Transformers......................................................63<br />

IEC Fused Disconnect Switches, Magnetic<br />

Motor Starters, and Comb<strong>in</strong>ations..................................63<br />

Disconnect and Starter Part Number<strong>in</strong>g System Chart.........64<br />

Remote Operator Station Part Number<strong>in</strong>g System Chart......65<br />

Remote Operator Stations..................................................66<br />

DANGER SIGNS AND LABELS............................................ 67-68<br />

SURVEY FOR CUTTING AND TURNING MACHINES............. 69-70<br />

OSHA STANDARDS..................................................................71<br />

MACHINE SAFEGUARDING SEMINARS.............................. 72-73<br />

INDEX................................................................................ 74-75<br />

The applications described <strong>in</strong> this catalog are for <strong>in</strong>structional and <strong>in</strong>formational purposes only; the photos <strong>in</strong> this catalog are for illustrative purposes<br />

only. They may not represent actual usage. This catalog has been carefully checked for accuracy and is thought to be fully consistent with the<br />

products described here<strong>in</strong>. However, <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>, LLC does not assume liability for the contents of this publication or for the use of any<br />

products described here<strong>in</strong>. <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>, LLC reserves the right to make changes to the products and documentation without further notice.<br />

This document conta<strong>in</strong>s proprietary <strong>in</strong>formation protected by copyright. No part of this catalog may be reproduced, transmitted, stored <strong>in</strong> a retrieval<br />

system, or translated <strong>in</strong>to any language, <strong>in</strong> any form or by any means without prior written permission from <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>, LLC, 5795 Logistics<br />

Parkway, <strong>Rockford</strong>, Ill<strong>in</strong>ois 61109. <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong> reserves the right to make changes or revisions to the material conta<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> this catalog and<br />

cannot be held liable for <strong>in</strong>cidental or consequential damages result<strong>in</strong>g from the furnish<strong>in</strong>g, performance or use of this material.<br />

Copyright © 2019 by <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>, LLC. All rights reserved. Not to be reproduced <strong>in</strong> whole or <strong>in</strong> part without written permission. Litho <strong>in</strong> U.S.A.<br />

2 | SAFETY SHIELDS


INTRODUCTION<br />

There are basic requirements for safeguard<strong>in</strong>g cutt<strong>in</strong>g and turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es. These basic safety requirements <strong>in</strong>clude safeguard<strong>in</strong>g, controls,<br />

disconnects, starters, covers, and other considerations. We have expla<strong>in</strong>ed the basic safety requirements below and have arranged this catalog so<br />

you can make your safeguard<strong>in</strong>g choices quickly and easily.<br />

1. SAFEGUARDING: When safeguard<strong>in</strong>g the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation on a cutt<strong>in</strong>g or turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e, shields (barriers) can be <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ed between the hazard<br />

and the operator. These shields can deflect chips, sparks, and coolant that are generated at the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation.<br />

2. CONTROLS: Most cutt<strong>in</strong>g and turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es are directly driven by a motor. When the motor is turned on, the tool or workpiece rotates caus<strong>in</strong>g<br />

a po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation hazard. When the motor is turned off, the tool or workpiece coasts to a stop and the hazard is elim<strong>in</strong>ated. The basic requirement,<br />

for controls, is that <strong>all</strong> cutt<strong>in</strong>g and turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es must have an emergency-stop device located with<strong>in</strong> reach of the operator. Some of the motor<br />

stop/start operator stations offered <strong>in</strong> this catalog are equipped with an emergency-stop push button to meet this requirement. These emergencystop<br />

buttons can also be supplied separately.<br />

3. DISCONNECTS: All cutt<strong>in</strong>g and turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es must have a disconnect<strong>in</strong>g means to shut off <strong>all</strong> pneumatic, electrical, and hydraulic power<br />

sources com<strong>in</strong>g to the mach<strong>in</strong>e. It must be capable of be<strong>in</strong>g locked only <strong>in</strong> the off position to comply with OSHA 1910.306 (j) (4), applicable ANSI<br />

standards, and OSHA 29 CFR 1910.147 (lockout/tagout).<br />

4. STARTERS: All cutt<strong>in</strong>g and turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es must have a starter that will automatic<strong>all</strong>y drop out when the control voltage is lost to the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

To restart the mach<strong>in</strong>e when power is restored, some<strong>one</strong> must start the motor with some type of overt action, for example, press<strong>in</strong>g the start push<br />

button. This prevents the mach<strong>in</strong>e from automatic<strong>all</strong>y restart<strong>in</strong>g when the voltage is restored.<br />

5. COVERS: All cutt<strong>in</strong>g and turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es must have the mechanical power-transmission apparatuses covered (guarded) if below a 7' level from<br />

the floor or work<strong>in</strong>g platform. This <strong>in</strong>cludes motor shafts, belts, pulleys, cha<strong>in</strong>s, sprockets, gears, etc. This catalog offers a pulley and belt cover<br />

for Bridgeport mills as shown on page 42. If special covers are required, visit www.rockfordsystems.com for our Mechanical Motions Cover (CVR)<br />

catalog, or contact the OEM or a local fabricator to satisfy this requirement.<br />

6. OTHER CONSIDERATIONS: Other auxiliary safeguard<strong>in</strong>g equipment may be required to make cutt<strong>in</strong>g and turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es as safe as possible.<br />

This equipment <strong>in</strong>cludes safety switches which can be used to <strong>in</strong>terlock the shield or guard to the mach<strong>in</strong>e’s starter. Electronic motor brakes are<br />

available for mach<strong>in</strong>es that have a long coastdown time. These brakes are used to decrease the long coast<strong>in</strong>g time after the motor is turned off.<br />

This <strong>in</strong>creases productivity because the operator does not have to wait for the mach<strong>in</strong>e comp<strong>one</strong>nts to coast to a stop. Signs are used to warn of<br />

the hazards on a mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 3


INTRODUCTION (CONTINUED)<br />

When safeguard<strong>in</strong>g cutt<strong>in</strong>g and turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, the general<br />

requirements that apply to these types of mach<strong>in</strong>es are <strong>in</strong> OSHA<br />

(Occupational Safety and Health Adm<strong>in</strong>istration) Title 29 of the Code of<br />

Federal Regulations. The follow<strong>in</strong>g is a list:<br />

1. An Act–Public Law 91-596, 91st Congress, S. 2193,<br />

December 29, 1970, Duties, Section 5(a)(1)(2)(b)<br />

2. OSHA 29 CFR sections that an employer (user) must comply<br />

with <strong>in</strong>clude:<br />

1910.211 Def<strong>in</strong>itions<br />

1910.212 General requirements for <strong>all</strong> mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

1910.213 Woodwork<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>ery requirements<br />

1910.215 Abrasive wheel mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

1910.219 Mechanical power-transmission apparatus<br />

3. OSHA 29 CFR 1910.147 The control of hazardous energy<br />

(lockout/tagout).<br />

4. OSHA 29 CFR 1910.301-1910.399 Electrical<br />

These publications can be acquired by contact<strong>in</strong>g:<br />

U.S. Government Pr<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g Office<br />

P.O. Box 371954<br />

Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954<br />

(202) 512-1800 • http://bookstore.gpo.gov<br />

The basic OSHA standard, 29 CFR 1910.212, states that any mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

that creates a hazard must be safeguarded to protect the operator and<br />

other employees. OSHA can also cite violations us<strong>in</strong>g other standards<br />

such as the ANSI (American National Standards Institute) B11 series.<br />

The follow<strong>in</strong>g is a list of applicable and related ANSI standards available<br />

at the pr<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g of this publication.<br />

ANSI Publications<br />

B11–2008 General Safety Requirements<br />

Common to ANSI B11 Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.1 Mechanical Power Presses<br />

B11.2 Hydraulic Power Presses<br />

B11.3 Power Press Brakes<br />

B11.4 Shears<br />

B11.5 Iron Workers<br />

B11.6* Lathes<br />

B11.7 Cold Headers and Cold Formers<br />

B11.8* Drill<strong>in</strong>g, Mill<strong>in</strong>g, and Bor<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.9* Gr<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.10* Metal Saw<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.11* Gear and Spl<strong>in</strong>e Cutt<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.12 Roll Form<strong>in</strong>g and Roll Bend<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.13 Automatic Screw/Bar and Chuck<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.14 Withdrawn (now see ANSI B11.18)<br />

B11.15 Pipe, Tube, and Shape Bend<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.16 Metal Powder Compact<strong>in</strong>g Presses<br />

B11.17 Horizontal Hydraulic Extrusion Presses<br />

B11.18 Coil Process<strong>in</strong>g <strong>Systems</strong><br />

B11.19* Performance Criteria for <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

B11.20 Integrated Manufactur<strong>in</strong>g <strong>Systems</strong><br />

B11.21 Mach<strong>in</strong>e Tools Us<strong>in</strong>g Lasers for<br />

Process<strong>in</strong>g Materials<br />

B11.22* Turn<strong>in</strong>g Centers and CNC Turn<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.23* Mach<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g Centers and CNC Mill<strong>in</strong>g, Drill<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

and Bor<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.24 Transfer Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.TR1 Ergonomic Guidel<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.TR2 Mist Control Considerations<br />

B11.TR3* Risk Assessment and Risk Reduction<br />

B11.TR4 Selection of Programmable Electronic <strong>Systems</strong><br />

(PES/PLC) for Mach<strong>in</strong>e Tools<br />

B11.TR5 Sound Level Measurement Guidel<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.TR7 Design For Safety and Lean Manufactur<strong>in</strong>g<br />

R15.06 Robotic <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

B15.1 Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus<br />

B56.5 Guide Industrial Vehicles and Automated Function<br />

of Manned Industrial Vehicles<br />

B65.1 Pr<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g Press <strong>Systems</strong><br />

B65.2 B<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g and F<strong>in</strong>ish<strong>in</strong>g <strong>Systems</strong><br />

B65.5 Stand-Al<strong>one</strong> Platen Presses<br />

B151.1 Horizontal (Plastic) Injection Mold<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B152.1 Hydraulic Die Cast<strong>in</strong>g Presses<br />

B155.1 Packag<strong>in</strong>g and Packag<strong>in</strong>g-Related Convert<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

01.1* Woodwork<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

*ANSI Standards for Cutt<strong>in</strong>g and Turn<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

These standards can be purchased by contact<strong>in</strong>g:<br />

ANSI (American National Standards Institute, Inc.)<br />

25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor<br />

New York, New York 10036<br />

(212) 642-4900 • www.ansi.org<br />

Another good reference for safety on mach<strong>in</strong>e tools is the follow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

publication from the National Safety Council:<br />

<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Concepts Illustrated—7th Edition<br />

This publication can be purchased by contact<strong>in</strong>g:<br />

National Safety Council<br />

1121 Spr<strong>in</strong>g Lake Drive<br />

Itasca, IL 60143-3201<br />

1-800-621-7619, ext. 2199 • www.nsc.org<br />

Other sources that can be used for reference <strong>in</strong>clude:<br />

1. NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

2. NEC (National Electrical Code) Handbook<br />

3. NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association)<br />

For additional safety <strong>in</strong>formation and assistance <strong>in</strong> devis<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

implement<strong>in</strong>g or revis<strong>in</strong>g your safety program, please contact the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e manufacturer, your state and local safety councils, <strong>in</strong>surance<br />

carriers, national trade associations, and your state’s occupational safety<br />

and health adm<strong>in</strong>istration.<br />

4 | SAFETY SHIELDS


INTRODUCTION (CONTINUED)<br />

This catalog offers a variety of equipment <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g a l<strong>in</strong>e of shields<br />

(barriers), cord and plug lockouts, fused disconnect switches, magnetic<br />

motor starters, self-latch<strong>in</strong>g emergency stops, and accessories which<br />

are available to meet the electrical energy source portion of these<br />

standards. If a shield is not represented with<strong>in</strong> this catalog, please<br />

contact us for an alternative solution.<br />

The shields (barriers) offered <strong>in</strong> this catalog are usu<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ed on<br />

drill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, lathes, mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, gr<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, band<br />

saws, belt sanders, and disc sanders. Many of the shields can be used<br />

on other types of equipment <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g woodwork<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es. Most of<br />

these shields are <strong>in</strong>tended to deflect chips (swarf), sparks, splash<strong>in</strong>g<br />

coolant, or lubricant away from the operator and other employees <strong>in</strong><br />

the mach<strong>in</strong>e area. Shields will provide visibility to the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation.<br />

Although these shields provide some degree of guard<strong>in</strong>g for the operator,<br />

they cannot be considered guards. When us<strong>in</strong>g these shields, and<br />

before any of the shields illustrated <strong>in</strong> this catalog are moved from their<br />

norm<strong>all</strong>y applied position, power must always be turned off.<br />

In some cases, more than <strong>one</strong> type of shield per mach<strong>in</strong>e may be<br />

necessary to provide protection. For example, on lathes, a chuck shield<br />

may be required along with a magnetic-base shield where the tool<br />

comes <strong>in</strong>to contact with the workpiece.<br />

This catalog offers several different types of shields. When consider<strong>in</strong>g<br />

shield<strong>in</strong>g for your mach<strong>in</strong>es, be sure to choose the shield that fits your<br />

mach<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g applications and still ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>s current levels of productivity.<br />

DRILLING MACHINES<br />

As with other cutt<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, the operator must be shielded from the<br />

rotat<strong>in</strong>g chuck and swarf that is produced by the drill bit. A wide variety<br />

of shields can be attached to the mach<strong>in</strong>e and used to protect this area.<br />

The ANSI standard for drill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es is ANSI B11.8.<br />

LATHES<br />

There are three ma<strong>in</strong> safety considerations for lathes (eng<strong>in</strong>e, turret,<br />

etc.). One is the rotat<strong>in</strong>g chuck that could catch the operator’s cloth<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

jewelry, hair, or hand and pull it <strong>in</strong>to the mach<strong>in</strong>e. The second is the<br />

hazardous fly<strong>in</strong>g chips and splash<strong>in</strong>g coolant that are generated at<br />

the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation (where the tool contacts the workpiece be<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>ed). To protect these areas, two shields can be applied—<strong>one</strong><br />

around a portion of the chuck and the other at the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation.<br />

See the photo on page 28. Larger slid<strong>in</strong>g shields can protect both<br />

areas, provid<strong>in</strong>g the workpiece is not too long. The third is the rotat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

transmission comp<strong>one</strong>nts that must be covered to prevent entanglement.<br />

On VTLs (vertical turret lathes), the safety concern is the rotat<strong>in</strong>g table<br />

and the po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation swarf. Special barriers may have to be<br />

fabricated around the tables of these mach<strong>in</strong>es; shields can be provided<br />

at the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation.<br />

If rail<strong>in</strong>gs are used to keep operators away from hazard areas, these<br />

rail<strong>in</strong>gs must be 42" above the floor or platform.<br />

The ANSI standard for lathes is ANSI B11.6.<br />

MILLING MACHINES<br />

The ma<strong>in</strong> safety consideration for mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es is the swarf that<br />

is generated at the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation. Another safety concern is the<br />

tool cutter, which could catch operator’s cloth<strong>in</strong>g, jewelry, hair, or any<br />

other part of the body. Usu<strong>all</strong>y on sm<strong>all</strong>er mills, the operator and other<br />

employees <strong>in</strong> the mach<strong>in</strong>e area are protected by shields. These shields<br />

can be applied around the perimeter of the table or bed area or close to<br />

the cutter, depend<strong>in</strong>g on the size of the workpiece and the application.<br />

On larger mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, operators are sometimes protected by<br />

location; however, when work<strong>in</strong>g close to a cutt<strong>in</strong>g tool, operators must<br />

be protected from swarf.<br />

The ANSI standard for mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es is ANSI B11.8.<br />

GRINDING MACHINES<br />

Shields are usu<strong>all</strong>y applied to gr<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es to protect the operator<br />

from chips (swarf), sparks, splash<strong>in</strong>g coolant, or lubricant.<br />

Other safety concerns for gr<strong>in</strong>ders are the adjustment of the work rests<br />

and the adjustable tongues or ends of the peripheral members at the<br />

top of each wheel. Work rests sh<strong>all</strong> be kept adjusted closely to the wheel<br />

with a maximum open<strong>in</strong>g of 1/8". The distance between the wheel<br />

periphery and the adjustable tongue or the end of the peripheral member<br />

at the top sh<strong>all</strong> never exceed ¼".<br />

Gr<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es are covered by OSHA <strong>in</strong> 29 CFR 1910.215. The ANSI<br />

standards for gr<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es are B11.9 and B7.1.<br />

BAND AND TABLE SAWS<br />

Shields are applied to band saws and table saws to protect the operator<br />

from fly<strong>in</strong>g chips, spl<strong>in</strong>ters, and dust. As with other cutt<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es,<br />

care must be taken around the mov<strong>in</strong>g blade of the mach<strong>in</strong>e. Avoid<br />

wear<strong>in</strong>g loose cloth<strong>in</strong>g and jewelry; properly restra<strong>in</strong> long hair.<br />

Band saws and table saws for woodwork<strong>in</strong>g are covered by OSHA <strong>in</strong><br />

29 CFR 1910.212 and 1910.213. The ANSI standard for metal saw<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>es is ANSI B11.10.<br />

DISC/BELT SANDERS/GRINDERS<br />

Shields can be applied to disc/belt sanders/gr<strong>in</strong>ders to protect the<br />

operator from fly<strong>in</strong>g chips, spl<strong>in</strong>ters, and dust. As with other mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

with rotat<strong>in</strong>g parts, care must be taken around the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation.<br />

Avoid wear<strong>in</strong>g loose cloth<strong>in</strong>g and jewelry; properly restra<strong>in</strong> long hair.<br />

Disc and belt sanders for woodwork<strong>in</strong>g are covered by OSHA <strong>in</strong> 29 CFR<br />

1910.212 and 1910.213. The ANSI standards for gr<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

are B11.9 and B7.1.<br />

LOCKOUT/TAGOUT<br />

As stated <strong>in</strong> OSHA 29 CFR 1910.147 The control of hazardous energy<br />

(lockout/tagout): “(a)(1)(i) This standard covers the servic<strong>in</strong>g and<br />

ma<strong>in</strong>tenance of mach<strong>in</strong>es and equipment <strong>in</strong> which the unexpected<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 5


INTRODUCTION (CONTINUED)<br />

energiz<strong>in</strong>g or start-up of the mach<strong>in</strong>es or equipment, or release of stored<br />

energy could cause <strong>in</strong>jury to employees. This standard establishes<br />

m<strong>in</strong>imum performance requirements for the control of such hazardous<br />

energy.”<br />

One source of energy to be locked out is the electrical energy sources:<br />

1. Unplug the mach<strong>in</strong>e and use an electrical plug lockout or use a<br />

disconnect switch with padlocks, lockouts, and tags.<br />

2. Disconnect and ensure that <strong>all</strong> power sources are locked and tagged out.<br />

3. Stored electrical energy must be bled to obta<strong>in</strong> zero energy state.<br />

4. Use a volt meter to make sure <strong>all</strong> circuits are dead.<br />

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS<br />

NFPA 79, ELECTRICAL STANDARD FOR<br />

INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY<br />

INCOMING SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS<br />

Under 5.1.1, it states that “where practicable, the electrical equipment of<br />

a mach<strong>in</strong>e sh<strong>all</strong> be connected to a s<strong>in</strong>gle power supply circuit.”<br />

SUPPLY CIRCUIT DISCONNECTING (ISOLATING) MEANS<br />

In 5.3.1.1, it states that a supply circuit disconnect<strong>in</strong>g means sh<strong>all</strong> be<br />

provided for each <strong>in</strong>com<strong>in</strong>g supply circuit to a mach<strong>in</strong>e. Accord<strong>in</strong>g to<br />

5.3.1.1.1, each disconnect<strong>in</strong>g means sh<strong>all</strong> be legibly marked to <strong>in</strong>dicate<br />

its purpose. Under 5.3.1.3, “The supply circuit disconnect<strong>in</strong>g means<br />

other than attachment plugs and receptacles sh<strong>all</strong> be mounted with<strong>in</strong> the<br />

control enclosure or immediately adjacent thereto. Exception: Extern<strong>all</strong>y<br />

mounted supply circuit disconnect<strong>in</strong>g means, whether <strong>in</strong>terlocked or not<br />

<strong>in</strong>terlocked with the control enclosure, supply<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es total<strong>in</strong>g 2 hp<br />

or less sh<strong>all</strong> be permitted to be mounted up to 6 m (20 ft) away from the<br />

enclosure provid<strong>in</strong>g that the disconnect<strong>in</strong>g means is <strong>in</strong> sight from and<br />

readily accessible to the operator.” Under 5.3.3, the disconnect<strong>in</strong>g means<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> be provided with permanent means for lock<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the off position<br />

only (for other than attachment plugs). In accordance with 5.3.4.1, “The<br />

center of the grip of the operat<strong>in</strong>g handle of the disconnect<strong>in</strong>g means,<br />

when <strong>in</strong> its highest position, sh<strong>all</strong> not be more than 2.0 m (6 ft 7 <strong>in</strong>)<br />

above the floor. A permanent operat<strong>in</strong>g platform, readily accessible by<br />

means of a permanent stair or ladder, sh<strong>all</strong> be considered as the floor<br />

for the purpose of this requirement.” Accord<strong>in</strong>g to 5.3.2 (6), the supply<br />

circuit disconnect<strong>in</strong>g means can be an attachment plug and receptacle<br />

(plug/socket comb<strong>in</strong>ation) for cord connection to motor loads total<strong>in</strong>g 2<br />

hp or less.<br />

CONTROL CIRCUIT SUPPLY, VOLTAGE, AND PROTECTION<br />

In 9.1.1.1, it states that “Control transformers sh<strong>all</strong> be used for<br />

supply<strong>in</strong>g the control circuits.” Accord<strong>in</strong>g to 9.1.1.3, “Transformers sh<strong>all</strong><br />

not be required if the supply voltage does not exceed 120 volts ac.”<br />

In accordance with 9.1.2.1, “The ac voltage for control circuits sh<strong>all</strong> not<br />

exceed 120 volts, ac s<strong>in</strong>gle phase.”<br />

Accord<strong>in</strong>g to 9.1.3, control circuits sh<strong>all</strong> be provided with overcurrent<br />

protection.<br />

OVERLOAD PROTECTION OF MOTORS<br />

Accord<strong>in</strong>g to 7.3.1, “Overload devices sh<strong>all</strong> be provided to protect each<br />

motor, motor controller, and branch-circuit conductor aga<strong>in</strong>st excessive<br />

heat<strong>in</strong>g due to motor overloads or failure to start.”<br />

STOP FUNCTIONS<br />

Accord<strong>in</strong>g to 9.2.2, “The three categories of stop functions sh<strong>all</strong> be as<br />

follows:<br />

(1) Category 0 is an uncontrolled stop by immediately remov<strong>in</strong>g power<br />

to the mach<strong>in</strong>e actuators.<br />

(2) Category 1 is a controlled stop with power to the mach<strong>in</strong>e actuators<br />

available to achieve the stop then remove power when the stop is<br />

achieved.<br />

(3) Category 2 is a controlled stop with power left available to the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e actuators.”<br />

In 9.2.5.3.1, it states that “Each mach<strong>in</strong>e sh<strong>all</strong> be equipped with a<br />

Category 0 stop.” Accord<strong>in</strong>g to 9.2.5.3.2, “Category 0, Category 1, and/<br />

or Category 2 stops sh<strong>all</strong> be provided where <strong>in</strong>dicated by an analysis of<br />

the risk assessment and the functional requirements of the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

Category 0 and Category 1 stops sh<strong>all</strong> be operational regardless of<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g modes, and Category 0 sh<strong>all</strong> take priority. Stop function sh<strong>all</strong><br />

operate by de-energiz<strong>in</strong>g that relevant circuit and sh<strong>all</strong> override related<br />

start functions.”<br />

EMERGENCY STOP FUNCTIONS<br />

In accordance with 9.2.5.4.1, emergency stop functions sh<strong>all</strong> be<br />

designed to be <strong>in</strong>itiated by a s<strong>in</strong>gle human action. In addition to the<br />

requirements for stop, 9.2.5.4.1.1 states that “the emergency stop sh<strong>all</strong><br />

have the follow<strong>in</strong>g requirements:<br />

(1) It sh<strong>all</strong> override <strong>all</strong> other functions and operations <strong>in</strong> <strong>all</strong> modes.<br />

(2) Power to the mach<strong>in</strong>e actuators, which causes a hazardous<br />

condition(s), sh<strong>all</strong> be removed as quickly as possible without creat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

other hazards (e.g., by the provision of mechanical means of stopp<strong>in</strong>g<br />

requir<strong>in</strong>g no external power, by reverse current brak<strong>in</strong>g for a Category<br />

1 stop).<br />

(3) The reset of the command sh<strong>all</strong> not restart the mach<strong>in</strong>ery but only<br />

permit restart<strong>in</strong>g.”<br />

In 9.2.5.4.1.2, it states that “Where required, provisions to connect<br />

additional emergency stop devices sh<strong>all</strong> be provided.” Accord<strong>in</strong>g to<br />

9.2.5.4.1.3, “The emergency stop sh<strong>all</strong> function as either a Category<br />

0 or a Category 1 stop. The choice of the category of the emergency<br />

stop sh<strong>all</strong> be determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the risk assessment of the mach<strong>in</strong>e.” In<br />

accordance with 9.2.5.4.1.4, “Where a Category 0 or Category 1 stop<br />

is used for the emergency stop function, it sh<strong>all</strong> have a circuitry design<br />

(<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g sensors, logic, and actuators) accord<strong>in</strong>g to the relevant<br />

risk as required by Section 4.1 and 9.4.1. F<strong>in</strong>al removal of power to<br />

the mach<strong>in</strong>e actuators sh<strong>all</strong> be ensured and sh<strong>all</strong> be by means of<br />

electromechanical comp<strong>one</strong>nts. Where relays are used to accomplish a<br />

Category 0 emergency stop function, they sh<strong>all</strong> be nonretentive relays.<br />

Exception: Drivers, or solid state output devices, designed for safetyrelated<br />

functions sh<strong>all</strong> be <strong>all</strong>owed to be the f<strong>in</strong>al switch<strong>in</strong>g element,<br />

when designed accord<strong>in</strong>g to relevant safety standards.”<br />

6 | SAFETY SHIELDS


INTRODUCTION (CONTINUED)<br />

DEVICES FOR STOP AND EMERGENCY STOP<br />

In accordance with 10.7.1.1, “Stop and emergency stop pushbuttons<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> be cont<strong>in</strong>uously operable and readily accessible.” Accord<strong>in</strong>g to<br />

10.7.1.2, “Stop or emergency stop pushbuttons sh<strong>all</strong> be located at each<br />

operator control station and at other locations where emergency stop is<br />

required.”<br />

In 10.7.2.1, it states that “The types of devices for emergency stop sh<strong>all</strong><br />

<strong>in</strong>clude, but are not limited to, the follow<strong>in</strong>g:<br />

(1) Pushbutton-operated switches<br />

(2) Pull-cord-operated switches<br />

(3) Foot-operated switches without a mechanical guard<br />

(4) Push-bar-operated switches<br />

(5) Rod-operated switches”<br />

Accord<strong>in</strong>g to 10.7.2.2, “Pushbutton-type devices for emergency stop<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> be of the self-latch<strong>in</strong>g type and sh<strong>all</strong> have direct open<strong>in</strong>g<br />

operation.” In accordance with 10.7.2.3, “Emergency stop switches<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> not be flat switches or graphic representations based on software<br />

applications.” For restoration of normal function after emergency<br />

switch<strong>in</strong>g off, 10.8.3 says that “It sh<strong>all</strong> not be possible to restore an<br />

emergency switch<strong>in</strong>g off circuit until the emergency switch<strong>in</strong>g off circuit<br />

has been manu<strong>all</strong>y reset.” Accord<strong>in</strong>g to 10.7.3, “Actuators of emergency<br />

stop devices sh<strong>all</strong> be colored RED. The background immediately around<br />

pushbuttons and disconnect switch actuators used as emergency stop<br />

devices sh<strong>all</strong> be colored YELLOW. The actuator of a pushbutton-operated<br />

device sh<strong>all</strong> be of the palm or mushroom-head type and sh<strong>all</strong> effect an<br />

emergency stop when depressed. The RED/YELLOW color comb<strong>in</strong>ation<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> be reserved exclusively for emergency stop applications. Exception:<br />

The RED/YELLOW color comb<strong>in</strong>ation sh<strong>all</strong> be permitted for emergency<br />

stop actuators <strong>in</strong> accordance with 10.8.4.”<br />

Under 10.8.5, “Where the supply disconnect<strong>in</strong>g means is to be loc<strong>all</strong>y<br />

operated for emergency switch<strong>in</strong>g off, it sh<strong>all</strong> be readily accessible and<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> meet the color requirements of 10.8.4.1.” Accord<strong>in</strong>g to 10.8.4.1,<br />

“Actuators of emergency switch<strong>in</strong>g off devices sh<strong>all</strong> be colored RED. The<br />

background immediately around the device actuator sh<strong>all</strong> be permitted<br />

to be colored YELLOW.”<br />

PUSHBUTTON ACTUATORS<br />

Accord<strong>in</strong>g to 10.2.1, “Pushbutton actuators used to <strong>in</strong>itiate a stop<br />

function sh<strong>all</strong> be of the extended operator or mushroom-head type.” As<br />

stated <strong>in</strong> 10.2.2.1, “The preferred color of start or on sh<strong>all</strong> be GREEN,<br />

except that BLACK, WHITE, or GRAY sh<strong>all</strong> be permitted. RED sh<strong>all</strong> not<br />

be used for start or on.” In 10.2.2.2, it states that “the preferred color<br />

for stop or off sh<strong>all</strong> be RED, except that BLACK, WHITE, or GRAY sh<strong>all</strong><br />

be permitted. GREEN sh<strong>all</strong> not be used for stop or off.” Accord<strong>in</strong>g<br />

to 10.2.2.6, “Pushbuttons that cause movement when pressed and<br />

stop movement when they are released (e.g., jogg<strong>in</strong>g) sh<strong>all</strong> be BLACK,<br />

WHITE, GRAY, or BLUE, with a preference for BLACK.” In accordance with<br />

10.2.3.1, “A legend sh<strong>all</strong> be provided for each operator <strong>in</strong>terface device<br />

to identify its function and sh<strong>all</strong> be located so that it can be easily read<br />

by the mach<strong>in</strong>e operator from the normal operator position. The legends<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> be durable and suitable for the operat<strong>in</strong>g environment.”<br />

START DEVICES<br />

Accord<strong>in</strong>g to 10.6, “Actuators used to <strong>in</strong>itiate a start function or the<br />

movement of mach<strong>in</strong>e elements (e.g., slides, sp<strong>in</strong>dles, carriers) sh<strong>all</strong> be<br />

constructed and mounted to m<strong>in</strong>imize <strong>in</strong>advertent operation.”<br />

Protection Aga<strong>in</strong>st Supply Interruption or Voltage Reduction and<br />

Subsequent Restoration<br />

Under 7.5.1, “Where a supply <strong>in</strong>terruption or a voltage reduction can<br />

cause a hazardous condition or damage to the mach<strong>in</strong>e or to the work<br />

<strong>in</strong> progress, undervoltage protection sh<strong>all</strong> be provided (e.g., to switch<br />

off the mach<strong>in</strong>e) at a predeterm<strong>in</strong>ed voltage level.” For restart<strong>in</strong>g, 7.5.3<br />

states that “Upon restoration of the voltage or upon switch<strong>in</strong>g on the<br />

<strong>in</strong>com<strong>in</strong>g supply, automatic or un<strong>in</strong>tentional restart<strong>in</strong>g of the mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> be prevented when such a restart causes a hazardous condition.”<br />

PROTECTIVE INTERLOCKS<br />

In 9.3.6, it states that “Where doors or guards have <strong>in</strong>terlocked switches<br />

used <strong>in</strong> circuits with safety related functions, the <strong>in</strong>terlock<strong>in</strong>g devices<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> be listed, have either positive (direct) open<strong>in</strong>g operation, or provide<br />

similar reliability and prevent the operation of the equipment when the<br />

doors or guards are open (difficult to defeat or bypass).” Under 9.3.1,<br />

“The reclos<strong>in</strong>g or resett<strong>in</strong>g of an <strong>in</strong>terlock<strong>in</strong>g safeguard sh<strong>all</strong> not <strong>in</strong>itiate<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e motion or operation that results <strong>in</strong> a hazardous condition.”<br />

OTHER SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS<br />

Each mach<strong>in</strong>e should be surveyed as an <strong>in</strong>dividual system. This <strong>in</strong>cludes,<br />

but is not limited to, the proper shield(s), controls, drives, tool<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

feed<strong>in</strong>g methods, material handl<strong>in</strong>g methods, configuration and weight<br />

of workpiece, rotat<strong>in</strong>g and reciprocat<strong>in</strong>g parts, mach<strong>in</strong>e production<br />

requirements, and future mach<strong>in</strong>e needs. The proper disconnect switch,<br />

motor starter, lockout equipment and covers for mach<strong>in</strong>e rotat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

comp<strong>one</strong>nts must also be considered. See pages 69 and 70 for a survey<br />

report.<br />

When operat<strong>in</strong>g the various mach<strong>in</strong>es to which shields can be applied,<br />

the operator must wear proper personal protective safety equipment and<br />

be properly tra<strong>in</strong>ed. The operator must not wear loose cloth<strong>in</strong>g, have<br />

unrestra<strong>in</strong>ed long hair, and must not wear jewelry.<br />

When operat<strong>in</strong>g any cutt<strong>in</strong>g or turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e, the<br />

hands or any part of a person’s body must never be put<br />

<strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation or any other hazard area of<br />

the mach<strong>in</strong>e. Hand tools, fixtures, and other methods<br />

must be used so that operators are not exposed to hazards. If<br />

the hands or any part of a person’s body is put <strong>in</strong>to the hazard,<br />

it could cause serious physical <strong>in</strong>jury or death.<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 7


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED DRILL PRESS SHIELDS<br />

DRILL PRESS SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 9–11)<br />

LATHE CHUCK SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 12–14)<br />

CROSSLIDE/CARRIAGE<br />

TRAVEL LATHE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 15)<br />

MILLING MACHINE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 16-18)<br />

GRINDER & TOOL GRINDER SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 19)<br />

SURFACE GRINDER SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 20)<br />

SLOTTING & BROACHING TYPE<br />

MACHINE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 21)<br />

8 | SAFETY SHIELDS


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED DRILL PRESS SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

GOES BEYOND OSHA AND ANSI SAFETY REQUIREMENTS<br />

PTR 04/140<br />

This electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked heavy-duty shield is ideal for sm<strong>all</strong> to<br />

medium size drill presses and similar mach<strong>in</strong>es. When the shield is<br />

swung out of position, the positive contacts on the microswitch open,<br />

send<strong>in</strong>g a stop signal to the mach<strong>in</strong>e control. The shield is furnished with<br />

an IP 67 rated safety microswitch.<br />

The shield consists of a high impact-resistant, transparent polycarbonate<br />

semi-octagonal front shield that provides operator protection from fly<strong>in</strong>g<br />

chips and coolant. The adjustable shield clamps to a steel support rod<br />

that rotates 180° and operates the shield safety microswitch. The shield<br />

mounts to the left side of the mach<strong>in</strong>e us<strong>in</strong>g a steel mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket.<br />

PTR 02/130, PTR 02/180, PTR 20/300, PTR 20/350<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked heavy-duty shields are ideal for larger<br />

drill presses and radial drill presses. When the shields are swung out of<br />

position, the positive contacts on the microswitch open, send<strong>in</strong>g a stop<br />

signal to the mach<strong>in</strong>e control. The safety microswitch electrical wires are<br />

furnished with a protective cover and connect to the safety circuit of the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e that switches off the control to the movement of the sp<strong>in</strong>dle. The<br />

shields are furnished with an IP 67 rated safety microswitch.<br />

The shields consist of a high impact-resistant, transparent polycarbonate<br />

semi-octagonal front shield that provides operator protection from fly<strong>in</strong>g<br />

chips and coolant. The adjustable shields clamp to a steel support<br />

rod that rotates 180° and operates the shield safety microswitch. The<br />

shields mount to the left side of the mach<strong>in</strong>e us<strong>in</strong>g a steel mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

bracket.<br />

These shields are available <strong>in</strong> different sizes and provide double vertical<br />

adjustment. The PTR 20-series shields have a tubular steel telescopic<br />

shield support rod.<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked shield for sm<strong>all</strong> to<br />

medium size drill presses.<br />

MADE FROM DURABLE PRESSED STEEL<br />

INTERLOCK SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Contact Arrangement..........2 NC<br />

Operat<strong>in</strong>g Temperature........23º to 113º F (-5º to 45º C)<br />

Switch<strong>in</strong>g Ability..................4 A @ 24 V AC, 4 A @ 120/250 V AC<br />

2 A @ 24 V DC, .4 A @ 120 V DC, .<br />

3 A @ 250 V DC<br />

Mechanical Life .................1 Million Switch<strong>in</strong>g Cycles<br />

Enclosure Rat<strong>in</strong>g.................IP 67<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked shield for larger drill presses<br />

and radial drill presses.<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 9


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED DRILL PRESS SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

PTR 04/140 PTR 02/130 & PTR 02/180<br />

PTR 20/300 & PTR 20/350<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. ARM LENGTH A B C<br />

REPLACEMENT<br />

SHIELD<br />

PTR 04/140 13.77" (350 mm) 7.87" (200 mm) 5.51" (140 mm) 3.93" (100 mm) PTR 04/140SS<br />

PTR 02/130 17.71" (450 mm) 9.05" (230 mm) 5.11" (130 mm) 4.52" (115 mm) PTR 02/130SS<br />

PTR 02/180 17.71" (450 mm) 9.05" (230 mm) 7.08" (180 mm) 4.52" (115 mm) PTR 02/180SS<br />

PTR 20/300 17.32"-27.55" (440-700 mm) 11.81" (300 mm) 7.87" (200 mm) 5.90" (150 mm) PTR 20/300SS<br />

PTR 20/350 17.32"-27.55" (440-700 mm) 13.77" (350 mm) 9.44" (240 mm) 6.88" (175 mm) PTR 20/350SS<br />

10 | SAFETY SHIELDS


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED DRILL PRESS SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked heavy-duty shields are ideal for larger<br />

drill presses and radial drill presses. When the shields are swung out of<br />

position, the positive contacts on the microswitch open, send<strong>in</strong>g a stop<br />

signal to the mach<strong>in</strong>e control. The safety microswitch electrical wires are<br />

furnished with a protective cover and connect to the safety circuit of the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e that switches off the control to the movement of the sp<strong>in</strong>dle.<br />

The shields are furnished with an IP 67 rated safety microswitch.<br />

The shields consist of a high impact-resistant, transparent polycarbonate<br />

semi-octagonal front shield that provides operator protection from fly<strong>in</strong>g<br />

chips and coolant. The adjustable shields clamp to a steel support<br />

rod that rotates 180° and operates the shield safety microswitch. The<br />

shields mount to the left side of the mach<strong>in</strong>e us<strong>in</strong>g a steel mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

bracket.<br />

These shields are available <strong>in</strong> different sizes and provide double vertical<br />

adjustment. The PTR 20-series shields have a tubular steel telescopic<br />

shield support rod.<br />

4.53"-8.46"<br />

(115–215 mm)<br />

9.05"<br />

(230 mm)<br />

0.98"-3.54"<br />

25 mm-90 mm<br />

1.38"<br />

(35 mm)<br />

60°<br />

120°<br />

180°<br />

A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

PTR 10/140 & PTR 10/180<br />

PTR 11/140 & PTR 11/180<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. A B C<br />

PTR 10/140 - PTR 11/140 7.87" (200 mm) 5.51" (140 mm) 4.33" (110 mm)<br />

PTR 10/180 - PTR 11/180 7.87" (200 mm) 7.08" (180 mm) 4.33" (110 mm)<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 11


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED LATHE CHUCK SHIELDS<br />

GOES BEYOND OSHA AND ANSI SAFETY REQUIREMENTS<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked heavy-duty shields are for lathe chucks.<br />

When the lathe chuck shield is lifted up, the positive contacts on the<br />

microswitch open, send<strong>in</strong>g a stop signal to the mach<strong>in</strong>e control. The<br />

safety mircroswitch electrical wires are furnished with a protective<br />

sheath and connect to the safety circuit of the mach<strong>in</strong>e that switches off<br />

the control to the movement of the chuck. The shield is furnished with<br />

an IP 67 rated safety microswitch.<br />

They have a thermo-formed shield made from high impact-resistant,<br />

transparent polycarbonate that protects operators from direct contact<br />

with the upper portion of the rotat<strong>in</strong>g chuck. The shields, <strong>in</strong> tubular-steel<br />

frames, are attached with a steel clamp to a support arm that rotates<br />

90° and operates the safety microswitch.<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked lathe chuck shields are available <strong>in</strong> several<br />

sizes. A handle is furnished for lift<strong>in</strong>g the shield up and out of the way for<br />

easy access to the workpiece and for chang<strong>in</strong>g chucks.<br />

Note: May be purchased without safety microswitch<br />

MADE FROM DURABLE PRESSED STEEL<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked chuck shield on lathe.<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

INTERLOCK SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Contact Arrangement..........2 NC<br />

Operat<strong>in</strong>g Temperature........23º to 113º F (-5º to 45º C)<br />

Switch<strong>in</strong>g Ability..................4 A @ 24 V AC, 4 A @ 120/250 V AC<br />

2 A @ 24 V DC, .4 A @ 120 V DC, .<br />

3 A @ 250 V DC<br />

Mechanical Life..................1 Million Switch<strong>in</strong>g Cycles<br />

Enclosure Rat<strong>in</strong>g.................IP 67<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. A B C<br />

REPLACEMENT<br />

SHIELD ONLY<br />

REPLACEMENT SHIELD<br />

(WITH FRAME)<br />

PTO 01/300 11.81" (300 mm) 7.87" (200 mm) 7.08" (180 mm) PTO 01/300SS PTO 01/300SC<br />

PTO 0¼00 15.74" (400 mm) 9.25" (235 mm) 9.05" (230 mm) PTO 0¼00SS PTO 01/40SC<br />

PTO 01/500 19.68" (500 mm) 9.25" (235 mm) 11.02" (280 mm) PTO 01/500SS PTO 01/500SC<br />

PTO 01/600 23.62" (600 mm) 9.25" (235 mm) 12.99" (330 mm) PTO 01/600SS PTO 01/600SC<br />

12 | SAFETY SHIELDS


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED LATHE CHUCK SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked heavy-duty shields are for lathe chucks.<br />

When the lathe chuck shield is lifted up, the positive contacts on the<br />

microswitch open, send<strong>in</strong>g a stop signal to the mach<strong>in</strong>e control. The<br />

safety mircroswitch electrical wires are furnished with a protective<br />

sheath and connect to the safety circuit of the mach<strong>in</strong>e that switches off<br />

the control to the movement of the chuck. The shield is furnished with<br />

an IP 67 rated safety microswitch.<br />

They have a thermo-formed shield made from high impact-resistant,<br />

transparent polycarbonate that protects operators from direct contact<br />

with the upper portion of the rotat<strong>in</strong>g chuck. The shields, <strong>in</strong> tubular-steel<br />

frames, are attached with a steel clamp to a support arm that rotates<br />

90° and operates the safety microswitch.<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked lathe chuck shields are available <strong>in</strong> several<br />

sizes. A handle is furnished for lift<strong>in</strong>g the shield up and out of the way for<br />

easy access to the workpiece and for chang<strong>in</strong>g chucks.<br />

Note: May be purchased without safety microswitch<br />

Max. Dimensions<br />

H= A + 15.74" (400 mm)<br />

C<br />

D<br />

5.90"-23.62"<br />

(150-600 mm)<br />

5.90"-11.81"<br />

(150-300 mm)<br />

E<br />

B<br />

Ø<br />

G<br />

F<br />

Range<br />

A + 6.69"<br />

(170 mm)<br />

A<br />

PTO 20/400, PTO 20/600, & PTO 20/800<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. Ø A B C D E F G<br />

PTO 20/400<br />

PTO 20/600<br />

PTO 20/800<br />

15.74"-19.68"<br />

(400-500 mm)<br />

23.62"-27.55"<br />

(600-700 mm)<br />

31.49"-35.43"<br />

(800-900 mm)<br />

17.71"<br />

(450 mm)<br />

17.71"<br />

(450 mm)<br />

17.71"<br />

(450 mm)<br />

16.92"<br />

(430 mm)<br />

20.47"<br />

(520 mm)<br />

25.19"<br />

(640 mm)<br />

25.78"<br />

(655 mm)<br />

33.66"<br />

(855 mm)<br />

41.93"<br />

(1,065 mm)<br />

18.89"<br />

(480 mm)<br />

25.19"<br />

(640 mm)<br />

31.49"<br />

(800 mm)<br />

13.77"<br />

(350 mm)<br />

16.92"<br />

(430 mm)<br />

20.86"<br />

(530 mm)<br />

4.92"<br />

(125 mm)<br />

5.90"<br />

(150 mm)<br />

7.08"<br />

(180 mm)<br />

11.02"-21.26"<br />

(280-540 mm)<br />

12.59"-29.13"<br />

(320-740 mm)<br />

14.56"-37.40"<br />

(370-950 mm)<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 13


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED LATHE CHUCK SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

I<br />

C<br />

G<br />

H<br />

E<br />

B<br />

D<br />

F<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. A B C D E F G H I<br />

PTO 21/080<br />

PTO 21/120<br />

21.65"<br />

(550 mm)<br />

21.65"<br />

(550 mm)<br />

39.37"<br />

(1,000 mm)<br />

59.05"<br />

(1,500 mm)<br />

A<br />

39.37"<br />

(1,000 mm)<br />

55.11"<br />

(1,400 mm)<br />

20.39"<br />

(518 mm)<br />

36.14"<br />

(918 mm)<br />

11.10"<br />

(282 mm)<br />

11.10"<br />

(282 mm)<br />

31.49"<br />

(800 mm)<br />

47.24"<br />

(1,200 mm)<br />

11.81"<br />

(300 mm)<br />

11.81"<br />

(300 mm)<br />

15.35"-23.22"<br />

(390-590 mm)<br />

15.35"-23.22"<br />

(390-590 mm)<br />

36.61"-58.66"<br />

(930-1,490 mm)<br />

36.61"-58.66"<br />

(930-1,490 mm)<br />

I<br />

C<br />

G<br />

H<br />

E<br />

B<br />

D<br />

F<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. A B C D E F G H I<br />

PTO 22/080<br />

PTO 22/120<br />

21.65"<br />

(550 mm)<br />

21.65"<br />

(550 mm)<br />

39.37"<br />

(1,000 mm)<br />

59.05"<br />

(1,500 mm)<br />

A<br />

39.37"<br />

(1,000 mm)<br />

55.11"<br />

(1,400 mm)<br />

20.39"<br />

(518 mm)<br />

36.14"<br />

(918 mm)<br />

11.10"<br />

(282 mm)<br />

11.10"<br />

(282 mm)<br />

31.49"<br />

(800 mm)<br />

47.24"<br />

(1,200 mm)<br />

11.81"<br />

(300 mm)<br />

11.81"<br />

(300 mm)<br />

15.35"-23.22"<br />

(390-590 mm)<br />

15.35"-23.22"<br />

(390-590 mm)<br />

36.61"-58.66"<br />

(930-1,490 mm)<br />

36.61"-58.66"<br />

(930-1,490 mm)<br />

14 | SAFETY SHIELDS


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED CROSSLIDE/CARRIAGE TRAVEL LATHE SHIELDS<br />

GOES BEYOND OSHA AND ANSI SAFETY REQUIREMENTS<br />

These are electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked heavy-duty crosslide/carriage travel<br />

shields. When the shield is swung out of position, the positive contacts<br />

on the microswitch open, send<strong>in</strong>g a stop signal to the mach<strong>in</strong>e control.<br />

The safety mircroswitch electrical wires are furnished with a protective<br />

sheath and connect to the safety circuit of the mach<strong>in</strong>e that switches off<br />

the control to the movement of the chuck. The shield is furnished with<br />

an IP 67 rated safety microswitch.<br />

The shields consist of a high impact-resistant, transparent polycarbonate<br />

front panel with an alum<strong>in</strong>um top plate that provides operator protection<br />

from fly<strong>in</strong>g chips and coolant. The adjustable shield attaches to tubularsteel<br />

arms that provide additional adjustability at the jo<strong>in</strong>t and steel<br />

base. The steel base which houses the safety microswitch mounts to the<br />

backside of the horizontal carriage of the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked crosslide/carriage travel lathe shields are<br />

available <strong>in</strong> different sizes. Because the shield, arms, and base are<br />

adjustable, the shield can be positi<strong>one</strong>d for maximum protection dur<strong>in</strong>g<br />

operation and can be swung out of the way for easy access to the<br />

workpiece and tool<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Note: May be purchased without safety microswitch<br />

INTERLOCK SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Contact Arrangement..........2 NC<br />

Operat<strong>in</strong>g Temperature........23º to 113º F (-5º to 45º C)<br />

Switch<strong>in</strong>g Ability..................4 A @ 24 V AC, 4 A @ 120/250 V AC<br />

2 A @ 24 V DC, .4 A @ 120 V DC,<br />

.3 A @ 250 V DC<br />

Mechanical Life..................1 Million Switch<strong>in</strong>g Cycles<br />

Enclosure Rat<strong>in</strong>g.................IP 67<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

MADE FROM DURABLE PRESSED STEEL<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. A B C<br />

REPLACEMENT<br />

SHIELD<br />

PTO 10/350 13.77" (350 mm) 11.81" (300 mm) 11.02" (280 mm) PTO 10/350SC<br />

PTO 10/435 15.74" (400 mm) 13.77" (350 mm) 12.20" (310 mm) PTO 10/435SC<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 15


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED MILLING MACHINE SHIELDS<br />

GOES BEYOND OSHA AND ANSI SAFETY REQUIREMENTS<br />

SEMICIRCULAR SHIELD<br />

These are electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked heavy-duty shields for vertical mill<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>es with two (2) safety microswitch locations. When the shield is<br />

swung out of position at either safety microswitch location, the positive<br />

contacts on the microswitch open, send<strong>in</strong>g a stop signal to the mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

control. The safety microswitch electrical wires are furnished with a<br />

protective sheath and connect to the safety circuit of the mach<strong>in</strong>e that<br />

switches off the control to the movement of the sp<strong>in</strong>dle. Shields are<br />

furnished with IP 67 rated safety microswitches.<br />

These have a thermo-formed shield made from high impact-resistant,<br />

transparent polycarbonate that provides operator protection from fly<strong>in</strong>g<br />

chips and coolant. The shields, <strong>in</strong> tubular-steel frames, clamp to a<br />

support rod that rotates 180° and operates the shield safety microswitch.<br />

Tubular-steel arms provide additional adjustability at the jo<strong>in</strong>t and steel<br />

base. The steel base, which houses a second safety microswitch, can be<br />

later<strong>all</strong>y adjusted from .59" to 7.87" (15 to 200 mm).<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e shields are available <strong>in</strong><br />

different sizes and are available as left-mount or right-mount models.<br />

Because the shield, arms, and base are adjustable, the shield can be<br />

positi<strong>one</strong>d for maximum protection dur<strong>in</strong>g operation and can be swung<br />

out of the way for easy access to the workpiece and tool<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Note: May be purchased without safety microswitch<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

INTERLOCK SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Contact Arrangement..........Two safety switches—2 NC contacts<br />

per switch<br />

Operat<strong>in</strong>g Temperature........23º to 113º F (-5º to 45º C)<br />

Switch<strong>in</strong>g Ability..................4 A @ 24 V AC, 4 A @ 120/250 V AC<br />

2 A @ 24 V DC, .4 A @ 120 V DC,<br />

.3 A @ 250 V DC<br />

Mechanical Life..................1 Million Switch<strong>in</strong>g Cycles<br />

Enclosure Rat<strong>in</strong>g.................IP 67<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

LEFT MOUNT<br />

PART NO.<br />

RIGHT MOUNT<br />

PART NO.<br />

A<br />

B<br />

REPLACEMENT<br />

SHIELD ONLY<br />

REPLACEMENT<br />

SHIELD W/ FRAME<br />

PFR 01/300/SX PFR 01/300/DX 11.81" (300 mm) 7.87" (200 mm) PFR 01/300SS PFR 01/300SC<br />

PFR 0¼00/SX PFR 01/400/DX 15.74" (400 mm) 9.25" (235 mm) PFR 01/400SS PFR 01/400SC<br />

PFR 01/500/SX PFR 01/500/DX 19.68" (500 mm) 9.25" (235 mm) PFR 01/500SS PFR 01/500SC<br />

PFR 01/600/SX PFR 01/600/DX 23.62" (600 mm) 9.25" (235 mm) PFR 01/600SS PFR 01/600SC<br />

MADE FROM DURABLE PRESSED STEEL<br />

16 | SAFETY SHIELDS


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED MILLING MACHINE SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

GOES BEYOND OSHA AND ANSI SAFETY REQUIREMENTS<br />

INTERLOCK SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Contact Arrangement..........Two safety switches—2 NC contacts<br />

per switch<br />

Operat<strong>in</strong>g Temperature........23º to 113º F (-5º to 45º C)<br />

Switch<strong>in</strong>g Ability..................4 A @ 24 V AC, 4 A @ 120/250 V AC<br />

2 A @ 24 V DC, .4 A @ 120 V DC, .<br />

3 A @ 250 V DC<br />

Mechanical Life..................1 Million Switch<strong>in</strong>g Cycles<br />

Enclosure Rat<strong>in</strong>g.................IP 67<br />

ANGLED SHIELD<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked heavy-duty shields are for vertical mill<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>es. They have two (2) safety microswitch locations. When the<br />

shield is swung out of position at either safety microswitch location, the<br />

positive contacts on the microswitch open, send<strong>in</strong>g a stop signal to the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e control. The safety microswitch electrical wires are furnished<br />

with a protective sheath and connect to the safety circuit of the mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

that switches off the control to the movement of the sp<strong>in</strong>dle. Shields are<br />

furnished with IP 67 rated safety microswitches.<br />

These have a thermo-formed shield made from high impact-resistant,<br />

transparent polycarbonate that provides operator protection from fly<strong>in</strong>g<br />

chips and coolant. The shield has an alum<strong>in</strong>um upper frame and clamps<br />

to a support rod that rotates 180° and operates the shield safety<br />

microswitch. Tubular-steel arms provide additional adjustability at the<br />

jo<strong>in</strong>t and steel base. The steel base, which houses a second safety<br />

microswitch, can be later<strong>all</strong>y adjusted from .59" to 7.87" (15 to 200<br />

mm).<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e shields are available <strong>in</strong><br />

different sizes and are available as left-mount or right-mount models.<br />

Because the shield, arms, and base are adjustable, the shield can be<br />

positi<strong>one</strong>d for maximum protection dur<strong>in</strong>g operation and can be swung<br />

out of the way for easy access to the workpiece and tool<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Note: May be purchased without safety microswitch<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

Flat Shield Made From Durable Pressed Steel<br />

Angled Shield Made From Durable Pressed Steel<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

Shield<br />

Type<br />

Left Mount<br />

Part No.<br />

Right Mount<br />

Part No.<br />

A B C D<br />

Replacement<br />

Shield Only<br />

Replacement<br />

Shield W/ Frame<br />

Angled PFR 02/625/SX PFR 02/625/DX 24.41" (620 mm) 7.87" (200 mm) 6.69" (170 mm) 15.94" (405 mm) PFR 02/625SS PFR 02/625SC<br />

Angled PFR 02/725/SX PFR 02/725/DX 28.54" (725 mm) 11.81" (300 mm) 7.87" (200 mm) 16.92" (430 mm) PFR 02/725SS PFR 02/725SC<br />

Flat PFR 02/625/SPL001 PFR 02/625/SPL001 13.78” (350 mm) 11.81” (300 mm) NA NA NA PBF 10/435SC<br />

Flat PFR 02/625/SPL002 PFR 02/625/SPL002 15.75” (400 mm) 13.78” (350 mm) NA NA NA PBF 10/435SC<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 17


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED MILLING MACHINE SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

3.15"-16.14"<br />

(80-410 mm)<br />

B<br />

C<br />

180º<br />

A<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. A B C<br />

PFR 10/420 15.74" (400 mm) 7.87" (200 mm) 32.67" (830 mm) ??<br />

PFR 10/430 15.74" (400 mm) 11.81" (300 mm) 32.67" (830 mm) ??<br />

PFR 10/530 19.68" (500 mm) 11.81" (300 mm) 36.61" (930 mm) ??<br />

REPLACEMENT SHIELD<br />

ONLY (EACH)<br />

14.17"<br />

(360 mm)<br />

‡<br />

3.93"-8.85"<br />

(100-225 mm)<br />

*<br />

* **<br />

0"-9.05"<br />

(0-230 mm)<br />

B §<br />

2.16"<br />

(55 mm)<br />

C<br />

A<br />

Reversible safety guard<br />

0"-9.05" (0-230 mm)<br />

*<br />

§ 1.18"-8.85" (30-225 mm)<br />

** * 4.33"-12.79" (110-325 mm)<br />

‡ 3.93"-8.66" (100-220 mm)<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. A B C<br />

PFR 20/218 9.84" (250 mm) 7.08" (180 mm) 4.33" (110 mm)<br />

PFR 20/320 11.81" (300 mm) 7.87" (200 mm) 4.92" (125 mm)<br />

18 | SAFETY SHIELDS


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED GRINDER AND TOOL GRINDER SHIELDS<br />

GOES BEYOND OSHA AND ANSI SAFETY REQUIREMENTS<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked heavy-duty shields for gr<strong>in</strong>der and tool gr<strong>in</strong>ders are ideal for s<strong>in</strong>gle- and double-wheel gr<strong>in</strong>ders. When the shield is<br />

swung out of position, the positive contacts on the microswitch open, send<strong>in</strong>g a stop signal to the mach<strong>in</strong>e control. The safety microswitch electrical<br />

wires are furnished with a protective sheath and connect to the safety circuit of the mach<strong>in</strong>e that switches off the control to the movement of the<br />

gr<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g wheel. The shield is furnished with an IP 67 rated safety microswitch.<br />

The multi-adjustable, hexagonal steel arm structure <strong>all</strong>ows easy mount<strong>in</strong>g on the most diverse gr<strong>in</strong>ders. A versatile clamp <strong>all</strong>ows horizontal and<br />

vertical adjustment of the shield.<br />

Each shield consists of a high impact-resistant, transparent polycarbonate shield with an alum<strong>in</strong>um profile support and provides operator protection<br />

from fly<strong>in</strong>g chips and coolant.<br />

SINGLE SHIELD<br />

DOUBLE SHIELD<br />

MADE FROM DURABLE PRESSED STEEL<br />

INTERLOCK SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Contact Arrangement..........2 NC<br />

Operat<strong>in</strong>g Temperature........23º to 113º F (-5º to 45º C)<br />

Switch<strong>in</strong>g Ability..................4 A @ 24 V AC, 4 A @ 120/250 V AC<br />

2 A @ 24 V DC, .4 A @ 120 V DC, .<br />

3 A @ 250 V DC<br />

Mechanical Life..................1 Million Switch<strong>in</strong>g Cycles<br />

Enclosure Rat<strong>in</strong>g.................IP 67<br />

S<strong>in</strong>gle (Right/Left Reversible) Shield<br />

PART NO. A B<br />

REPLACEMENT<br />

SHIELD ONLY (EACH)<br />

PMA 10/112 6.29" (160 mm) 5.70" (145 mm) PMA 02/112SC<br />

PMA 10/216 7.87" (200 mm) 7.28" (185 mm) PMA 02/216SC<br />

Double Shield<br />

PART NO. A B<br />

REPLACEMENT<br />

SHIELD ONLY (EACH)<br />

PMA 11/112 6.29" (160 mm) 5.70" (145 mm) PMA 02/112SC<br />

PMA 1½16 7.87" (200 mm) 7.28" (185 mm) PMA 02/216SC<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 19


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED SURFACE GRINDER SHIELDS<br />

D= A / 2<br />

Useful Open<strong>in</strong>g<br />

A / 2 + 1.96" (50 mm)<br />

C =<br />

B + 3.34"<br />

(85 mm)<br />

B<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PRE 01/650 47.24" (1,200 mm) 19.68" (500 mm)<br />

PRE 01/860 62.99" (1,600 mm) 23.62" (600 mm)<br />

100°<br />

A<br />

Note: May be purchased without<br />

safety microswitch<br />

²<br />

¹<br />

¹ 7.08" (180 mm)<br />

² 7.87" (200 mm)<br />

PRE 01/650 AND PRE 01/860<br />

Useful Open<strong>in</strong>g<br />

A - 5.11" (130 mm)<br />

B<br />

Inner <strong>in</strong>cl<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

structure for lubricant<br />

liquid collection<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PRE 10/550 39.37" (1,000 mm) 20.07" (510 mm)<br />

3.54"<br />

(90 mm)<br />

1.96"<br />

(50 mm)<br />

9.84" (250 mm)<br />

A<br />

5.90" (150 mm)<br />

PRE 10/655 47.24" (1,200 mm) 22.04" (560 mm)<br />

PRE 10/860 62.99" (1,600 mm) 25.98" (660 mm)<br />

Note: May be purchased without<br />

safety microswitch<br />

20 | SAFETY SHIELDS


ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED SLOTTING AND BROACHING TYPE MACHINE SHIELDS<br />

GOES BEYOND OSHA AND ANSI SAFETY REQUIREMENTS<br />

These electric<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong>terlocked heavy-duty shields are designed for<br />

slott<strong>in</strong>g and broach<strong>in</strong>g type mach<strong>in</strong>es. When the shield is swung out of<br />

position, the positive contacts on the microswitch open, send<strong>in</strong>g a stop<br />

signal to the mach<strong>in</strong>e control. The safety microswitch electrical wires are<br />

furnished with a protective sheath and connect to the safety circuit of<br />

the mach<strong>in</strong>e that switches off the control to the movement of the slide<br />

or broach. The shield is furnished with an IP 67 rated safety microswitch.<br />

The vertical shield support arm made of tubular sta<strong>in</strong>less steel is<br />

attached to a depth-adjustable mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket which provides easy<br />

mount<strong>in</strong>g on the most diverse mach<strong>in</strong>es. The adjustable shield-arm<br />

fix<strong>in</strong>g clamps made of pressed steel <strong>all</strong>ow horizontal and vertical<br />

adjustment of the shield.<br />

Each shield consists of a high impact-resistant, oil-resistant, transparent<br />

polycarbonate shield that protects operators from fly<strong>in</strong>g chips and<br />

coolant, and h<strong>in</strong>ders access to the alternate mov<strong>in</strong>g parts of the vertical<br />

slide or broach. The shield can be mounted on the left or right side of<br />

the mach<strong>in</strong>e base.<br />

Note: May be purchased without safety microswitch<br />

MADE FROM DURABLE PRESSED STEEL<br />

INTERLOCK SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Contact Arrangement..........2 NC<br />

Operat<strong>in</strong>g Temperature........23º to 113º F (-5º to 45º C)<br />

Switch<strong>in</strong>g Ability..................4 A @ 24 V AC, 4 A @ 120/250 V AC<br />

2 A @ 24 V DC, .4 A @ 120 V DC,<br />

.3 A @ 250 V DC<br />

Mechanical Life..................1 Million Switch<strong>in</strong>g Cycles<br />

Enclosure Rat<strong>in</strong>g.................IP 67<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

LEFT MOUNT<br />

PART NO.<br />

RIGHT MOUNT<br />

PART NO.<br />

A B C D E<br />

REPLACEMENT<br />

SHIELD ONLY<br />

PST 0½40/SX PST 0½40/DX 15.74" (400 mm) 15.74" (400 mm) 7.87" (200 mm) 9.84" (250 mm) 23.62" (600 mm) PST 0½40SS<br />

PST 0½60/SX PST 0½60/DX 15.74" (400 mm) 15.74" (400 mm) 7.87" (200 mm) 9.84" (250 mm) 31.49" (800 mm) PST 0½60SS<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 21


ROTATING MEMBERS AND TOOLS<br />

You are exposed to mov<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e parts<br />

that can crush, dismember and cause death.<br />

DO NOT operate this mach<strong>in</strong>e without shield(s) <strong>in</strong><br />

place.<br />

NEVER place your f<strong>in</strong>gers, hands or any part of<br />

your body on or near the rotat<strong>in</strong>g parts<br />

of this mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

NEVER operate this mach<strong>in</strong>e with loose cloth<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

jewelry, or unrestra<strong>in</strong>ed long hair.<br />

FAILURE to obey will result <strong>in</strong> loss of f<strong>in</strong>gers or<br />

limbs, or could cause death.<br />

Part No. KSC-046<br />

FLYING PARTS<br />

You are exposed to mov<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e parts<br />

that can cause eye or bodily <strong>in</strong>jury due<br />

to hazardous fly<strong>in</strong>g chips, sparks, and<br />

coolant splash.<br />

NEVER operate this mach<strong>in</strong>ery without proper<br />

eye and body protection.<br />

FAILURE<br />

to obey will result <strong>in</strong> eye <strong>in</strong>jury or<br />

severe personal <strong>in</strong>jury.<br />

ALWAYS wear proper personal protective equipment when operat<strong>in</strong>g this mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

This sign does not cover <strong>all</strong> dangers that could happen while operat<strong>in</strong>g this mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

Do Not Remove or Cover This Sign – See Back For Mount<strong>in</strong>g Instructions<br />

UNGUARDED DRILL PRESS<br />

SAFEGUARDED DRILL PRESS<br />

Danger Sign<br />

Comb<strong>in</strong>ation Disconnect Switch,<br />

Motor Starter and Emergency Stop<br />

Precautions Sign<br />

Drill Shield<br />

22 | SAFETY SHIELDS


SAFETY ON DRILL PRESSES<br />

ELECTRICALLY<br />

INTERLOCKED HEAVY-<br />

DUTY DRILL<br />

PRESS SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 9-11)<br />

SAFETY CHIP SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 24)<br />

HEAVY-DUTY<br />

ALUMINUM DRILL<br />

PRESS SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 25)<br />

DRILL PRESS CHUCK KEYS<br />

(PAGE 25)<br />

(www.rockfordsystems.com/onl<strong>in</strong>e/<br />

safeguard<strong>in</strong>g/drill-press-chuck-keys.cfm)<br />

RIGID-ARM MAGNETIC-BASE<br />

SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 50)<br />

FLEXIBLE SPRING-STEEL<br />

ARM SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 54-57)<br />

UNIVERSAL BALL &<br />

SOCKET SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 51-53)<br />

ON/OFF MAGNETIC-BASE<br />

SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 58)<br />

ADJUSTABLE SLIDE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 49)<br />

SENSING SAF-START ®<br />

(PAGE 62)<br />

DISCONNECT SWITCHES,<br />

MOTOR STARTERS &<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

(PAGES 63)<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 23


SAFETY CHIP SHIELDS<br />

These sturdy safety chip shields provide protection from fly<strong>in</strong>g chips,<br />

coolant, and rotat<strong>in</strong>g parts. They are usu<strong>all</strong>y applied to sm<strong>all</strong> drill presses,<br />

mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, etc., and can be magnetic<strong>all</strong>y or permanently mounted.<br />

The shield can be attached to any smooth ferrous surface on the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e by an 80-lb pull, 3¼" diameter magnetic base. If a smooth,<br />

ferrous surface is not available, a 3¼" x 5¼" mount<strong>in</strong>g plate is also<br />

furnished with each shield.<br />

The impact-resistant, 3/16"-thick clear polycarbonate shield provides<br />

visibility to the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation. It adjusts and locks <strong>in</strong> any vertical position.<br />

14½"<br />

5"<br />

9"<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

KYL-001 5" x 9" Shield With ½" Diameter Black PVC Arm 14½" High<br />

KYM-001 5" x 9" Replacement Shield Only<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

KYL-055 5" x 11" Shield With 1" Square Extruded Alum<strong>in</strong>um Arm 18" High<br />

KYL-044 5" x 11" Replacement Shield Only<br />

18"<br />

5"<br />

3 ¼” x 5 ¼” Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate Furnished<br />

With Each Type of Shield For Mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

to a Rough, Nonferrous Surface<br />

11"<br />

24 | SAFETY SHIELDS


HEAVY-DUTY ALUMINUM DRILL PRESS SHIELDS<br />

These cast-alum<strong>in</strong>um drill press shields are furnished with a standard<br />

1¾" bore. The user can bore this shield to a size up to 3½" for<br />

attach<strong>in</strong>g to the quill of a mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

This shield is available <strong>in</strong> 2-tier or 3-tier models which provides 3" to 6"<br />

travel of the drill press.<br />

The top of the holder attaches to the quill of the drill press. The shields<br />

are open <strong>in</strong> the back. The bottom section has a clear panel for visibility.<br />

For chang<strong>in</strong>g chucks or drill bits, the 2- or 3-tier section can be swung<br />

forward and upward out of the way. Also available are shields with a side<br />

h<strong>in</strong>ge that sw<strong>in</strong>g to the left side.<br />

3-tier shield shown <strong>in</strong> mach<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g position.<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

DZS-001 3-Tier Front H<strong>in</strong>ge 4½" M<strong>in</strong>; 10½" Max; 6" Stroke; Max Chuck Diameter 2½"<br />

DZS-003 2-Tier Front H<strong>in</strong>ge 4 5 ⁄16" M<strong>in</strong>; 7" Max; 2 11 ⁄16" Stroke; Max Chuck Diameter 2¾"<br />

DZS-004 2-Tier Front H<strong>in</strong>ge 6" M<strong>in</strong>; 10½" Max; 4½" Stroke; Max Chuck Diameter 2¾"<br />

DZS-005 2-Tier Side H<strong>in</strong>ge 6" M<strong>in</strong>; 10½" Max; 4½" Stroke; Max Chuck Diameter 2¾"<br />

DZS-006 3-Tier Side H<strong>in</strong>ge 4½" M<strong>in</strong>; 10½" Max; 6" Stroke; Max Chuck Diameter 2½"<br />

DZS-002 Replacement Polycarbonate W<strong>in</strong>dow<br />

M<strong>in</strong>.<br />

Max.<br />

M<strong>in</strong>. Max.<br />

1¾" diameter;<br />

User to Bore to Size up to 3½"<br />

4½"<br />

7¼"<br />

6"<br />

10½"<br />

10½"<br />

Front h<strong>in</strong>ge shield shown<br />

open for tool change.<br />

Dimensions of Part<br />

No. DZS-001<br />

Dimensions of Part<br />

No. DZS-005<br />

SPRING-LOADED/SELF-EJECTING DRILL PRESS CHUCK KEYS<br />

Spr<strong>in</strong>g-loaded/self-eject<strong>in</strong>g drill press chuck<br />

keys are available to fit a wide variety of chucks.<br />

Visit www.rockfordsystems.com/keys<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 25


WARNING<br />

Can cause serious <strong>in</strong>jury<br />

or death if hand or any part<br />

of body is placed <strong>in</strong> this<br />

electrical enclosure.<br />

Turn off ma<strong>in</strong> power and<br />

lock out the disconnect<br />

switch before open<strong>in</strong>g this<br />

electrical enclosure.<br />

DO NOT REMOVE OR COVER THIS SIGN<br />

KST-152<br />

ROTATING MEMBERS AND TOOLS<br />

You are exposed to mov<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e parts<br />

that can crush, dismember and cause death.<br />

DO NOT operate this mach<strong>in</strong>e without shield(s) <strong>in</strong><br />

place.<br />

NEVER place your f<strong>in</strong>gers, hands or any part of<br />

your body on or near the rotat<strong>in</strong>g parts<br />

of this mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

NEVER operate this mach<strong>in</strong>e with loose cloth<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

jewelry, or unrestra<strong>in</strong>ed long hair.<br />

FAILURE to obey will result <strong>in</strong> loss of f<strong>in</strong>gers or<br />

limbs, or could cause death.<br />

Part No. KSC-046<br />

FLYING PARTS<br />

You are exposed to mov<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e parts<br />

that can cause eye or bodily <strong>in</strong>jury due<br />

to hazardous fly<strong>in</strong>g chips, sparks, and<br />

coolant splash.<br />

NEVER operate this mach<strong>in</strong>ery without proper<br />

FAILURE<br />

eye and body protection.<br />

to obey will result <strong>in</strong> eye <strong>in</strong>jury or<br />

severe personal <strong>in</strong>jury.<br />

ALWAYS wear proper personal protective equipment when operat<strong>in</strong>g this mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

This sign does not cover <strong>all</strong> dangers that could happen while operat<strong>in</strong>g this mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

Do Not Remove or Cover This Sign – See Back For Mount<strong>in</strong>g Instructions<br />

UNGUARDED LATHE<br />

SAFEGUARDED LATHE<br />

Danger and<br />

Precautions Sign<br />

Emergency-Stop<br />

Button<br />

Chuck Shield<br />

Crosslide-Travel<br />

Shield<br />

Magnetic-Base Shield<br />

Disconnect Switch and<br />

Motor Starter<br />

Electronic Motor<br />

Brake<br />

26 | SAFETY SHIELDS


SAFETY ON LATHES<br />

ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED<br />

HEAVY-DUTY LATHE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 12-14)<br />

ELECTRICALLY<br />

INTERLOCKED HEAVY-DUTY<br />

CROSSLIDE/CARRIAGE<br />

TRAVEL LATHE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 15)<br />

SLIDING LATHE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 28)<br />

CROSSLIDE-TRAVEL<br />

LATHE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 29)<br />

SMALL STEEL LATHE<br />

CHUCK SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 30)<br />

LARGE STEEL LATHE<br />

CHUCK SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 31)<br />

TRANSPARENT LATHE<br />

CHUCK SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 32)<br />

RIGID-ARM<br />

MAGNETIC-BASE<br />

SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 50)<br />

FLEXIBLE SPRING-<br />

STEEL ARM SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 54-57)<br />

UNIVERSAL BALL &<br />

SOCKET SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 51-53)<br />

ON/OFF MAGNETIC-BASE<br />

SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 58)<br />

LATHE MOUNTING<br />

BRACKETS<br />

(PAGE 33)<br />

LATHE CHUCK WRENCHES<br />

(PAGES 34-35)<br />

SENSING SAF-START ®<br />

(PAGE 62)<br />

DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MOTOR<br />

STARTERS & ACCESSORIES<br />

(PAGES 63)<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 27


SLIDING LATHE SHIELDS<br />

Shield slid <strong>in</strong>to position. Mach<strong>in</strong>e is ready for mach<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g workpiece.<br />

These heavy-duty slid<strong>in</strong>g lathe shields are furnished <strong>in</strong> four different<br />

sizes. They are constructed of high quality, 12-gauge re<strong>in</strong>forced steel<br />

with a polycarbonate w<strong>in</strong>dow. These shields are available for operator<br />

protection on large standard lathes, CNC mach<strong>in</strong>es, and OD gr<strong>in</strong>ders.<br />

The shields are designed to fit lathes with chucks up to 48" <strong>in</strong> diameter.<br />

Four adjustable flanged mount<strong>in</strong>g posts are provided for easy mount<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

These posts are used to securely mount the shield’s b<strong>all</strong>-bear<strong>in</strong>g<br />

carriage to the top of the headstock, as illustrated (mount<strong>in</strong>g hardware<br />

not <strong>in</strong>cluded). This means the posts can be attached without <strong>in</strong>terfer<strong>in</strong>g<br />

with any part of the equipment housed with<strong>in</strong> the headstock.<br />

These slid<strong>in</strong>g shields slide out-of-the-way over the headstock, <strong>all</strong>ow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

the operator access to the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation for load<strong>in</strong>g and unload<strong>in</strong>g<br />

workpieces, chang<strong>in</strong>g tool<strong>in</strong>g, chang<strong>in</strong>g chucks, remov<strong>in</strong>g swarf, etc.<br />

Each shield has approximately 22" of travel.<br />

When order<strong>in</strong>g these slid<strong>in</strong>g shields, check lathe dimensions and<br />

reference draw<strong>in</strong>gs. Special sizes are available on request.<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

W<strong>in</strong>dow<br />

12" Max. Can Be<br />

Cut to Length as<br />

Required<br />

Adjustable From<br />

2"–12"<br />

15¾" Ctrs.<br />

B<br />

A<br />

20"<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. A B CHUCK DIAMETER REPLACEMENT POLYCARBONATE WINDOW<br />

MAJ-700 26" 21" 28" MAW-001<br />

MAJ-800 27¼" 23" 32" MAW-002<br />

MAJ-100 29½" 27" 40" MAW-003<br />

MAJ-120 33¼" 30 ¾ " 48" MAW-004<br />

28 | SAFETY SHIELDS


CROSSLIDE-TRAVEL LATHE SHIELDS<br />

These lathe shields mount on and travel with the crosslide for protection<br />

when mach<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g long workpieces. The 18-gauge re<strong>in</strong>forced steel<br />

structure provides protection from fly<strong>in</strong>g chips and coolant. The highimpact-resistant<br />

polycarbonate w<strong>in</strong>dow permits visibility <strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t<br />

of operation. The front portion of the shield h<strong>in</strong>ges up for access. These<br />

shields are ideal for lathes with long beds. Special sizes are available<br />

on request.<br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g Rod<br />

H<strong>in</strong>ges up for<br />

access.<br />

Support Rod<br />

LXS-650<br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Bracket<br />

Shield travels with the crosslide for operator protection.<br />

MOUNTING BRACKETS ARE SOLD<br />

SEPARATELY—SEE PAGE 33<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

HINGE<br />

W<strong>in</strong>dow<br />

4"<br />

E<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. A B C D E<br />

TXS-100 17" 8" 10" 12" 12"<br />

TXS-200 23" 11" 12" 14 ½ " 13 ¾ "<br />

TXW-000 Replacement Polycarbonate W<strong>in</strong>dow<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 29


SMALL STEEL LATHE CHUCK SHIELDS<br />

These sturdily constructed steel chuck shields are fabricated of<br />

18-gauge steel with re<strong>in</strong>forced sides and can be used on sm<strong>all</strong>er lathes<br />

that have up to 18½" diameter chucks.<br />

Each shield is furnished with a 1" x 13" mount<strong>in</strong>g rod which can be cut<br />

to length if required. This mount<strong>in</strong>g rod is fastened to the headstock<br />

of the lathe. The mount<strong>in</strong>g rod is also used to h<strong>in</strong>ge the entire shield.<br />

The shield can be lifted and swung up for quick and easy access to the<br />

chuck and the part be<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>ed. This shield <strong>in</strong>cludes a high-impactresistant<br />

polycarbonate w<strong>in</strong>dow which permits visibility <strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t of<br />

operation. Various types of mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets are available and are sold<br />

separately—see page 33.<br />

If shields for larger lathes are required, please see the next page.<br />

Shield <strong>in</strong> position. Mach<strong>in</strong>e is ready for mach<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g workpiece.<br />

MOUNTING BRACKETS ARE SOLD<br />

SEPARATELY—SEE PAGE 33<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Bracket<br />

1-3/8" Bore<br />

W<strong>in</strong>dow<br />

Four ¼-20<br />

Setscrews<br />

1"<br />

13" Rod<br />

8"<br />

7"<br />

D<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. A B C D REPLACEMENT POLYCARBONATE WINDOW<br />

TPS-300 12" 7½" 11" 4¾" TPW-003<br />

TPS-400 15½" 9¼" 14½" 6¼" TPW-004<br />

TPS-500 19¼" 11½" 18¼" 8" TPW-005<br />

30 | SAFETY SHIELDS


LARGE STEEL LATHE CHUCK SHIELDS<br />

These fabricated 18-gauge steel chuck shields with re<strong>in</strong>forced sides can<br />

be used on large lathes that have chucks up to 47" <strong>in</strong> diameter. They are<br />

double h<strong>in</strong>ged for access to the chuck, workpiece, and tool. The front<br />

h<strong>in</strong>ged portion can be swung up for workpiece changes, and the entire<br />

shield can be h<strong>in</strong>ged back for chang<strong>in</strong>g chucks.<br />

Each shield is furnished with a mount<strong>in</strong>g rod, plate and support bar for<br />

mount<strong>in</strong>g the shield to the face of the headstock. The rear mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

bracket h<strong>in</strong>ges the entire shield, and the side mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket supports<br />

the shield <strong>in</strong> its normal operat<strong>in</strong>g position.<br />

The h<strong>in</strong>ged portion can sw<strong>in</strong>g up for workpiece changes.<br />

H<strong>in</strong>ge<br />

Support Bar<br />

A<br />

13-3/4"<br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g Rod and<br />

Plate<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. DIMENSION A<br />

TPS-600 24"<br />

TPS-800 32"<br />

TPS-100 40"<br />

TPS-120 47½"<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 31


TRANSPARENT LATHE CHUCK SHIELDS<br />

These quality-constructed lathe chuck shields have a semicircular shape<br />

made from high-impact-resistant transparent polycarbonate. The shields<br />

themselves are attached to a 1" z<strong>in</strong>c-plated extension tube. This tube is<br />

<strong>in</strong>serted <strong>in</strong>to <strong>one</strong> of the mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets described on the next page.<br />

The shield assembly does not <strong>in</strong>clude the mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket.<br />

The semicircular shield covers half the circumference of the lathe chuck<br />

because it is mounted an equal distance from the chuck center.<br />

Access to the chuck and workpiece is quick and easy. The shield is lifted<br />

up and out of the way for the operator.<br />

The shield size depends on the center height of the lathe and the<br />

diameter of the chuck. On lathes with a center height up to 7", there is a<br />

sm<strong>all</strong> variation <strong>in</strong> diameter between the 3- and 4-jaw chucks; therefore,<br />

<strong>one</strong> size shield will do the job.<br />

On lathes with a center height <strong>in</strong> excess of 7", there is a greater variation<br />

<strong>in</strong> diameter between the chucks; therefore, it is advisable to use two<br />

different size shields to provide adequate protection.<br />

3-jaw chuck lathe with shield held <strong>in</strong> position by bracket Type B.<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

Type B Bracket<br />

A Max. Dia.<br />

High-Impact-Resistant<br />

Clear Polycarbonate<br />

Sw<strong>in</strong>gs up for<br />

Access<br />

B<br />

C<br />

Type B2 Bracket<br />

D<br />

1"<br />

Rod<br />

E<br />

Optional Mount<strong>in</strong>g Bracket With<br />

Electrical Safety Interlock<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

Support Assembly<br />

PART NO. A B C D E REPLACEMENT SHIELD<br />

LXS-300 10" 12" 7" 6 ½ " 10" LXS-301<br />

LXS-400 14" 15 ½ " 8 ½ " 7¾" 13" LXS-401<br />

LXS-500 18" 19 ½ " 10 ½ " 7¾" 13" LXS-501<br />

LXS-600 23 ½ " 24¼" 12¾" 7¾" 13" LXS-601<br />

LXS-700 26" 28" 14¾" 7¾" 13" LXS-701<br />

MOUNTING BRACKETS ARE SOLD<br />

SEPARATELY—SEE FOLLOWING PAGE.<br />

32 | SAFETY SHIELDS


LATHE MOUNTING BRACKETS<br />

The z<strong>in</strong>c-plated extension tube, to which the polycarbonate and steel<br />

shields are fastened, is mounted to the headstock of the lathe by a<br />

mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket.<br />

There are two pr<strong>in</strong>cipal types of mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets available. Type A is<br />

used for mount<strong>in</strong>g to the top or the side of the headstock. Type B is used<br />

for mount<strong>in</strong>g to the <strong>in</strong>side face of the headstock.<br />

For difficult mount<strong>in</strong>g conditions, bracket Type A1 may be used. This<br />

bracket <strong>in</strong>corporates a telescopic height adjustment (up to 2") and can<br />

be swiveled up to an angle of 90° as required.<br />

BRACKET TYPE A<br />

PART NO. LXS-650<br />

For mount<strong>in</strong>g to the top or side of the<br />

headstock.<br />

Bracket Type B2 is a two-socket mount<strong>in</strong>g. It can be fastened to the face<br />

of the headstock where shields with different diameters may be used. It<br />

accommodates 3-jaw and 4-jaw chucks. The <strong>in</strong>ner socket is used for the<br />

3-jaw chuck shield. When chang<strong>in</strong>g over to a 4-jaw chuck, the shield is<br />

removed from the <strong>in</strong>ner socket and replaced by a larger diameter shield<br />

<strong>in</strong>serted <strong>in</strong>to the outer socket. This accommodates the 4-jaw chuck.<br />

Full dimensions, show<strong>in</strong>g the transparent shield <strong>in</strong> relation to the chuck,<br />

are illustrated on page 32.<br />

The sm<strong>all</strong> steel (page 30) and transparent (page 32) lathe chuck shields<br />

can be <strong>in</strong>terlocked to the motor starter. When the chuck shield is lifted<br />

up, the contact on the switch is opened. This causes the mach<strong>in</strong>e to<br />

stop. The switch is attached to a heavy-duty mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket.<br />

Part number FKT-781 <strong>in</strong>terlock<strong>in</strong>g bracket assembly shown below<br />

<strong>in</strong>cludes mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket LXS-652.<br />

PART NO. FKT-781 INTERLOCKING BRACKET<br />

Assembly shown with rod of shield.<br />

BRACKET TYPE A1<br />

PART NO. LXS-651<br />

For extended mount<strong>in</strong>g to the top or<br />

side of the headstock.<br />

BRACKET TYPE B2<br />

PART NO. LXS-653<br />

For mount<strong>in</strong>g to the face of the<br />

headstock when two different sized<br />

shields are used.<br />

BRACKET TYPE B<br />

PART NO. LXS-652<br />

For mount<strong>in</strong>g to the face of the headstock.<br />

Rod of Shield<br />

INTERLOCK SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Contact Arrangement..........2 NO and 2 NC<br />

Operat<strong>in</strong>g Temperature........-13º to 176º F (-25º to 80º C)<br />

Switch<strong>in</strong>g Ability..................3 A @ 230 V AC,<br />

0.27 A @ 230 V DC<br />

Actuat<strong>in</strong>g Directions............4<br />

Conduit Adapter M20 to ½"<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 33


STANDARD SIZE LATHE CHUCK WRENCHES<br />

One of the most common accidents on lathes or other mach<strong>in</strong>es <strong>in</strong>volves<br />

a chuck wrench or key which is thrown from the chuck. This happens<br />

when some<strong>one</strong> forgets to remove the wrench from the chuck before the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e is turned on.<br />

The spr<strong>in</strong>g-loaded or self-eject<strong>in</strong>g chuck wrenches can be used on<br />

lathes or other mach<strong>in</strong>es equipped with manu<strong>all</strong>y adjusted chucks. The<br />

spr<strong>in</strong>g-loaded sleeve ejects the wrench from the chuck after each use.<br />

These wrenches are eng<strong>in</strong>eered and designed to provide proper loads<br />

for self-removal of the wrench weight.<br />

Bar<br />

Diameter<br />

Adjust<strong>in</strong>g the chuck us<strong>in</strong>g a spr<strong>in</strong>g-loaded chuck wrench.<br />

ALL PARTS BLACK OXIDE COATED<br />

5/8" Engagement Length<br />

Over<strong>all</strong><br />

Diameter<br />

Handle Length<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

NOMINAL<br />

SIZE<br />

ACTUAL<br />

SIZE<br />

BAR<br />

DIAMETER<br />

OVERALL<br />

DIAMETER<br />

HANDLE<br />

LENGTH<br />

CW-SM0281-S 9<br />

⁄32" SQ .271" ¾" 1.050" 5½"<br />

CW-SM0312-S 5<br />

⁄16" SQ .303" ¾" 1.050" 5½"<br />

CW-SM0375-S 3<br />

⁄8" SQ .365" ¾" 1.050" 5½"<br />

CW-SM0438-S 7<br />

⁄16" SQ .427" ¾" 1.050" 5½"<br />

CW-SM0500-S ½" SQ .490" ¾" 1.050" 5½"<br />

CW-SM0563-S 9<br />

⁄16" SQ .552"<br />

15<br />

⁄16" 1.315" 9½"<br />

CW-SM0625-S 5<br />

⁄8" SQ .615"<br />

15<br />

⁄16" 1.315" 9½"<br />

CW-SM0688-S<br />

11<br />

⁄16" SQ .678"<br />

15<br />

⁄16" 1.315" 9½"<br />

CW-SM0750-S ¾" SQ .740"<br />

15<br />

⁄16" 1.315" 9½"<br />

CW-HM0500-S ½" HEX .490" ¾" 1.050" 5½"<br />

CW-HM0625-S 5<br />

⁄8" HEX .615" ¾" 1.050" 9½"<br />

CW-HM0750-S ¾" HEX .740"<br />

15<br />

⁄16" 1.315" 9½"<br />

Safety Yellow V<strong>in</strong>yl-<br />

Coated Handle<br />

Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Loaded Sleeve Fully<br />

Encloses Spr<strong>in</strong>g (Sleeve<br />

Pushed Up for Photo)<br />

8" Body<br />

34 | SAFETY SHIELDS


LONGER LATHE CHUCK WRENCHES<br />

Thumb Screw<br />

18" Slid<strong>in</strong>g Handle<br />

Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Loaded Sleeve Fully<br />

Encloses Spr<strong>in</strong>g<br />

18" Slid<strong>in</strong>g Handle<br />

Adjust<strong>in</strong>g the chuck us<strong>in</strong>g a long-handled spr<strong>in</strong>g-loaded chuck wrench.<br />

ALL PARTS BLACK OXIDE COATED<br />

10" Body<br />

The 18" handle can be slid <strong>in</strong>to position and locked <strong>in</strong> place with the thumb screw.<br />

Bar<br />

Diameter<br />

5/8" Engagement Length<br />

Over<strong>all</strong><br />

Diameter<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

NOMINAL<br />

SIZE<br />

ACTUAL<br />

SIZE<br />

BAR<br />

DIAMETER<br />

OVERALL<br />

DIAMETER<br />

CW-SM0281-L 9<br />

⁄32" SQ .271" ¾" 1.050"<br />

CW-SM0312-L 5<br />

⁄16" SQ .303" ¾" 1.050"<br />

CW-SM0375-L 3<br />

⁄8" SQ .365" ¾" 1.050"<br />

CW-SM0438-L 7<br />

⁄16" SQ .427" ¾" 1.050"<br />

CW-SM0500-L ½" SQ .490" ¾" 1.050"<br />

CW-SM0563-L 9<br />

⁄16" SQ .552"<br />

15<br />

⁄16" 1.315"<br />

CW-SM0625-L 5<br />

⁄8" SQ .615"<br />

15<br />

⁄16" 1.315"<br />

CW-SM0688-L<br />

11<br />

⁄16" SQ .678"<br />

15<br />

⁄16" 1.315"<br />

CW-SM0750-L ¾" SQ .740"<br />

15<br />

⁄16" 1.315"<br />

CW-HM0500-L ½" HEX .490" ¾" 1.050"<br />

CW-HM0625-L 5<br />

⁄8" HEX .615" ¾" 1.050"<br />

CW-HM0750-L ¾" HEX .740"<br />

15<br />

⁄16" 1.315"<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 35


WARNING<br />

KST-152<br />

DO NOT REMOVE OR COVER THI SIGN<br />

UNGUARDED MILLING MACHINE<br />

SAFEGUARDED MILLING MACHINE<br />

Belt Cover<br />

Remote Station With<br />

Emergency Stop<br />

Danger Sign<br />

Shield<br />

Disconnect Switch<br />

Motor Starter<br />

Disconnect Switch and<br />

Motor Starter<br />

Can cause serious <strong>in</strong>jury<br />

or death if hand or any part<br />

of body is placed <strong>in</strong> this<br />

electrical enclosure.<br />

Turn o f ma<strong>in</strong> power and<br />

lock ou the disco nect<br />

switch before open<strong>in</strong>g this<br />

electrical enclosure.<br />

Precautions Sign<br />

36 | SAFETY SHIELDS


SAFETY ON MILLING MACHINES<br />

ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED HEAVY-DUTY<br />

MILLING MACHINE SHIELDS (PAGES 16-18)<br />

BRIDGEPORT MILLING<br />

MACHINE SHIELDS—FRONT<br />

(PAGE 38)<br />

BRIDGEPORT MILLING MACHINE<br />

SHIELDS—REAR (PAGE 39)<br />

SLIDE AND SWING-ASIDE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 40-41)<br />

RIGID-ARM MAGNETIC-<br />

BASE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 50)<br />

FLEXIBLE SPRING-<br />

STEEL ARM SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 54-57)<br />

UNIVERSAL BALL &<br />

SOCKET SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 51-53)<br />

ON/OFF MAGNETIC-<br />

BASE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 58)<br />

ADJUSTABLE SLIDE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 49)<br />

MILLING MACHINE<br />

BELT COVERS<br />

(PAGE 42)<br />

DRAW BAR COVER<br />

(SEE ROCKFORDSYSTEMS.COM)<br />

ELECTRICAL<br />

INTERLOCK<br />

ASSEMBLY<br />

(PAGE 42)<br />

BRIDGEPORT MILLING<br />

MACHINE CONTROLS<br />

(PAGE 39)<br />

SENSING<br />

SAF-START ®<br />

(PAGE 62)<br />

DISCONNECT SWITCHES,<br />

MOTOR STARTERS &<br />

ACCESSORIES<br />

(PAGES 63)<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 37


CHIP SHIELDS FOR BRIDGEPORT MILLING MACHINES<br />

These speci<strong>all</strong>y designed, quality-constructed shields are ideal for<br />

Bridgeport mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es. They place a barrier between fly<strong>in</strong>g chips<br />

(swarf), sparks, coolant from the mach<strong>in</strong>e, and the operators or other<br />

employees <strong>in</strong> the area. They can be easily moved <strong>in</strong> or out of position to<br />

provide quick tool and part changes.<br />

These shields are quick and easy to <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>. They attach directly to exist<strong>in</strong>g<br />

head mach<strong>in</strong>e bolts so no additional drill<strong>in</strong>g or tapp<strong>in</strong>g is required.<br />

These shields are constructed of high-impact-resistant polycarbonate<br />

material. Attached at the bottom of each section of the shield is durable,<br />

flexible neoprene material to keep fly<strong>in</strong>g chips and swarf conta<strong>in</strong>ed as<br />

the bed moves up and down.<br />

FRONT SHIELDS<br />

The front shield is mounted on a heavy-duty universal steel arm which<br />

is used to sw<strong>in</strong>g it back <strong>in</strong>to the exact position it was before tool or<br />

workpiece changes. The arm is 29" long and has an adjust<strong>in</strong>g knob<br />

for rais<strong>in</strong>g and lower<strong>in</strong>g the shield. The shield itself can also be used to<br />

hold a pr<strong>in</strong>t.<br />

9" 9¼"<br />

9"<br />

KYL-019 front chip shield.<br />

5¼"<br />

4"<br />

19"<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

KYL-019 9¼" H x 19" W Front Shield With Two 45° Bends<br />

KYL-065 9¼" x 19" Front Replacement Shield Only<br />

9"<br />

9¼"<br />

6"<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

5¼"<br />

KYL-059<br />

9¼" H x 15" W Front Shield With One 45° Bend and One 90º Bend<br />

4"<br />

15"<br />

38 | SAFETY SHIELDS


CHIP SHIELDS FOR BRIDGEPORT MILLING MACHINES (CONTINUED)<br />

REAR SHIELD<br />

A rear shield is also available to protect the back area of the mill<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e. This shield is easy to <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong> and mounts directly onto the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e frame with a setscrew to hold it <strong>in</strong> place.<br />

6"<br />

9"<br />

6"<br />

3¼"<br />

4"<br />

18" Rear shield only (front shield not shown).<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

KYL-020 7¼" H x 18" W Rear Shield With Two 45° Bends<br />

KYL-065 7¼" x 18" Rear Replacement Shield Only<br />

BRIDGEPORT VERTICAL MILLING MACHINE CONTROLS<br />

This control is designed for Bridgeport vertical mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es that have a table motor. Each mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e control is housed <strong>in</strong> a NEMA 12<br />

enclosure that <strong>in</strong>cludes a disconnect switch, revers<strong>in</strong>g magnetic ma<strong>in</strong> drive motor starter, a control relay for the table motor, and a 100 VA transformer<br />

that is generic<strong>all</strong>y numbered and wired to term<strong>in</strong>als. A remote station provides the operator controls consist<strong>in</strong>g of a self-latch<strong>in</strong>g red emergency-stop<br />

palm button, an illum<strong>in</strong>ated green table motor reset push button, and a ma<strong>in</strong> motor reverse/off/forward selector switch. These Bridgeport vertical<br />

mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e controls are available for mach<strong>in</strong>es with 230 or 460 V AC and 1 to 3 HP.<br />

17"<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

BVM-230-1 For 1 HP, 230-V AC Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

BVM-230-15 For 1.5 HP, 230-V AC Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

BVM-230-2 For 2 HP, 230-V AC Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

BVM-230-3 For 3 HP, 230-V AC Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

BVM-460-1 For 1 HP, 460-V AC Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

BVM-460-15 For 1.5 HP, 460-V AC Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

BVM-460-2 For 2 HP, 460-V AC Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

BVM-460-3 For 3 HP, 460-V AC Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

3½"<br />

10"<br />

8¼"<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 39


SLIDE AND SWING-ASIDE SHIELDS<br />

Part No. SSA-000 with door closed.<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

These shields protect operators when mach<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g either sm<strong>all</strong> workpieces<br />

or large cast<strong>in</strong>gs that sometimes overhang the mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e table. At<br />

the same time, they can provide immediate and complete access to the<br />

workpiece or cast<strong>in</strong>g be<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>ed by slid<strong>in</strong>g or sw<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>g aside the<br />

door(s), as illustrated.<br />

THE SHIELD<br />

The transparent portion of the shield is constructed of impact-resistant<br />

polycarbonate. The frame of the shield is made of 1" x 2" extruded<br />

alum<strong>in</strong>um. The shield has front slid<strong>in</strong>g panel(s) and two side fixed<br />

panels. The side panels are attached at both ends of the table.<br />

These assemblies can be mounted or removed <strong>in</strong> a matter of m<strong>in</strong>utes by<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g two lock<strong>in</strong>g T-bolts with nuts.<br />

Each of the front panels can slide to the right or left and sw<strong>in</strong>g aside on<br />

their own axis out of the way (see draw<strong>in</strong>gs).<br />

The advantage of the slide and sw<strong>in</strong>g-aside movement is that you can<br />

obta<strong>in</strong> immediate access to the whole length of the table for load<strong>in</strong>g and<br />

unload<strong>in</strong>g large workpieces. Although the panels slide aside, they will not<br />

take up any more room than the actual length of the table itself, because<br />

the slid<strong>in</strong>g and sw<strong>in</strong>g-aside action takes place <strong>in</strong> <strong>one</strong> movement by<br />

simply lift<strong>in</strong>g a latch.<br />

Part No. SSA-000 with door open.<br />

THE SHIELD CONSTRUCTION<br />

The par<strong>all</strong>el slid<strong>in</strong>g bars enable the shield to be adjusted to the distance<br />

required from the front of the table to the shield. The adjustment on<br />

these bars caters to cast<strong>in</strong>gs or large comp<strong>one</strong>nts which overhang<br />

the table. This adjustment is achieved by loosen<strong>in</strong>g the two socket<br />

cap screws at either end of the table. This permits the complete shield<br />

assembly to be moved backwards or forwards to the position required.<br />

A safety latch is provided where the two front panels or the front and side<br />

panels come together which holds the panels <strong>in</strong> place. The latch has to<br />

be released manu<strong>all</strong>y prior to open<strong>in</strong>g the panels.<br />

The unique construction <strong>all</strong>ows the front panels to<br />

slide and sw<strong>in</strong>g aside expos<strong>in</strong>g the entire table.<br />

40 | SAFETY SHIELDS


SLIDE AND SWING-ASIDE SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

There are three sizes of shields available which cover table sizes up to a<br />

maximum length of 76". On bed-type mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, where the table<br />

length is well <strong>in</strong> excess of 76", it is still possible to use the SSA-300<br />

shield. In many <strong>in</strong>stances, only part of the maximum length of the table<br />

is used. If this is the case, the SSA-300 shield would be suitable as long<br />

as the longitud<strong>in</strong>al traverse used does not exceed the maximum length<br />

of the shield. For a table length of less than 36", the SSA-000 shield<br />

may be used.<br />

D<br />

These shields have been generously designed to give protection to the<br />

operator; this will be noted <strong>in</strong> dimension H, which gives the height of the<br />

shields. Special height panels are available upon request.<br />

The standard shield does not provide protection on the back of the table.<br />

The rear shields (below) are used to m<strong>in</strong>imize coolant splash and fly<strong>in</strong>g<br />

chips that may fly out of the back of the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

L<br />

H<br />

End elevation show<strong>in</strong>g<br />

shield <strong>in</strong> maximum<br />

forward position.<br />

Table<br />

A<br />

Par<strong>all</strong>el<br />

Slid<strong>in</strong>g Bar<br />

Table<br />

Front view with slid<strong>in</strong>g shields closed<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

L–LENGTH OF<br />

TABLE WORK SURFACE<br />

H<br />

HEIGHT<br />

*Has <strong>one</strong> slid<strong>in</strong>g and sw<strong>in</strong>g front door<br />

**Has two slid<strong>in</strong>g and sw<strong>in</strong>g front panels.<br />

D<br />

DEPTH<br />

A<br />

MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT<br />

SSA-000* 24"-36" 20" 20" 13"<br />

SSA-200** 36"-56" 20" 20" 13"<br />

SSA-300** 56"-76" 20" 20" 13"<br />

REAR SHIELD ASSEMBLIES<br />

These shield assemblies can be used to protect personnel from swarf<br />

and chips at the rear of the table on both sides of the mach<strong>in</strong>e column.<br />

They can be used on mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es or other equipment that require<br />

these types of shields. The two ¼"-thick polycarbonate panels are<br />

mounted to the frame of the mach<strong>in</strong>e with mounts (see photo). Each<br />

panel has extruded alum<strong>in</strong>um fram<strong>in</strong>g to hold the polycarbonate <strong>in</strong><br />

place. The mounts are also attached to this frame. The assembly is<br />

available <strong>in</strong> two sizes and <strong>in</strong>cludes two shields, <strong>one</strong> set of mounts, and<br />

connectors. Special sizes are available upon request.<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

SSA-420 24" x 24" Rear Shields With Mounts (Set)<br />

SSA-430 24" x 36" Rear Shields With Mounts (Set)<br />

Rear shield assembly on left side<br />

of mach<strong>in</strong>e column.<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 41


MILLING MACHINE BELT COVER<br />

OSHA requires under 29 CFR 1910.219 that <strong>all</strong> mechanical powertransmission<br />

apparatuses on mach<strong>in</strong>ery that create a hazard be covered<br />

if below a 7-foot level from the floor or work<strong>in</strong>g platform. The sheaves<br />

and belts on mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es must be covered to meet this requirement.<br />

These unique patented belt covers are made of durable cast alum<strong>in</strong>um.<br />

The h<strong>in</strong>ged covers are sold <strong>in</strong> pairs for the right and left sides and are<br />

permanently attached to the mach<strong>in</strong>e. Sp<strong>in</strong>dle speed changes are d<strong>one</strong><br />

quickly and efficiently by simply pull<strong>in</strong>g down the belt cover.<br />

This belt cover is made for Bridgeport model J.<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

Part No. Description<br />

KYL-021J Model J Belt Cover With H<strong>in</strong>ges—11" W x 2 ¾ " H x 3 ⁄8" Thick<br />

Cover closed.<br />

Cover open on model J Bridgeport mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

ELECTRICAL INTERLOCK ASSEMBLY<br />

MAGNETIC SAFETY SWITCH AND BRACKET ASSEMBLY<br />

PART NO. FKT-876<br />

Additional operator safety can be provided by the <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ation<br />

of this magnetic safety switch and bracket assembly.<br />

INTERLOCK SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Contacts.............................1 NO<br />

Operat<strong>in</strong>g Temperature........14º to 149º F (-10º to 65º C)<br />

Rated Current.....................2 A, fuse extern<strong>all</strong>y 1.6 A quick act<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Rated Voltage.....................250 V AC<br />

Cable.................................13 ft of prewired 2-conductor flexible cable<br />

(Mounted on <strong>in</strong>side of<br />

front panels.)<br />

42 | SAFETY SHIELDS


UNGUARDED GRINDER<br />

SAFEGUARDED GRINDER<br />

Shields<br />

Gr<strong>in</strong>der Gauge—Used To<br />

Measure Tongue and Work<br />

Rest Open<strong>in</strong>gs<br />

Danger Sign<br />

Disconnect, Motor Starter, and<br />

Emergency Stop<br />

SAFETY ON BENCH GRINDERS<br />

RIGID-ARM MAGNETIC-<br />

BASE SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 50)<br />

ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED<br />

HEAVY-DUTY BENCH<br />

BUFFER SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 19)<br />

DOUBLE-WHEEL<br />

FLEXIBLE-ARM SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 44)<br />

SINGLE-WHEEL<br />

FLEXIBLE-ARM SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 44)<br />

STANDARD-MOUNT<br />

GRINDER SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 45)<br />

UNIVERSAL BALL &<br />

SOCKET SHIELDS<br />

(PAGES 51-53)<br />

HEAVY-DUTY SINGLE<br />

BUFFER SHIELDS<br />

(PAGE 45)<br />

BENCH GRINDER<br />

SAFETY GAUGE<br />

(PAGE 46)<br />

SENSING<br />

SAF-START ®<br />

(PAGE 62)<br />

DISCONNECT SWITCHES,<br />

MOTOR STARTERS,<br />

AND ACCESSORIES<br />

(PAGES 63)<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 43


DOUBLE- AND SINGLE-WHEEL FLEXIBLE-ARM GRINDER SHIELDS<br />

Double-Wheel Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shield<br />

Bench gr<strong>in</strong>der shields are designed to m<strong>in</strong>imize the debris and hazards<br />

associated with bench gr<strong>in</strong>ders and buffers. Both double- and s<strong>in</strong>glewheel<br />

gr<strong>in</strong>der shields are available.<br />

The double-wheel gr<strong>in</strong>der shield provides protection for both wheels of<br />

the gr<strong>in</strong>der with <strong>one</strong> cont<strong>in</strong>uous shield. The durable shield is made of<br />

clear, 3/16"-thick polycarbonate and measures 18" x 6". A special shield<br />

bracket adds stability to the top of the shield.<br />

The s<strong>in</strong>gle-wheel gr<strong>in</strong>der shield is made of clear, 3/16"-thick<br />

polycarbonate and measures 6" x 6". This sturdy, impact-resistant shield<br />

is designed for use when a s<strong>in</strong>gle wheel needs safeguard<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

The flexible spr<strong>in</strong>g-steel arms come <strong>in</strong> three lengths: 12", 18" and 24".<br />

MOUNTING OPTIONS<br />

There are two mount<strong>in</strong>g options for the double- and s<strong>in</strong>gle-wheel gr<strong>in</strong>der<br />

shields.<br />

• Direct-mount base—attaches directly to the gr<strong>in</strong>der table or<br />

pedestal<br />

• Magnetic base—3" diameter magnet<br />

If an adequate flat, smooth, ferrous mount<strong>in</strong>g surface is not available,<br />

an optional steel mount<strong>in</strong>g plate is available that can be permanently<br />

attached to the mach<strong>in</strong>e to hold the magnetic base.<br />

DOUBLE-WHEEL GRINDER SHIELDS—<br />

18" X 6" FLAT SHIELD<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-183<br />

KYL-184<br />

KYL-185<br />

KYL-186<br />

KYL-187<br />

KYL-188<br />

KYL-177<br />

FKT-1072<br />

FKT-1106<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

12" Direct-Mount Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm<br />

18" Direct-Mount Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm<br />

24" Direct-Mount Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm<br />

12" Magnetic-Mount Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm<br />

18" Magnetic-Mount Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm<br />

24" Magnetic-Mount Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm<br />

18" x 6" Flat Replacement Shield Only<br />

Flat Mount<strong>in</strong>g Bracket for 18" x 6" Shield<br />

3½" x 4 5 ⁄8" Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate for Magnetic Base<br />

SINGLE-WHEEL GRINDER SHIELDS—<br />

6" X 6" FLAT SHIELD<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-178<br />

KYL-179<br />

KYL-180<br />

KYL-181<br />

KYL-182<br />

KYL-176<br />

FKT-1106<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

18" Direct-Mount Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm<br />

24" Direct-Mount Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm<br />

12" Magnetic-Mount Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm<br />

18" Magnetic-Mount Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm<br />

24" Magnetic-Mount Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm<br />

6" x 6" Flat Replacement Shield Only<br />

3½" x 4 5 ⁄8" Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate for Magnetic Base<br />

S<strong>in</strong>gle-Wheel Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shield<br />

Part No. FKT-1106<br />

Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate<br />

44 | SAFETY SHIELDS


STANDARD-MOUNT GRINDER SHIELDS<br />

These gr<strong>in</strong>der shields are available <strong>in</strong> various sizes for protection from<br />

the swarf of bench or pedestal gr<strong>in</strong>ders. The frames are constructed of<br />

re<strong>in</strong>forced fiber nylon or heavy cast alum<strong>in</strong>um. Each shield is furnished<br />

with a threaded support rod. The transparent shield is high-impactresistant<br />

polycarbonate to m<strong>in</strong>imize scratch<strong>in</strong>g and provide durability.<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. DESCRIPTION (EACH SOLD SEPARATELY) REPLACEMENT POLYCARBONATE WINDOW<br />

GWG-201 6 ¼ " H x 5 ¼ " W Shield—Nylon Frame GWW-001<br />

GWG-202 8 ½ " H x 6" W Shield—Nylon Frame GWW-002<br />

GWG-203 12 ¾ " H x 12" W Shield—Alum<strong>in</strong>um Frame GWW-003<br />

HEAVY-DUTY SINGLE BUFFER SHIELDS<br />

These buffer shields are available <strong>in</strong> various sizes for protection from<br />

the swarf of bench or pedestal gr<strong>in</strong>ders. The frames are constructed of<br />

re<strong>in</strong>forced fiber nylon or heavy cast alum<strong>in</strong>um. Each shield is furnished<br />

with a threaded support rod. The transparent shield is high-impactresistant<br />

polycarbonate to m<strong>in</strong>imize scratch<strong>in</strong>g and provide durability.<br />

5.19"<br />

(130 mm)<br />

¹<br />

²<br />

B<br />

A<br />

¹ 1.18" (30 mm) ² 0.98" (25 mm)<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. A B<br />

PMA 02/112 6.3" (160 mm) 5.71" (145 mm)<br />

PMA 02/216 7.87" (200 mm) 7.28" (185 mm)<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 45


BENCH GRINDER SAFETY GAUGE—PART NO. KSC-096<br />

Front<br />

Back<br />

The bench gr<strong>in</strong>der safety gauge is laser-cut, Grade 5052 alum<strong>in</strong>um with H32 hardness. The safety yellow, durable powder-coated gauge has silkscreened<br />

text and graphics. It measures 2¾" wide by 2¼" high by .1000” thick and has a ¼" hole for attachment to the bench gr<strong>in</strong>der.<br />

OSHA 29 CFR 1910.215 specifies that work rests must be kept adjusted closely to the wheel with a maximum open<strong>in</strong>g of 1/8" to prevent the<br />

workpiece from be<strong>in</strong>g jammed between the wheel and the rest. OSHA also states that the distance between the gr<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g wheel and the adjustable<br />

tongue must never exceed ¼".<br />

Check<strong>in</strong>g tongue open<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Check<strong>in</strong>g work rest open<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

46 | SAFETY SHIELDS


BAND SAW SHIELD ASSEMBLIES<br />

These high-quality band saw shields place a barrier between an operator and fly<strong>in</strong>g debris generated at the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation. The transparent,<br />

L-shaped portion of the band saw shield is constructed of high-impact-resistant, 3/16"- thick clear polycarbonate.<br />

Flexible spr<strong>in</strong>g-steel arms come <strong>in</strong> standard lengths of 12", 18", and 24" for attach<strong>in</strong>g the shield.<br />

The band saw shield assemblies are offered with a direct-mount base that is attached directly to the band saw. Mount<strong>in</strong>g hardware is <strong>in</strong>cluded.<br />

DIMENSIONS<br />

6"<br />

6"<br />

4"<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

KYL-189 12" Direct-Mount Arm With 6" H x 6" W L-Shaped Shield (4" D)<br />

KYL-190 18" Direct-Mount Arm With 6" H x 6" W L-Shaped Shield (4" D)<br />

KYL-191 24" Direct-Mount Arm With 6" H x 6" W L-Shaped Shield (4" D)<br />

KYL-175 6" x 6" L-Shaped Replacement Shield Only<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 47


DISC AND BELT SANDER SHIELD ASSEMBLIES<br />

These high-quality, adjustable disc and belt sander shields place a<br />

barrier between an operator and fly<strong>in</strong>g debris generated at the po<strong>in</strong>t of<br />

operation. They fasten directly to the mach<strong>in</strong>e us<strong>in</strong>g 1" x 2" extruded<br />

alum<strong>in</strong>um with mount<strong>in</strong>g hardware <strong>in</strong>cluded. The transparent portion<br />

of the shield is constructed of high-impact-resistant, 3/16"-thick clear<br />

polycarbonate. Easy vertical adjustment of the shields is achieved simply<br />

by loosen<strong>in</strong>g and tighten<strong>in</strong>g the black knobs.<br />

These shields can also be used on a comb<strong>in</strong>ation belt sander & disc sander.<br />

14"<br />

Upper Shield<br />

Disc Sander Shield<br />

PART NO.<br />

Disc sander shield assembly.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

REPLACEMENT<br />

SHIELD<br />

KYL-228 9" Disc Sander Shield Assembly (6" x 13" Shield) KYL-229<br />

KYL-230 12" Disc Sander Shield Assembly (7" x 16" Shield) KYL-231<br />

KYL-232 16" Disc Sander Shield Assembly (9" x 20" Shield) KYL-233<br />

KYL-234 20" Disc Sander Shield Assembly (11" x 24" Shield) KYL-235<br />

KYL-236 24" Disc Sander Shield Assembly (13" x 28" Shield) KYL-237<br />

BELT SANDER SHIELD ASSEMBLIES<br />

Upper<br />

Shield<br />

Lower Belt Shield<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

KYL-224 Lower Belt Shield Assembly (6" x 8" Shield)<br />

KYL-225 Lower Belt Shield Only (6" x 8")<br />

14"<br />

3½"<br />

8"<br />

Upper Belt Shield<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

KYL-226 Upper Belt Shield Assembly (L-Shaped Shield)<br />

KYL-227 Upper Belt Shield Only (L-Shaped)<br />

Lower<br />

Shield<br />

3½"<br />

6"<br />

Belt sander shield assembly.<br />

48 | SAFETY SHIELDS


ADJUSTABLE SLIDE SHIELDS<br />

These high-quality adjustable slide shields can be used on drills, mills,<br />

saws, or special mach<strong>in</strong>e applications. The transparent portion of these<br />

shields is constructed of durable, clear 3/16"-thick polycarbonate. The<br />

shield places a barrier between an operator and the fly<strong>in</strong>g chips (swarf),<br />

sparks, and coolant generated at the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation.<br />

These shields can be mounted vertic<strong>all</strong>y or horizont<strong>all</strong>y on the<br />

flat surface of any mach<strong>in</strong>e. The transparent portion of the shield<br />

attaches to the mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets and offers a slide adjustment of<br />

3½". Two standard size shields with 30° sides are available: 7¾" x<br />

11" and 9½" x 19". Contact <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong> for other shield sizes<br />

or longer adjustments.<br />

Adjustable slide shield on front column of mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

5 1 ⁄8"<br />

5"<br />

7 ¾ "<br />

Adjustable Slide Shield—7" Front<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

KYL-192 Adjustable Slide Shield With 30° Angle and 7" Front<br />

KYL-012 Replacement Shield—7" Front<br />

7" Front<br />

8 3 ⁄8"<br />

5"<br />

9 ½ "<br />

Adjustable Slide Shield—10 3 ⁄8" Front<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

KYL-193 Adjustable Slide Shield With 30° Angle and 10 3 ⁄8" Front<br />

KYL-017 Replacement Shield—10 3 ⁄8" Front<br />

10 3 ⁄8" Front<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 49


RIGID-ARM MAGNETIC-BASE SHIELDS<br />

Magnetic-base flat shield shown on a lathe<br />

Magnetic-base concave shield shown on a lathe<br />

These rugged magnetic-base shields can be used on lathes, sm<strong>all</strong> mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, drills, gr<strong>in</strong>ders, band saws, etc. These shields can be attached<br />

to any ferrous surface on the mach<strong>in</strong>e by an 80-lb pull magnetic base. If a flat, smooth, ferrous surface is not available, a mount<strong>in</strong>g plate (3½" x<br />

4-5/8") is also furnished. Large polypropylene plastic handles are used for easy position<strong>in</strong>g and lock<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

The transparent portion of the chip shield is constructed of high-impact-resistant, 3/16"-thick clear polycarbonate material. It is furnished with a<br />

circular base which measures 3¼" <strong>in</strong> diameter. An 8" alum<strong>in</strong>um base extrusion is provided and attaches to the magnetic base. Also available is a<br />

12" extruded-alum<strong>in</strong>um arm extension. This arm can be cut to a shorter length if required for your application.<br />

8" Arm<br />

PART NO. DESCRIPTION REPLACEMENT SHIELD ONLY<br />

CBS-1C1 Base With 6" x 8" Flat Shield CSAA-3<br />

CBS-2C1 Base With 10" x 12" Flat Shield CSAA-5<br />

CBS-3C1 Base With 14" x 16" Flat Shield CSAA-7<br />

12" Arm<br />

Extension<br />

PART NO. DESCRIPTION REPLACEMENT SHIELD ONLY<br />

CBS-1C1B 6" x 8" Flat Shield With 12" Arm Extension CSAA-3<br />

CBS-2C1B 10" x 12" Flat Shield With 12" Arm Extension CSAA-5<br />

CBS-3C1B 14" x 16" Flat Shield With 12" Arm Extension CSAA-7<br />

PART NO. DESCRIPTION REPLACEMENT SHIELD ONLY<br />

CBS-6C1 Base With 8" x 10" Concave Shield CSAD-2<br />

CBS-7C1 Base With 10" x 12" Concave Shield CSAD-3<br />

PART NO. DESCRIPTION REPLACEMENT SHIELD ONLY<br />

CBS-6C1B 8" x 10" Concave Shield With 12" Arm Extension CSAD-2<br />

CBS-7C1B 10" x 12" Concave Shield With 12" Arm Extension CSAD-3<br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Plate<br />

50 | SAFETY SHIELDS


UNIVERSAL BALL & SOCKET SHIELDS<br />

A variety of these quality-constructed, very versatile shields are<br />

available. They are ideal for mills, drills, lathes, gr<strong>in</strong>ders, band saws, or<br />

similar equipment <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g woodwork<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es. The shield places a<br />

barrier between operators or other employees <strong>in</strong> the area and the fly<strong>in</strong>g<br />

chips (swarf), sparks, and coolant generated from the tool. These shields<br />

are furnished with heavy universal steel b<strong>all</strong>-and-socket arms to provide<br />

simple movement and adjustment. Large polypropylene plastic handles<br />

are used for position<strong>in</strong>g and lock<strong>in</strong>g. Arms mount easily to the frame or<br />

column of the mach<strong>in</strong>e and <strong>in</strong>clude standard mount<strong>in</strong>g hardware.<br />

The shields offered are made of high-impact-resistant 3/16"-thick clear<br />

polycarbonate, selected for its toughness under impact to protect the<br />

operator. Each shield, except for the flat shield, has a hole <strong>in</strong> the left and<br />

right corners so the arm can be conveniently mounted on either side of<br />

the mach<strong>in</strong>e. Special size shields are available upon request.<br />

Universal b<strong>all</strong> & socket shield on a mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

Universal b<strong>all</strong> & socket shield shown on a drill press.<br />

Universal b<strong>all</strong> & socket shield shown on a band saw.<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 51


UNIVERSAL BALL & SOCKET SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

All Steel Pivot B<strong>all</strong>s Are Hardened For Longevity<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-104<br />

KYL-105<br />

KYL-106<br />

CSAA-3<br />

CYF-016<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

6" x 8" Flat Shield With 21" Universal Arm<br />

6" x 8" Flat Shield With 31" Universal Arm<br />

6" x 8" Flat Shield With 44" Universal Arm<br />

6" x 8" Flat Replacement Shield Only<br />

Clamp Kit for Attach<strong>in</strong>g to Table or Ledge<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-107<br />

KYL-108<br />

KYL-109<br />

CSAA-5<br />

CYF-016<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

10" x 12" Flat Shield With 21" Universal Arm<br />

10" x 12" Flat Shield With 31" Universal Arm<br />

10" x 12" Flat Shield With 44" Universal Arm<br />

10" x 12" Flat Replacement Shield Only<br />

Clamp Kit for Attach<strong>in</strong>g to Table or Ledge<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-110<br />

KYL-111<br />

KYL-112<br />

KYL-012<br />

CYF-016<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

30° Angle Shield 8" H (7" Front) With 21" Universal Arm<br />

30° Angle Shield 8" H (7" Front) With 31" Universal Arm<br />

30° Angle Shield 8" H (7" Front) With 44" Universal Arm<br />

30° Angle 8" H (7" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

Clamp Kit for Attach<strong>in</strong>g to Table or Ledge<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-113<br />

KYL-114<br />

KYL-115<br />

KYL-017<br />

CYF-016<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

30° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) With 21" Universal Arm<br />

30° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) With 31" Universal Arm<br />

30° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) With 44" Universal Arm<br />

30° Angle 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

Clamp Kit for Attach<strong>in</strong>g to Table or Ledge<br />

52 | SAFETY SHIELDS


UNIVERSAL BALL & SOCKET SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

THE 90º SIDE PREVENTS INTERFERENCE WITH A DRILL PRESS HANDLE<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-127<br />

KYL-128<br />

KYL-129<br />

KYL-126<br />

CYF-016<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

30° & 90° Angle Shield 9½" H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) With 21" Universal Arm<br />

30° & 90° Angle Shield 9½" H (103⁄8" Front) With 31" Universal Arm<br />

30° & 90° Angle Shield 9½" H (103⁄8" Front) With 44" Universal Arm<br />

30° & 90° Angle 9½" H (103⁄8" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

Clamp Kit for Attach<strong>in</strong>g to Table or Ledge<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-116<br />

KYL-117<br />

KYL-118<br />

KYL-018<br />

CYF-016<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

90° Angle Shield 9½" H (11" Front) With 21" Universal Arm<br />

90° Angle Shield 9½" H (11" Front) With 31" Universal Arm<br />

90° Angle Shield 9½" H (11" Front) With 44" Universal Arm<br />

90° Angle 9½" H (11" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

Clamp Kit for Attach<strong>in</strong>g to Table or Ledge<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-119<br />

KYL-120<br />

KYL-121<br />

CSAD-2<br />

CYF-016<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

8" x 10" Concave Shield With 21" Universal Arm<br />

8" x 10" Concave Shield With 31" Universal Arm<br />

8" x 10" Concave Shield With 44" Universal Arm<br />

8" x 10" Concave Replacement Shield Only<br />

Clamp Kit for Attach<strong>in</strong>g to Table or Ledge<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-122<br />

KYL-123<br />

KYL-124<br />

CSAD-3<br />

CYF-016<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

10" x 12" Concave Shield With 21" Universal Arm<br />

10" x 12" Concave Shield With 31" Universal Arm<br />

10" x 12" Concave Shield With 44" Universal Arm<br />

10" x 12" Concave Replacement Shield Only<br />

Clamp Kit for Attach<strong>in</strong>g to Table or Ledge<br />

CYF-016—Clamp kit attaches<br />

to table or ledge.<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 53


FLEXIBLE SPRING-STEEL ARM SHIELDS<br />

These flexible arms are made of high-quality, heavy-duty ¾"-diameter<br />

spr<strong>in</strong>g steel covered with v<strong>in</strong>yl to protect from grease, oil, and<br />

contam<strong>in</strong>ants that could weaken their hold<strong>in</strong>g power. They offer virtu<strong>all</strong>y<br />

unlimited adjustment possibilities and long-term hold<strong>in</strong>g power.<br />

The shield can be used on lathes, drill presses, mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es,<br />

gr<strong>in</strong>ders, band saws, woodwork<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, and similar equipment.<br />

It places a barrier between an operator and fly<strong>in</strong>g chips (swarf),<br />

sparks, and splash<strong>in</strong>g coolant generated at the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation. The<br />

transparent portion of these flexible-arm shields is constructed of highimpact-resistant,<br />

3/16"-thick polycarbonate. Special shield sizes are<br />

available up to 12" x 12"; please c<strong>all</strong> our sales department at 1-800-<br />

922-7533 for more <strong>in</strong>formation.<br />

The flexible-arm shields have two mount<strong>in</strong>g options: direct or magnetic.<br />

The direct-mount base can be fastened directly to a mach<strong>in</strong>e with two<br />

¼" fasteners (<strong>in</strong>cluded). The magnetic base consists of a 3"-diameter<br />

magnet with 100-lb hold<strong>in</strong>g force. If an adequate flat, smooth, ferrous<br />

mount<strong>in</strong>g surface is not available, an optional steel mount<strong>in</strong>g plate can<br />

be permanently attached to the mach<strong>in</strong>e to hold the magnetic base.<br />

Flexible spr<strong>in</strong>g-steel arm shield on mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

Flexible spr<strong>in</strong>g-steel arm shield on mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

Flexible spr<strong>in</strong>g-steel arm shield on lathe.<br />

54 | SAFETY SHIELDS


FLEXIBLE SPRING-STEEL ARM SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

MADE OF ¾ "-DIAMETER VINYL-COVERED SPRING STEEL<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-096<br />

KYL-097<br />

KYL-132<br />

CSAA-3<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

6" x 8" Flat Shield and 12" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

6" x 8" Flat Shield and 18" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

6" x 8" Flat Shield and 24" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

6" x 8" Flat Replacement Shield Only<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-100<br />

KYL-101<br />

KYL-133<br />

CSAA-3<br />

FKT-1106<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

6" x 8" Flat Shield and 12" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

6" x 8" Flat Shield and 18" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

6" x 8" Flat Shield and 24" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

6" x 8" Flat Replacement Shield Only<br />

Optional 3½" x 4 5 ⁄8" Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate (Fasteners Not Included)<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-098<br />

KYL-099<br />

KYL-134<br />

CSAA-5<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

10" x 12" Flat Shield and 12" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

10" x 12" Flat Shield and 18" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

10" x 12" Flat Shield and 24" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

10" x 12" Flat Replacement Shield Only<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-102<br />

KYL-103<br />

KYL-135<br />

CSAA-5<br />

FKT-1106<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

10" x 12" Flat Shield and 12" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

10" x 12" Flat Shield and 18" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

10" x 12" Flat Shield and 24" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

10" x 12" Flat Replacement Shield Only<br />

Optional 3½" x 4 5 ⁄z" Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate (Fasteners Not Included)<br />

Optional Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 55


FLEXIBLE SPRING-STEEL ARM SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-136<br />

KYL-137<br />

KYL-138<br />

KYL-012<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

30° Angle Shield 8" H (7" Front) and 12" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

30° Angle Shield 8" H (7" Front) and 18" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

30° Angle Shield 8" H (7" Front) and 24" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

30° Angle 8" H (7" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-139<br />

KYL-140<br />

KYL-141<br />

KYL-012<br />

FKT-1106<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

30° Angle Shield 8" H (7" Front) and 12" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

30° Angle Shield 8" H (7" Front) and 18" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

30° Angle Shield 8" H (7" Front) and 24" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

30° Angle 8" H (7" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

Optional 3 ½ " x 4 5 ⁄8" Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate (Fasteners Not Included)<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-142<br />

KYL-143<br />

KYL-144<br />

KYL-017<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

30° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 12" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

30° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 18" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

30° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 24" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

30° Angle 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-145<br />

KYL-146<br />

KYL-147<br />

KYL-017<br />

FKT-1106<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

30° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 12" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

30° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 18" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

30° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 24" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

30° Angle 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

Optional 3 ½ " x 4 5 ⁄8" Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate (Fasteners Not Included)<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-148<br />

KYL-149<br />

KYL-150<br />

KYL-126<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

30° & 90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 12" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

30° & 90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 18" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

30° & 90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 24" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

30° & 90° Angle 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-151<br />

KYL-152<br />

KYL-153<br />

KYL-126<br />

FKT-1106<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

30° & 90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 12" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

30° & 90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 18" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

30° & 90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) and 24" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

30° & 90° Angle 9 ½ " H (10 3 ⁄8" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

Optional 3 ½ " x 4 5 ⁄8" Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate (Fasteners Not Included)<br />

56 | SAFETY SHIELDS


FLEXIBLE SPRING-STEEL ARM SHIELDS (CONTINUED)<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-154<br />

KYL-155<br />

KYL-156<br />

KYL-018<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (11" Front) and 12" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (11" Front) and 18" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (11" Front) and 24" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

90° Angle 9 ½ " H (11" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-157<br />

KYL-158<br />

KYL-159<br />

KYL-018<br />

KYL-1106<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (11" Front) and 12" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (11" Front) and 18" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

90° Angle Shield 9 ½ " H (11" Front) and 24" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

90° Angle 9 ½ " H (11" Front) Replacement Shield Only<br />

Optional 3 ½ " x 4 5 ⁄8" Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate (Fasteners Not Included)<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-160<br />

KYL-161<br />

KYL-162<br />

CSAD-2<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

8" x 10" Concave Shield and 12" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

8" x 10" Concave Shield and 18" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

8" x 10" Concave Shield and 24" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

8" x 10" Concave Replacement Shield Only<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-163<br />

KYL-164<br />

KYL-165<br />

CSAD-2<br />

FKT-1106<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

8" x 10" Concave Shield and 12" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

8" x 10" Concave Shield and 18" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

8" x 10" Concave Shield and 24" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

8" x 10" Concave Replacement Shield Only<br />

Optional 3 ½ " x 4 5 ⁄8" Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate (Fasteners Not Included)<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-166<br />

KYL-167<br />

KYL-168<br />

CSAD-3<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

10" x 12" Concave Shield and 12" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

10" x 12" Concave Shield and 18" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

10" x 12" Concave Shield and 24" Arm With Direct-Mount Base<br />

10" x 12" Concave Replacement Shield Only<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYL-169<br />

KYL-170<br />

KYL-171<br />

CSAD-3<br />

FKT-1106<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

10" x 12" Concave Shield and 12" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

10" x 12" Concave Shield and 18" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

10" x 12" Concave Shield and 24" Arm With Magnetic Base<br />

10" x 12" Concave Replacement Shield Only<br />

Optional 3 ½ " x 4 5 ⁄8" Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate (Fasteners Not Included)<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 57


ON/OFF MAGNETIC-BASE SHIELDS<br />

These versatile on/off magnetic-base shields can be used on lathes,<br />

drills, mills, gr<strong>in</strong>ders, or any equipment that has a flat, ferrous mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

surface. The heavy-duty magnetic base is 2¾" square with a V-groove<br />

and measures 3" high. The 200-lb hold<strong>in</strong>g force keeps the shield<br />

<strong>in</strong> place when the magnet is on. If an adequate flat, smooth, ferrous<br />

mount<strong>in</strong>g surface is not available, an optional steel mount<strong>in</strong>g plate (Part<br />

No. FKT-1106) can be used.<br />

The 12", 18", and 24" flexible spr<strong>in</strong>g-steel arms are covered with v<strong>in</strong>yl<br />

to protect them from grease, oil, and contam<strong>in</strong>ants that would weaken<br />

their hold<strong>in</strong>g power. They offer virtu<strong>all</strong>y unlimited adjustment possibilities<br />

and have long-term hold<strong>in</strong>g power.<br />

The transparent portion of these shields is constructed of high-impactresistant,<br />

3/16"-thick clear polycarbonate. The shield places a barrier<br />

between an operator and the fly<strong>in</strong>g chips (swarf), sparks, and coolant<br />

generated at the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation. A variety of flat, angled, and concave<br />

shields are available.<br />

On/Off magnetic-base shield on a lathe.<br />

2 ¾ "<br />

2 ¾ "<br />

Optional Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate<br />

3 1 ⁄8"<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

REPLACEMENT<br />

SHIELD<br />

KYL-197 6" x 8" Flat Shield With 12" Arm CSAA-3<br />

KYL-198 6" x 8" Flat Shield With 18" Arm CSAA-3<br />

KYL-199 6" x 8" Flat Shield With 24" Arm CSAA-3<br />

KYL-200 30° Angle Shield 7" Front With 12" Arm KYL-012<br />

KYL-201 30° Angle Shield 7" Front With 18" Arm KYL-012<br />

KYL-202 30° Angle Shield 7" Front With 24" Arm KYL-012<br />

KYL-203 10" x 12" Flat Shield With 12" Arm CSAA-5<br />

KYL-204 10" x 12" Flat Shield With 18" Arm CSAA-5<br />

KYL-205 10" x 12" Flat Shield With 24" Arm CSAA-5<br />

KYL-206 30° Angle Shield 10 3 ⁄8" Front With 12" Arm KYL-017<br />

KYL-207 30° Angle Shield 10 3 ⁄8" Front With 18" Arm KYL-017<br />

KYL-208 30° Angle Shield 10 3 ⁄8" Front With 24" Arm KYL-017<br />

KYL-209 30° & 90° Angle Shield 10 3 ⁄8" Front With 12" Arm KYL-126<br />

KYL-210 30° & 90° Angle Shield 10 3 ⁄8" Front With 18" Arm KYL-126<br />

KYL-211 30° & 90° Angle Shield 10 3 ⁄8" Front With 24" Arm KYL-126<br />

KYL-212 90° Angle Shield 11" Front With 12" Arm KYL-018<br />

KYL-213 90° Angle Shield 11" Front With 18" Arm KYL-018<br />

KYL-214 90° Angle Shield 11" Front With 24" Arm KYL-018<br />

KYL-215 8" x 10" Concave Shield With 12" Arm CSAD-2<br />

KYL-216 8" x 10" Concave Shield With 18" Arm CSAD-2<br />

KYL-217 8" x 10" Concave Shield With 24" Arm CSAD-2<br />

KYL-218 10" x 12" Concave Shield With 12" Arm CSAD-3<br />

KYL-219 10" x 12" Concave Shield With 18" Arm CSAD-3<br />

KYL-220 10" x 12" Concave Shield With 24" Arm CSAD-3<br />

FKT-1106<br />

Optional 3 ½ " x 4 5 ⁄8" Steel Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate (Fasteners Not Included)<br />

58 | SAFETY SHIELDS


FREE-STANDING SHIELD ASSEMBLY<br />

These shields can be used to protect the area between mach<strong>in</strong>es, the<br />

backside of mach<strong>in</strong>es, along aisles, etc.<br />

These free-stand<strong>in</strong>g adjustable shield assemblies are available <strong>in</strong> a<br />

wide range of sizes. They are constructed of 3/16"-thick polycarbonate<br />

material surrounded by alum<strong>in</strong>um fram<strong>in</strong>g. The shield can easily be<br />

adjusted up or down on the stands. The stands are constructed of<br />

2"-square extruded alum<strong>in</strong>um. Each base <strong>in</strong>cludes four holes for<br />

permanent mount<strong>in</strong>g to the floor. Four standard sizes are available.<br />

Special size shield assemblies are available upon request.<br />

Clear<br />

Polycarbonate<br />

Free-stand<strong>in</strong>g shield used to protect the area<br />

around a mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e from fly<strong>in</strong>g chips.<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO. DESCRIPTION<br />

KYL-026 48" H x 48" L Shield Size<br />

KYL-027 48" H x 60" L Shield Size<br />

KYL-028 48" H x 72" L Shield Size<br />

KYL-029 48" H x 96" L Shield Size<br />

Stands<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 59


LOCKOUTS<br />

ELECTRICAL PLUG LOCKOUT<br />

PART NO. KYM-088<br />

This lockout conta<strong>in</strong>er can lockout<br />

plugs up to 3" wide and 5½" long with<br />

a maximum cord diameter of 1¼".<br />

The lockout consists of a round<br />

conta<strong>in</strong>er and two cover plates made of<br />

a durable and chemic<strong>all</strong>y resistant thermoplastic. The cover plates, when<br />

used s<strong>in</strong>gularly or comb<strong>in</strong>ed, are locked to produce a univers<strong>all</strong>y fitt<strong>in</strong>g<br />

electrical plug lockout device.<br />

This lockout is bright yellow so it can also serve as a visual warn<strong>in</strong>g to<br />

other plant personnel.<br />

LOCK-A-PLUGS<br />

PLUG HUGGER—PART NO. KYM-199<br />

This device is ideal for frequently locked-out<br />

cords. It slides over the plug’s blades and<br />

locks with a key. It can only be used on<br />

standard 125-V, 15-A plugs (polarized or<br />

nonpolarized) with a hole on both blades.<br />

LOCKOUT HASPS<br />

These lockout hasps are made from 12-gauge<br />

steel that is epoxy-coated for superior rust<br />

resistance and added dielectric strength. The<br />

yellow plastic coat<strong>in</strong>g on the lock area is for<br />

visibility. These devices accept up to six padlocks<br />

with 9/32" maximum shackle diameter.<br />

PART NO. KYM-988 1" Diameter Lockout Hasp<br />

PART NO. KYM-989 1½" Diameter Lockout Hasp<br />

KYM-989<br />

KYM-988<br />

KYM-984<br />

KYM-987<br />

These lockout devices accommodate a large variety of electrical plugs.<br />

The large device (KYM-987) also locks out necked-down pneumatic<br />

male fitt<strong>in</strong>gs commonly attached to compressed air hoses. These<br />

devices accommodate up to four padlocks with 9/32" maximum<br />

shackle diameter.<br />

PART NO. KYM-984<br />

For plugs up to 1½" wide, 1½" high, and 3" long with a maximum<br />

cord diameter of ½"<br />

PART NO. KYM-987<br />

For plugs up to 3½" wide, 3½" high, and 6" long with a maximum<br />

cord diameter of ¾"<br />

PLUGOUT<br />

PART NO. KYM-983<br />

This lockout conta<strong>in</strong>er accepts lockout plugs<br />

up to 2¾" wide and 4¾" long with a maximum<br />

cord diameter of 2¾". It is constructed of<br />

high-impact, yellow UV-stabilized polymer.<br />

I t<br />

has an easy to use two-step close and slide assembly. It <strong>all</strong>ows the use<br />

of four <strong>in</strong>dividual padlocks (up to 3/8" shackle diameter). A lockout hasp<br />

can be used if more locks are required. An advantage to this plug lockout<br />

is that it can be stored on the cord when not <strong>in</strong> use. This device is 4¼"<br />

wide and 7¼" long.<br />

ELECTRICAL POWER CUTOFF SYSTEM<br />

(INTERLOCK)<br />

This <strong>in</strong>terlock assembly can be <strong>in</strong>terfaced <strong>in</strong>to<br />

the control system so when the plug is pulled,<br />

the mach<strong>in</strong>e or equipment becomes <strong>in</strong>operable.<br />

It <strong>in</strong>cludes a two-prong plug, a 24" cha<strong>in</strong>, a<br />

receptacle, and an electrical mount<strong>in</strong>g box.<br />

PART NO. KTS-518<br />

One-Contact Interlock System With 24" Cha<strong>in</strong><br />

PART NO. KTS-533<br />

Two-Contact Interlock System With 24" Cha<strong>in</strong><br />

TAGOUTS<br />

These tagouts are 2-7/8" x 5½" x .055" thick, and made of a<br />

polyethylene material. They meet the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR<br />

1910.147 for lockout/tagout. The reverse side of each tagout is the<br />

same.<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYM-192<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYM-193<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYM-194<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYM-195<br />

PART NO.<br />

KYM-196<br />

REVERSE<br />

SIDE<br />

60 | SAFETY SHIELDS


LOCKOUT VALVES<br />

SLIDE-OPERATED VALVE<br />

This three-way valve is operated with the manual movement of a<br />

slide that opens and closes the valve. This valve shuts off air at the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e and then bleeds off downstream air. It can be locked only<br />

<strong>in</strong> the off position.<br />

EEZ-ON VALVE<br />

This valve shuts off air supply to the mach<strong>in</strong>e and bleeds downstream<br />

air when the valve is closed. When the valve is open, it gradu<strong>all</strong>y <strong>all</strong>ows<br />

air <strong>in</strong>to the air system to prevent damage to air comp<strong>one</strong>nts. It can be<br />

locked only <strong>in</strong> the off position. This valve is furnished with a muffler.<br />

PART NO.<br />

RCD-113 ½"<br />

RCD-114 ¾"<br />

PART NO.<br />

PORT SIZE<br />

IN-OUT<br />

IN-OUT<br />

PORT SIZE<br />

RCD-121 ½" ¾"<br />

RCD-122 ¾" ¾"<br />

EXHAUST<br />

SINGLE-PHASE DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH MAGNETIC MOTOR<br />

STARTER AND SELF-LATCHING EMERGENCY-STOP BUTTON<br />

This s<strong>in</strong>gle-phase unit is designed for motors that have built-<strong>in</strong> overloads. Typical applications for<br />

these comb<strong>in</strong>ations <strong>in</strong>clude sm<strong>all</strong>er crimp<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, gr<strong>in</strong>ders, drill presses, and <strong>all</strong> types of saws.<br />

PART NO. CSS-055 (115 V, ½ HP MAX.)<br />

The 115-V, 15-A disconnect switch and nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g magnetic motor starter are housed <strong>in</strong> a NEMA<br />

12 enclosure. Enclosure size is 8" x 6" x 3½". It <strong>in</strong>cludes a self-latch<strong>in</strong>g red emergency-stop palm<br />

button and a green motor control on push button. It can be used on mach<strong>in</strong>es with 115-V power and<br />

is rated up to ½ HP maximum.<br />

The disconnect switch has a rotary operat<strong>in</strong>g handle which is lockable <strong>in</strong> the off position only. This<br />

meets OSHA regulations and ANSI standards.<br />

For mach<strong>in</strong>es with 230-V AC s<strong>in</strong>gle-phase motors, a transformer is required to reduce the control<br />

circuit voltage to 115-V AC <strong>in</strong> order to comply with NFPA 79. See the RSD series disconnect<br />

switches, motor starters, and comb<strong>in</strong>ations on pages 64-65.<br />

SINGLE-PHASE STARTER WITH SELF-LATCHING EMERGENCY-<br />

STOP BUTTON<br />

PART NO. CSF-082 (115 V, ½ HP MAX.)<br />

The 115-V, 15-A nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g magnetic motor starter, self-latch<strong>in</strong>g red emergency-stop palm<br />

button, and green motor control on push button are housed <strong>in</strong> a NEMA 4 polycarbonate enclosure.<br />

Enclosure size is 5" x 5" x 4". It can be used for mach<strong>in</strong>es with 115-V power and is rated up to ½<br />

HP maximum.<br />

For mach<strong>in</strong>es with 230-V AC s<strong>in</strong>gle-phase motors, a transformer is required to reduce the control<br />

circuit voltage to 115-V AC <strong>in</strong> order to comply with NFPA 79. See the RSD series disconnect<br />

switches, motor starters, and comb<strong>in</strong>ations on pages 63-64.<br />

PART NO. CSF-301 (115 V, 2 HP MAX.)<br />

The 115-V, 30-A nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g magnetic motor starter, self-latch<strong>in</strong>g red emergency-stop palm<br />

button, and green motor control on push button are housed <strong>in</strong> a NEMA 12 enclosure. Enclosure size<br />

is 8" x 6" x 6". It can be used for mach<strong>in</strong>es with 115-V power and is rated up to 2 HP maximum.<br />

For mach<strong>in</strong>es with 230-V AC s<strong>in</strong>gle-phase motors, a transformer is required to reduce the control<br />

circuit voltage to 115-V AC <strong>in</strong> order to comply with NFPA 79. See the RSD series disconnect<br />

switches, motor starters, and comb<strong>in</strong>ations on pages 63-64.<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 61


SENSING-SAF-START ® PACKAGES<br />

This Sens<strong>in</strong>g-Saf-Start ® package is designed for <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ation on 120-V<br />

(15-A maximum) mach<strong>in</strong>es. When <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ed correctly, the Saf-Start ®<br />

package will prevent the mach<strong>in</strong>e from automatic<strong>all</strong>y or un<strong>in</strong>tention<strong>all</strong>y<br />

restart<strong>in</strong>g when a power <strong>in</strong>terruption occurs. The mach<strong>in</strong>e cannot restart<br />

until power has been restored, the mach<strong>in</strong>e has been turned off, and the<br />

reset button pushed.<br />

FOR USE ON 120-V MACHINES<br />

• Drill Presses<br />

• Scroll Saws<br />

• Tool Gr<strong>in</strong>ders<br />

• Table Saws<br />

• Mill<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es • Cut-Off Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

• Lathes<br />

• Belt Sanders<br />

• Band Saws<br />

• Disc Sanders<br />

• Radial Arm Saws • Polish<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

SAFS-300 Sens<strong>in</strong>g-Saf-Start ® package on a table saw.<br />

SAFS-300 PACKAGE<br />

This <strong>one</strong>-box SAFS-300 package is housed <strong>in</strong> a NEMA 4 polycarbonate<br />

enclosure (5" x 5" x 4") that <strong>in</strong>cludes a reset button and E-stop.<br />

The Saf-Start ® complies with OSHA requirements and the NFPA 79<br />

electrical standard.<br />

SAFS-200 PACKAGE<br />

The SAFS-200 package <strong>in</strong>cludes a 120-V AC Sens<strong>in</strong>g-Saf-Start ® with a<br />

20" cord for the mach<strong>in</strong>e end and an 8' cord with molded plug on the<br />

power end, plus an E-stop <strong>in</strong> a NEMA 4 polycarbonate enclosure (5" x<br />

5" x 4"). The Saf-Start ® complies with OSHA requirements and the NFPA<br />

79 electrical standard.<br />

SAFS-300 Package<br />

SAFS-200<br />

Package<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

SAFS-200 Comb<strong>in</strong>ation Sens<strong>in</strong>g-Saf-Start ® and E-Stop Package<br />

SAFS-300 One-Box Sens<strong>in</strong>g-Saf-Start ® With Reset Button and E-Stop Package<br />

62 | SAFETY SHIELDS


ENCLOSED TRANSFORMERS<br />

These transformers comply with OSHA regulations and ANSI standards<br />

and are available for use when the motor start/stop station is remotely<br />

located from the starter enclosure, and voltage to these buttons must<br />

be 115 V or less. These transformers mount directly to the frame of the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e. If the exist<strong>in</strong>g motor starter operat<strong>in</strong>g coils are a higher voltage<br />

(208, 230, 460, 575 V), they must be replaced with a 115-V coil when<br />

furnish<strong>in</strong>g these transformers. A replaceable fuse is accessible from the<br />

outside of the transformer hous<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

4 ½ "<br />

3 ½ "<br />

5 ½ "<br />

Order<strong>in</strong>g Information<br />

PART NO.<br />

RSF-021<br />

RSF-030<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

100-VA, 230/460-V Primary and 115-V Fused Secondary With a 1 A, 230-V Fuse<br />

150-VA, 230/460-V Primary and 115-V Fused Secondary With a 1.5 A, 230-V Fuse<br />

IEC FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS, AND COMBINATIONS<br />

These three-phase disconnect/starters are housed <strong>in</strong> a NEMA 12 metal enclosure. The enclosure size will vary depend<strong>in</strong>g on the motor starter<br />

required. These units can be used on mach<strong>in</strong>es with 208, 230, 460, or 575 V. They are furnished with an overload relay and have operat<strong>in</strong>g coils of<br />

115 V, 60 Hz. The disconnect operat<strong>in</strong>g handle is lockable <strong>in</strong> the off position only. These comb<strong>in</strong>ation units meet OSHA regulations, ANSI standards,<br />

and NFPA 79.<br />

To obta<strong>in</strong> the part number of the motor starter required, please refer to the part number<strong>in</strong>g chart on the next page.<br />

A remote station is required when us<strong>in</strong>g any pla<strong>in</strong>-door starter. To obta<strong>in</strong> the part number of the remote operator station required, please refer to<br />

the part number<strong>in</strong>g chart on the page 65.<br />

PART NO.<br />

VOS-2100<br />

PART NO. RSD-2210-P-1<br />

PART NO. RSD-1230-F<br />

Note: Please furnish the exact motor horsepower, voltage, and full-load amps when order<strong>in</strong>g any of the disconnects or starters on page 64. This<br />

<strong>in</strong>formation is usu<strong>all</strong>y on the motor nameplate. Voltage can be 208, 230, 460, or 575 V. If other sizes are required, please consult <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>.<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 63


SELECTING A DISCONNECT, STARTER, OR COMBINATION DISCONNECT/STARTER(S)<br />

To determ<strong>in</strong>e the 9-digit configured part number for a disconnect, starter, or comb<strong>in</strong>ation disconnect/starter(s) required, follow directions 1-7 below<br />

and use the <strong>in</strong>formation <strong>in</strong> the PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART below.<br />

The first 3 digits for <strong>all</strong> disconnects, starters, or comb<strong>in</strong>ation disconnect/starter(s) are RSD.<br />

The 4th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the size of the disconnect switch, if required. Zero (0) <strong>in</strong>dicates no disconnect switch provided.<br />

The 5th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the type of the ma<strong>in</strong> motor starter and/or 2nd motor starter. Zero (0) <strong>in</strong>dicates no starters.<br />

The 6th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the size of the ma<strong>in</strong> motor starter. Zero (0) <strong>in</strong>dicates no ma<strong>in</strong> motor starter.<br />

The 7th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the size of the 2nd motor starter. Zero (0) <strong>in</strong>dicates no 2nd motor starter.<br />

The 8th digit (if required) determ<strong>in</strong>es the configuration and location of the operator controls.<br />

The 9th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es if a transformer and/or wir<strong>in</strong>g is required.<br />

DISCONNECT AND STARTER(S) PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART<br />

R S D - X X X X - X - X<br />

RSD<br />

DISCONNECT AND STARTER(S)<br />

—Separate or Comb<strong>in</strong>ation<br />

DISCONNECT SWITCH SIZE (IEC)<br />

(PLUS MAXIMUM MAIN MOTOR FLA)<br />

0 —No Disconnect Switch<br />

1 —30-A CC Disconnect—1- to 17-FLA Total Motor Current<br />

2 —30-A J Disconnect—1- to 20-FLA Total Motor Current<br />

3 —60-A J Disconnect—21- to 40-FLA Total Motor Current<br />

4 —100-A J Disconnect—41- to 66-FLA Total Motor Current<br />

5 —200-A J Disconnect—67- to 133-FLA Total Motor Current<br />

6 —400-A J Disconnect—134- to 266-FLA Total Motor Current<br />

REVERSING/NONREVERSING MOTOR STARTER<br />

0 —No Starters<br />

1 —Nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter<br />

2 —Revers<strong>in</strong>g Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter<br />

3 —Nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter & Nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g 2nd Motor<br />

4 —Nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter & Revers<strong>in</strong>g 2nd Motor<br />

5 —Revers<strong>in</strong>g Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter & Nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g 2nd Motor<br />

6 —Revers<strong>in</strong>g Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter & Revers<strong>in</strong>g 2nd Motor<br />

7 —Nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g 2-Speed Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter<br />

8 —Revers<strong>in</strong>g 2-Speed Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter<br />

9 —Nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g 2-Speed Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starer & Nonrev. 2nd Motor<br />

A —Nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g 2-Speed Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter & Revers<strong>in</strong>g 2nd Motor<br />

B —Revers<strong>in</strong>g 2-Speed Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter & Nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g 2nd Motor<br />

C —Revers<strong>in</strong>g 2-Speed Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter & Revers<strong>in</strong>g 2nd Motor<br />

MAIN MOTOR STARTER SIZE<br />

0 —No Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter<br />

Motor Horsepower Chart<br />

1-Phase 3-Phase<br />

IEC 115 V 230 V 208 V 230 V 460 V 575 V<br />

1 —12 A 1/2 1 2 3 7.5 7.5<br />

2 —18 A 3/4 2 5 5 10 10<br />

3 —25 A 2 3 5 7.5 15 15<br />

4 —32 A 2 5 7.5 10 20 20<br />

5 —40 A 3 7.5 10 10 30 30<br />

6 —50 A 3 10 15 15 30 40<br />

7 —65 A 5 10 20 20 50 50<br />

8 —80 A 7.5 15 25 30 60 75<br />

9 —95 A 7.5 20 30 30 60 75<br />

A —115 A 10 25 30 40 75 100<br />

B —185 A 15 30 50 60 125 150<br />

C —265 A – – 75 100 200 200<br />

MODIFIER<br />

- —Blank—No Specific Configuration, Term<strong>in</strong>als, Transformer,<br />

or Wir<strong>in</strong>g<br />

1 —Generic<strong>all</strong>y Numbered and Wired to Term<strong>in</strong>als<br />

—Includes Transformer<br />

2 —Generic<strong>all</strong>y Numbered and Wired to Term<strong>in</strong>als<br />

—Without Transformer<br />

CONFIGURATION & OPERATOR LOCATION<br />

- —Blank—No Specific Configuration<br />

P —All Operators Remote (Pla<strong>in</strong> Door)<br />

F —All Motor Operators on Door of Enclosure<br />

X —F Configuration With E-Stop <strong>in</strong> Place of S<strong>in</strong>gle-Motor Stop<br />

Y —F Configuration With Addition of E-Stop<br />

2nd MOTOR STARTER SIZE<br />

0 —No Ma<strong>in</strong> Motor Starter<br />

Motor Horsepower Chart<br />

1-Phase<br />

3-Phase<br />

IEC 115 V 230 V 208 V 230 V 460 V 575 V<br />

1 —12 A 1/2 1 2 3 7.5 7.5<br />

2 —18 A 3/4 2 3 5 10 10<br />

3 —25 A 2 3 5 7.5 15 15<br />

4 —32 A 2 5 7.5 10 20 20<br />

5 —40 A 3 7.5 10 10 30 30<br />

6 —50 A 3 10 15 15 30 40<br />

7 —65 A 5 10 20 20 50 50<br />

8 —80 A 7.5 15 25 30 60 75<br />

9 —95 A 7.5 20 30 30 60 75<br />

A —115 A 10 25 30 40 75 100<br />

B —185 A 15 30 50 60 125 150<br />

C —265 A – – 75 100 200 200<br />

Please see page 65 for an example of a<br />

disconnect and starter(s) part number.<br />

64 | SAFETY SHIELDS


SELECTING A REMOTE OPERATOR STATION<br />

To determ<strong>in</strong>e the 8-digit configured part number for a remote operator station required, follow directions 1-3 below and use the <strong>in</strong>formation <strong>in</strong> the<br />

PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART below.<br />

The first 3 digits determ<strong>in</strong>e the orientation of the remote operator station.<br />

Digits 4 through 7 determ<strong>in</strong>e motor operators. Zero (0) <strong>in</strong>dicates no operator(s).<br />

The 8th digit (if required) determ<strong>in</strong>es the 2nd motor operators.<br />

REMOTE OPERATOR STATION PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART<br />

X X X - X X X X - X<br />

HOS<br />

VOS<br />

REMOTE OPERATOR STATION ORIENTATION<br />

—Horizontal Operator Station<br />

—Vertical Operator Station<br />

MAIN MOTOR START/STOP/E-STOP OPERATORS<br />

1 —Start/Stop Push Buttons<br />

2 —Start/E-Stop Push Buttons<br />

3 —Start/Stop/E-Stop Buttons<br />

4 —E-Stop Button Only<br />

MAIN MOTOR FORWARD/REVERSE OPERATORS<br />

0 —No Forward/Reverse Operators<br />

1 —Forward/Reverse Selector Switch*<br />

2 —Forward/Reverse Push Buttons<br />

* Must be configured with a start push button<br />

DISCONNECT AND STARTERS PART NUMBER EXAMPLE<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br />

R S D - 3 5 2 1 - P - 1<br />

The example shown above, RSD-3521-P-1, <strong>in</strong>dicates that the<br />

enclosure conta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the comb<strong>in</strong>ation disconnect/starter(s) has a 60-A<br />

disconnect switch, a 17-A revers<strong>in</strong>g ma<strong>in</strong> motor starter, and a 12-A<br />

nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g 2nd motor starter. All motor controls will be <strong>in</strong> a remote<br />

station. This disconnect/starter(s) will be generic<strong>all</strong>y numbered and<br />

wired to term<strong>in</strong>als and will <strong>in</strong>clude a transformer.<br />

2nd MOTOR OPERATORS<br />

- —Blank—No 2nd Motor<br />

1 —Start/Stop Push Buttons<br />

2 —Start/Stop Push Buttons &<br />

Forward/Reverse Selector Switch<br />

MAIN MOTOR JOG<br />

0 —No Jog<br />

1 —Jog/Run Selector Switch<br />

MAIN MOTOR SPEED CHANGE<br />

0 —No Speed Change<br />

1 —Fast/Slow Selector Switch<br />

2 —Fast/Slow Push Buttons<br />

REMOTE OPERATOR PART NUMBER EXAMPLE<br />

1 2 3<br />

V O S - 3 1 0 0 - 1<br />

The example shown above, VOS-3100-1, <strong>in</strong>dicates that it is a verticaloriented<br />

remote operator station which <strong>in</strong>cludes ma<strong>in</strong> motor start/stop/Estop<br />

buttons, ma<strong>in</strong> motor forward/reverse selector switch, and start/stop<br />

push buttons for the 2nd motor starter.<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 65


REMOTE OPERATOR STATIONS<br />

PART NO. HOS-4200<br />

PART NO. HOS-4000<br />

This 4½" x 3½" x 3" station has a selflatch<strong>in</strong>g<br />

red emergency-stop palm button<br />

<strong>in</strong> a NEMA 12 metal enclosure. To reset<br />

this button, turn it to the right.<br />

PART NO. HOS-4000<br />

(FOR USE WITH REVERSING<br />

MOTOR STARTERS)<br />

This 3½" x 8¾" x 3" station has motor<br />

forward and reverse push buttons<br />

and a self-latch<strong>in</strong>g emergency-stop<br />

palm button <strong>in</strong> a NEMA 12 metal<br />

enclosure.<br />

PART NO. HOS-4200<br />

PART NO. VOS-2000<br />

(FOR USE WITH NONREVERSING<br />

MOTOR STARTERS)<br />

This 6¾" x 3½" x 3" station has a motor<br />

on push button and a self-latch<strong>in</strong>g red<br />

emergency-stop palm button <strong>in</strong> a NEMA<br />

12 metal enclosure.<br />

PART NO. VOS-2000<br />

PART NO. VOS-1100<br />

(FOR USE WITH REVERSING MOTOR<br />

STARTERS)<br />

This 8¾" x 3½" x 3" station has motor on and<br />

stop push buttons and a motor forward/reverse<br />

selector switch <strong>in</strong> a NEMA 12 metal enclosure.<br />

PART NO. VOS-1100<br />

PART NO. VOS-2100<br />

PART NO. HOS-4201<br />

(FOR USE WITH REVERSING<br />

MOTOR STARTERS)<br />

This 3½" x 10½" x 3" station has<br />

a motor jog/run selector switch,<br />

forward and reverse push buttons,<br />

and a self-latch<strong>in</strong>g emergencystop<br />

palm button <strong>in</strong> a NEMA 12<br />

metal enclosure.<br />

PART NO. HOS-4201<br />

(FOR USE WITH REVERSING MOTOR<br />

STARTERS)<br />

This 8¾" x 3½" x 3" station has a motor<br />

forward/reverse selector switch, a motor<br />

on push button, and a self-latch<strong>in</strong>g red<br />

emergency-stop palm button <strong>in</strong> a NEMA 12<br />

metal enclosure.<br />

PART NO. PB5R00-01—<br />

Self-Latch<strong>in</strong>g Emergency-Stop Mushroom-<br />

Head Push Button<br />

PART NO. VOS-2100<br />

PART NO. VOS-1000<br />

(FOR USE WITH NONREVERSING<br />

MOTOR STARTERS)<br />

This 6¾" x 3½" x 3" station has motor<br />

on and stop push buttons <strong>in</strong> a NEMA 12<br />

metal enclosure.<br />

PART NO. VOS-1000<br />

PART NO. CTM-506—<br />

Yellow Emergency-Stop<br />

Nameplate (22.5 mm hole)<br />

PART NO. CTC-550—<br />

Push/Pull to Release<br />

Emergency-Stop Push Button<br />

PART NO. CTM-548—<br />

Yellow Emergency-Stop<br />

Nameplate (30 mm hole)<br />

66 | SAFETY SHIELDS


DANGER SIGNS AND LABELS<br />

The signs offered <strong>in</strong> this catalog are .055" thick l<strong>in</strong>ear polyethylene. They are semi-rigid plastic and are capable of withstand<strong>in</strong>g a temperature range<br />

of -60° to 130° F. They are resistant to tears and may be mounted with nails, rivets, screws, bolts, nylon lock-straps, double-face adhesive tape, etc.<br />

Each sign is protected from fad<strong>in</strong>g, chipp<strong>in</strong>g, scratch<strong>in</strong>g, weather extremes, physical abuse, grease, oil, moisture, chemicals and acids. These signs<br />

do not rust, dent, or corrode. They do not curl up or rip and are lightweight and easy to handle.<br />

OPERATOR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR METAL-CUTTING MACHINERY—8½" X 11" X .055" THICK<br />

PART NO. KSC-048—ENGLISH<br />

PART NO. KSC-048S—SPANISH<br />

PART NO. KSC-048F—FRENCH<br />

KSC-048 FRONT (ENGLISH)<br />

KSC-048 BACK (ENGLISH)<br />

No Opere Esta Máqu<strong>in</strong>a<br />

Hasta Haber Leído y Comprendido las<br />

Siguientes Medidas de Precaución y Seguridad.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

Nunca opere esta máqu<strong>in</strong>a hasta haber<br />

comprendido que es peligrosa. Nunca ponga las<br />

manos ni n<strong>in</strong>guna parte del cuerpo en esta<br />

máqu<strong>in</strong>a, pues podría perder dedos, miembros o<br />

hasta morir.<br />

Nunca opere esta máqu<strong>in</strong>a s<strong>in</strong> usar la defensa,<br />

protección o dispositivo de seguridad correspondiente<br />

a ese “lugar de operación”* el cual le<br />

protegerá en todo momento evitando que sufra<br />

lesi<strong>one</strong>s.<br />

Siempre use lentes de seguridad, protección para<br />

la cara, o ambos, así como cualquier otro equipo<br />

de protección y seguridad personal, cuando opere<br />

esta máqu<strong>in</strong>a.<br />

Nunca use ropa suelta, joyas, ni el cabello suelto,<br />

pues p<strong>one</strong>n en peligro su seguridad personal.<br />

Cuando hay piezas en movimiento, tales como<br />

cortadoras, sujetadores y mesas, preste especial<br />

atención a la ropa y cabellos sueltos, corbatas,<br />

anillos, collares, pulseras de reloj, etc.<br />

Siempre use herramientas de mano para colocar<br />

o retirar material del lugar de trabajo, o cualquier<br />

otra parte peligrosa de la máqu<strong>in</strong>a. Si necesita<br />

alcanzar algo no lo haga sobre ni a través de la<br />

máqu<strong>in</strong>a.<br />

Nunca opere esta máqu<strong>in</strong>a a menos que haya<br />

sido debidamente entrenado y haya recibido y<br />

entienda todas las <strong>in</strong>strucci<strong>one</strong>s de operación.<br />

Asegúrese de saber cómo funciona la máqu<strong>in</strong>a y<br />

cómo es controlada.<br />

Nunca opere esta máqu<strong>in</strong>a a menos que esté<br />

seguro que la protección está colocada<br />

correctamente y en perfecto funcionamiento. Si<br />

tiene dudas, llame a su supervisor.<br />

Nunca opere esta máqu<strong>in</strong>a si no está funcionando<br />

correctamente, o si usted nota cualquier ruido<br />

<strong>in</strong>usual o cambio en el funcionamiento de la<br />

misma. Suspenda la operación <strong>in</strong>mediatamente y<br />

avise a su supervisor.<br />

Siempre notifique <strong>in</strong>mediatamente a su supervisor<br />

si observa una acción o condición peligrosa.<br />

Siempre mantenga ordenada la zona de trabajo.<br />

Especialmente, guarde las herramientas o piezas<br />

que pudieren soltarse y provocar una situación de<br />

peligro.<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

19<br />

Nunca ponga la máqu<strong>in</strong>a en funcionamiento con<br />

la llave para tuercas en el mandril. Se debe<br />

retirar del mandril la llave para mandril<br />

<strong>in</strong>mediatamente después de usarla, o de lo<br />

contrario, usar una llave para mandril con resorte.<br />

Nunca usar n<strong>in</strong>gún comp<strong>one</strong>nte de esta máqu<strong>in</strong>a<br />

ni dispositivo de seguridad para apisonar, ni<br />

tampoco alterarlos, retirarlos o romperlos.<br />

Todos los Empleados encargados de ajustar,<br />

p<strong>one</strong>r en posición o <strong>in</strong>stalar el equipo,<br />

dispositivos, defensas o protectores de seguridad<br />

deben seguir las <strong>in</strong>strucci<strong>one</strong>s del empleador.<br />

Siempre verificar la <strong>in</strong>stalación durante cada<br />

turno y entre un trabajo y otro, para asegurarse de<br />

que todos los dispositivos de seguridad estén en<br />

funcionamiento y que la operación se realizará de<br />

una manera segura. Cuando las condici<strong>one</strong>s de<br />

operación son extremadamente peligrosas, puede<br />

ser necesario verificar con más frecuencia.<br />

Asegúrese de que todas las personas estén<br />

lejos de la máqu<strong>in</strong>a antes de comenzar el ciclo,<br />

especialmente cuando hay varios operadores<br />

presentes. No operar la máqu<strong>in</strong>a a menos que<br />

usted y todos los operadores y/o ayudantes estén<br />

protegidos contra lesi<strong>one</strong>s por una defensa o<br />

dispositivo de seguridad.<br />

Siempre esté alerta (no se distraiga) y nunca<br />

opere esta máqu<strong>in</strong>a bajo la <strong>in</strong>fluencia del alcohol<br />

o cualquier droga, <strong>in</strong>cluyendo medicamentos<br />

recetados por el médico.<br />

Personal encargado del mantenimiento e<br />

<strong>in</strong>stalación: Nunca trabajar en esta máqu<strong>in</strong>a a<br />

menos que esté apagada y atrancada, que los<br />

comp<strong>one</strong>ntes giratorios estén detenidos y que<br />

toda la energía (eléctrica, eólica, hidráulica, etc.)<br />

esté en cero.<br />

Siempre esté preparado para una situación de<br />

emergencia. Usted debe saber cómo detener y<br />

apagar la máqu<strong>in</strong>a si es necesario.<br />

Nunca opere esta máqu<strong>in</strong>a a menos que todos<br />

los aparatos mecánicos de transmisión de energía<br />

(ejes, engranajes, etc.) y equipo auxiliar, estén<br />

libres de riesgos.<br />

* Lugar de Operación-“El lugar de la máqu<strong>in</strong>a-herramienta donde se coloca el material y se realiza el proceso.” (ANSI B11.19)<br />

NOTIFICATION AL EMPLEADOR: Se debe dar estas “Precauci<strong>one</strong>s Para la Seguridad del Operador” a todos<br />

los operadores (<strong>in</strong>cluyendo al personal que realiza la <strong>in</strong>stalación, el mantenimiento y los supervisores)<br />

de esta máqu<strong>in</strong>a. Además, se debe colgar esta cartilla sobre la máqu<strong>in</strong>a, en lugar accesible y visible al<br />

operador. Si lo solicita, puede obtener cartillas adicionales.<br />

IMPORTANTE: Cuando por desconocimiento del idioma o <strong>in</strong>strucción <strong>in</strong>suficiente una persona esté impedida<br />

de leer y comprender el contenido de estas Precauci<strong>one</strong>s Para la Seguridad del Operador, usted debe<br />

traducir esta <strong>in</strong>formación, o hacerla leer o <strong>in</strong>terpretar para esa persona. Asegúrese de que la haya<br />

comprendido. Si se requiere cartillas en <strong>in</strong>gles o en francés, sírvase consultar a la fábrica.<br />

SE DEBE REVISAR ESTAS PRECAUCIONES DIARAMENTE<br />

KSC-048S FRONT (SPANISH)<br />

OSPPS/XXXX/299<br />

KSC-048S BACK (SPANISH)<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 67


SHIELD SIGN—5" X 6" X .055" THICK<br />

GENERAL MACHINE SIGN—10" X 12" X .055" THICK<br />

PART NO. KSC-046—ENGLISH<br />

PART NO. KSC-046S—SPANISH<br />

PART NO. KSC-046F—FRENCH<br />

PART NO. KSC-056—ENGLISH<br />

PART NO. KSC-056S—SPANISH<br />

PART NO. KSC-056F—FRENCH<br />

SAW BLADE SIGN—5" X 6" X .055" THICK<br />

REVERSE SIDE OF SIGNS<br />

PART NO. KSC-058—ENGLISH<br />

PART NO. KSC-058S—SPANISH<br />

PART NO. KSC-058F—FRENCH<br />

ELECTRICAL LABEL: WARNING—HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE<br />

ELECTRICAL LABEL: DANGER—HIGH VOLTAGE<br />

PART NO. KST-152—2½" X 1½" X .002" THICK<br />

PART NO. KST-153—3" X 5" X .002" THICK<br />

PART NO. KST-194—2-7⁄8" X 5-7⁄8" X .003" THICK<br />

68 | SAFETY SHIELDS


SFM-2010-FULL-new_SFM <strong>Catalog</strong> - 2010 11/10/10 2:31 PM Page 72<br />

Survey for Cutt<strong>in</strong>g and Turn<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

5795 Logistics Parkway 4620 Hydraulic • <strong>Rockford</strong>, RoadIL 61109<br />

<strong>Rockford</strong>, IL 61109-2695<br />

Toll-Free: 1-800-922-7533 Toll-Free 1-800-922-7533<br />

• Ph<strong>one</strong>: 815-874-7891 • Fax: 815-874-6144<br />

Web site: www.rockfordsystems.com Ph<strong>one</strong> 815-874-7891• E-mail: sales@rockfordsystems.com<br />

Fax 815-874-6144<br />

Company<br />

Address<br />

City, State, Zip<br />

Attention<br />

Teleph<strong>one</strong> No. Date Representative<br />

Fax No.<br />

Surveyed By<br />

No.<br />

(Proposal Sequence Reference)<br />

When fill<strong>in</strong>g out this form, be sure the <strong>in</strong>formation is filled <strong>in</strong> for satisfy<strong>in</strong>g the basic areas of safety.<br />

Basic Areas—1. <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> 2. Control 3. Disconnect 4. Starter 5. Cover 6. Other Considerations<br />

For identification and reference, please fill <strong>in</strong> this area first. Mach<strong>in</strong>e No.__________________ Dept._____________________<br />

Manufacturer________________________________ Model No.______________________ Serial No.___________________<br />

INSTALLATION ■ N ■ Y Is mach<strong>in</strong>e presently out of service? ■ N ■ Y<br />

1<br />

1. <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong>: ■ Has ■ Provide ■ Contact Manufacturer<br />

■ Drill: ■ Press ■ Gang: No. of Heads:_________ ■ Radial ■ Other____________<br />

Is a drill shield required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, what style? (circle <strong>one</strong>) Alum<strong>in</strong>um–Telescop<strong>in</strong>g–Chip: Sm. or Lg.–Universal–Flexible<br />

If alum<strong>in</strong>um: Is front h<strong>in</strong>ge required? ■ N ■ Y If Y, ■ 2-Tier: Sm or Lg ■ 3-Tier<br />

Is side h<strong>in</strong>ge required? ■ N ■ Y If Y, ■ 2-Tier ■ 3-Tier<br />

If telescop<strong>in</strong>g: (check <strong>one</strong>) ■ 2-Tier ■ 3-Tier ■ Quill Dia._____" ■ Lug Type<br />

If universal:<br />

What is the arm length? (circle <strong>one</strong>) 21" 31" 44"<br />

What style is required? (circle <strong>one</strong>)<br />

Sm. 30° Lg. 30° 90° 30°/90° Sm. Flat Lg. Flat Sm. Concave Lg. Concave<br />

If flexible: What is the arm length? (circle <strong>one</strong>) 12" 18" 24" What style? DM MB<br />

What size shield?(circle <strong>one</strong>) 6" x 8" 10" x 12" (circle <strong>one</strong>)<br />

■ Lathe: ■ Eng<strong>in</strong>e ■ Turret ■ VTL ■ Other _________________________<br />

Is a lathe chuck shield required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, what is the chuck diameter when jaws are extended? ______________________"<br />

Style: (circle <strong>one</strong>) Transparent Steel: Sm or Lg. Slid<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Is a mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket required? (required with transparent and sm<strong>all</strong> steel) ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, what type? (circle <strong>one</strong>) A A1 B B2<br />

Is an electrical <strong>in</strong>terlock<strong>in</strong>g bracket assembly required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

Is a spr<strong>in</strong>g-loaded chuck wrench required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, what size________"? What style? Standard Longer What shape? Square Hex<br />

Is a crosslide-travel shield required? ■ N ■ Y (circle style and shape)<br />

If Y, what model? (circle <strong>one</strong>) Sm<strong>all</strong> Large<br />

Are supplemental shields required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, what style(s)?______________________________________________________<br />

■ Mill: ■ Vertical ■ Horizontal ■ Jig ■ Bridge Size: ■ Sm<strong>all</strong> ■ Med. ■ Large<br />

Is a mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e shield required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, what style? (circle <strong>one</strong>) Slide/Sw<strong>in</strong>g Aside–Bridgeport–Chip: Sm. or Lg.–Universal–Flexible<br />

If slide and sw<strong>in</strong>g aside:<br />

What is the length of the bed?______" Are rear shields required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

Is an electrical <strong>in</strong>terlock<strong>in</strong>g bracket assembly required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Bridgeport: (circle <strong>one</strong>) Front Shield Rear Shield<br />

If universal or flexible: See drill section above.<br />

If chip: See drill section above.<br />

Are supplemental shields required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, what style(s)?______________________________________________________<br />

Are Bridgeport belt covers required? ■ N ■ Y (Model J)<br />

■ Gr<strong>in</strong>der: ■ Bench/Pedestal ■ Surface ■ OD ■ ID ■ Other________________<br />

Is a gr<strong>in</strong>der shield required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, what style?<br />

■ Double-Wheel Shield (6" x 18") ■ S<strong>in</strong>gle-Wheel Shield (6" x 6")<br />

■ Pivot Mount (6" x 6 3 ⁄8") ■ Standard Mount: 6 1 ⁄4" x 5 1 ⁄4" 8 1 ⁄2" x 6" 12 3 ⁄4" x 12"<br />

Quantity_________________<br />

(circle size)<br />

■ Saw: ■ Table ■ Cutoff ■ Radial Arm ■ Band ■ Other____________<br />

Is a shield for a saw required? ■ N ■ Y If Y, use other mach<strong>in</strong>e specs for furnish<strong>in</strong>g shield.<br />

72 C<strong>all</strong> Toll-Free 1-800-922-7533<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 69


SFM-2010-FULL-new_SFM <strong>Catalog</strong> - 2010 11/10/10 2:31 PM Page 73<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

■ Other: ■ Borer ■ Broach ■ Planer ■ Mach<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g Center ■ Other________________<br />

Is a free-stand<strong>in</strong>g shield required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, what size? ■ 48" x 48" ■ 48" x 60" ■ 48" x 72" ■ 48" x 96"<br />

Is a magnetic-base shield required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, what size? ■ Sm<strong>all</strong> Flat ■ Medium Flat ■ Large Flat ■ Sm<strong>all</strong> Concave<br />

■ Large Concave ■ With Arm Extension<br />

Is a special shield or guard required? ■ N ■ Y If Y, what style?_________________<br />

2. Control:<br />

A. Is a transformer for 115-V power supply required? ■ N/A ■ N ■ Y<br />

B. Is a red emergency-stop button or cable required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, check <strong>one</strong>: ■ Sm<strong>all</strong> Button W/Twist Reset ■ Large Button With Latch & Mntg. Box<br />

■ Cable & Switch Assembly PLUS ■ KSC-056 Sign<br />

3. Disconnect:<br />

A. Is an electrical disconnect switch required? ■ N ■ Y If Y, furnish HP, FLA and<br />

Voltage <strong>in</strong> 4A.<br />

B. How is the disconnect to be furnished (if required)? ■ Separate ■ Combo W/Starter<br />

C. Plug lockout? ■ N/A ■ N ■ Y<br />

D. Air lockout valve? ■ N/A ■ N ■ Y If Y: (circle <strong>one</strong>) 1<br />

⁄4" 1<br />

⁄2" 3<br />

⁄4"<br />

4. Starter:<br />

A. Is a magnetic motor starter required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y provide: _______ Horsepower _______ RPM<br />

_______ Full-Load Amps _______ Voltage<br />

_______ Hz ■ 1 Phase ■ 3 Phase<br />

B. How is starter to be furnished (if required)? ■ Separate ■ Combo W/Disconnect<br />

C. What type of ma<strong>in</strong> drive starter is required? Nonrevers<strong>in</strong>g ■ N ■ Y Revers<strong>in</strong>g ■ N ■ Y<br />

D. Is a remote push-button station required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

E. Is the motor two-speed? ■ N ■ Y If Y, provide motor nameplate data.<br />

F. Is the motor jogged or reversed frequently? ■ N ■ Y<br />

G. Is a table motor starter required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

Estimate<br />

Actual<br />

If Y, provide: ________ Horsepower ________<br />

________ Full-Load Amps ________<br />

________ Voltage ________<br />

H. Is a coolant pump motor starter required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

Estimate<br />

Actual<br />

If Y, provide: ________ Horsepower ________ Note: If other motor starters<br />

________ Full-Load Amps ________ are required, please provide<br />

________ Voltage ________<br />

appropriate <strong>in</strong>formation.<br />

5. Cover:<br />

Do any mechanical power-transmission apparatuses need to be covered up to 7 feet<br />

above floor or platform? ■ N ■ Y If Y, what needs to be covered?<br />

Gears ■ N ■ Y Leadscrew ■ N ■ Y Pulley and Belts ■ N ■ Y<br />

Sprockets and Cha<strong>in</strong> ■ N ■ Y Horizontal Shaft ■ N ■ Y Other_________________<br />

Shaft End ■ N ■ Y Vertical Shaft ■ N ■ Y<br />

6. Other Considerations:<br />

A. Does the shield require an electrical <strong>in</strong>terlock switch? ■ N/A ■ N ■ Y<br />

Is a mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

B. Does the <strong>in</strong>terlock require a timer or stop-motion detector? ■ N/A ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y: ■ Timer ■ Stop-Motion Detector PLUS ■ Proximity Switch Set<br />

C. Is a safety relay required? ■ N ■ Y If Y: ■ 24 V DC ■ 115 V AC<br />

D. Is an electrical power cutoff system w/cha<strong>in</strong> required? ■ N/A ■ N ■ Y<br />

E. Is an electronic motor brake required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

If Y, be sure that <strong>all</strong> of 4A is completed.<br />

Start-Up Time_____sec Coastdown Time_____sec No. of Brak<strong>in</strong>g Stops/Hr______<br />

Does the electronic motor brake require:<br />

■ Zero-Speed Sens<strong>in</strong>g ■ Extended Brak<strong>in</strong>g Time ■ Mechanical Brake Release<br />

■ High Brake Torque ■ Other __________________<br />

Does the mach<strong>in</strong>e have:<br />

■ Manual Brake ■ Variable-Speed Drive ■ Forward/Revers<strong>in</strong>g Starter<br />

■ S<strong>in</strong>gle-Speed Motor ■ High-Inertia Loads ■ Mechanical-Hold<strong>in</strong>g Brake<br />

F. Are danger signs required? ■ N ■ Y<br />

Survey for Cutt<strong>in</strong>g and Turn<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

70 | SAFETY SHIELDS<br />

www.rockfordsystems.com 73


OSHA STANDARDS<br />

OSHA 29 CFR 1910.212 and a portion of 1910.219 are <strong>in</strong>cluded <strong>in</strong> this<br />

catalog for use as a reference when determ<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g safety requirements for<br />

br<strong>in</strong>g<strong>in</strong>g cutt<strong>in</strong>g and turn<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es <strong>in</strong>to compliance. Please note that<br />

29 CFR 1910.147 (lockout/tagout) is not <strong>in</strong>cluded here but it is an OSHA<br />

standard an employer must comply with for <strong>all</strong> mach<strong>in</strong>es and equipment.<br />

29 CFR 1910.212 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL MACHINES<br />

(a) Mach<strong>in</strong>e guard<strong>in</strong>g — (1) Types of guard<strong>in</strong>g. One or more<br />

methods of mach<strong>in</strong>e guard<strong>in</strong>g sh<strong>all</strong> be provided to protect the operator<br />

and other employees <strong>in</strong> the mach<strong>in</strong>e area from hazards such as those<br />

created by po<strong>in</strong>t of operation, <strong>in</strong>go<strong>in</strong>g nip po<strong>in</strong>ts, rotat<strong>in</strong>g parts, fly<strong>in</strong>g<br />

chips and sparks. Examples of guard<strong>in</strong>g methods are barrier guards,<br />

two-hand tripp<strong>in</strong>g devices, electronic safety devices, etc.<br />

(2) General requirements for mach<strong>in</strong>e guards. Guards sh<strong>all</strong> be<br />

affixed to the mach<strong>in</strong>e where possible and secured elsewhere if for any<br />

reason attachment to the mach<strong>in</strong>e is not possible. The guard sh<strong>all</strong> be<br />

such that it does not offer an accident hazard <strong>in</strong> itself.<br />

(3) Po<strong>in</strong>t of operation guard<strong>in</strong>g. (i) Po<strong>in</strong>t of operation is the<br />

area on the mach<strong>in</strong>e where work is actu<strong>all</strong>y performed upon the material<br />

be<strong>in</strong>g processed.<br />

(ii) The po<strong>in</strong>t of operation of mach<strong>in</strong>es whose operation exposes<br />

an employee to <strong>in</strong>jury, sh<strong>all</strong> be guarded. The guard<strong>in</strong>g device sh<strong>all</strong> be <strong>in</strong><br />

conformity with any appropriate standards therefor; or, <strong>in</strong> the absence of<br />

applicable specific standards, sh<strong>all</strong> be so designed and constructed as to<br />

prevent the operator from hav<strong>in</strong>g any part of his body <strong>in</strong> the danger z<strong>one</strong><br />

dur<strong>in</strong>g the operat<strong>in</strong>g cycle.<br />

(iii) Special hand tools for plac<strong>in</strong>g and remov<strong>in</strong>g material sh<strong>all</strong><br />

be such as to permit easy handl<strong>in</strong>g of material without the operator<br />

plac<strong>in</strong>g a hand <strong>in</strong> the danger z<strong>one</strong>. Such tools sh<strong>all</strong> not be <strong>in</strong> lieu of other<br />

guard<strong>in</strong>g required by this section, but can only be used to supplement<br />

protection provided.<br />

(iv) The follow<strong>in</strong>g are some of the mach<strong>in</strong>es which usu<strong>all</strong>y<br />

require po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation guard<strong>in</strong>g:<br />

(a) Guillot<strong>in</strong>e cutters.<br />

(b) Shears.<br />

(c) Alligator shears.<br />

(d) Power presses.<br />

(e) Mill<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es.<br />

(f) Power saws.<br />

(g) Jo<strong>in</strong>ters.<br />

(h) Portable power tools.<br />

(i) Form<strong>in</strong>g rolls and calenders.<br />

(4) Barrels, conta<strong>in</strong>ers, and drums. Revolv<strong>in</strong>g drums, barrels<br />

and conta<strong>in</strong>ers sh<strong>all</strong> be guarded by an enclosure which is <strong>in</strong>terlocked<br />

with the drive mechanism, so that the barrel, drum or conta<strong>in</strong>er cannot<br />

revolve unless the guard enclosure is <strong>in</strong> place.<br />

(5) Exposure of blades. When the periphery of the blades of a<br />

fan is less than seven (7) feet above the floor or work<strong>in</strong>g level, the blades<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> be guarded. The guard sh<strong>all</strong> have open<strong>in</strong>gs no larger then <strong>one</strong>-half<br />

(½) <strong>in</strong>ch.<br />

(b) Anchor<strong>in</strong>g fixed mach<strong>in</strong>ery. Mach<strong>in</strong>es designed for a fixed<br />

location sh<strong>all</strong> be securely anchored to prevent walk<strong>in</strong>g or mov<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

29 CFR 1910.219 MECHANICAL<br />

POWER-TRANSMISSION APPARATUS<br />

(b) Prime-mover guards—(1) Flywheels. Flywheels located so<br />

that any part is seven (7) feet or less above floor or platform sh<strong>all</strong> be<br />

guarded <strong>in</strong> accordance with the requirements of this subparagraph:<br />

(i) With an enclosure of sheet, perforated, or expanded metal,<br />

or woven wire;<br />

(ii) With guard rails placed not less than fifteen (15) <strong>in</strong>ches nor<br />

more than twenty (20) <strong>in</strong>ches from rim. When flywheel extends <strong>in</strong>to pit or<br />

is with<strong>in</strong> 12 <strong>in</strong>ches of floor, a standard toeboard sh<strong>all</strong> also be provided;<br />

(iii) When the upper rim of flywheel protrudes through a<br />

work<strong>in</strong>g floor, it sh<strong>all</strong> be entirely enclosed or surrounded by a guardrail<br />

and toeboard.<br />

(iv) For flywheels with smooth rims five (5) feet or less <strong>in</strong><br />

diameter, where the preced<strong>in</strong>g methods cannot be applied, the follow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

may be used: a disk attached to the flywheel <strong>in</strong> such manner as<br />

to cover the spokes of the wheel on the exposed side and present a<br />

smooth surface and edge, at the same time provid<strong>in</strong>g means for periodic<br />

<strong>in</strong>spection. An open space, not exceed<strong>in</strong>g four (4) <strong>in</strong>ches <strong>in</strong> width, may<br />

be left between the outside edge of the disk and the rim of the wheel<br />

if desired, to facilitate turn<strong>in</strong>g the wheel over. Where a disk is used, the<br />

keys or other dangerous projections not covered by disk sh<strong>all</strong> be cut off<br />

or covered. This subdivision does not apply to flywheels with solid web<br />

centers.<br />

(v) Adjustable guard to be used for start<strong>in</strong>g eng<strong>in</strong>e or for<br />

runn<strong>in</strong>g adjustment may be provided at the flywheel of gas or oil eng<strong>in</strong>es.<br />

A slot open<strong>in</strong>g for jack bar will be permitted.<br />

(vi) Wherever flywheels are above work<strong>in</strong>g areas, guards sh<strong>all</strong><br />

be <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ed hav<strong>in</strong>g sufficient strength to hold the weight of the flywheel<br />

<strong>in</strong> the event of a shaft or wheel mount<strong>in</strong>g failure.<br />

Note: This is not the entire content of 29 CFR 1910.219.<br />

This catalog does not cover <strong>all</strong> aspects of a safety program. There are<br />

many publications on the subject of safety. Please see page 4 for a list<strong>in</strong>g<br />

of safety sources.<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 71


A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

E<br />

F<br />

Adjustable Slide Shields............................................49<br />

All-Purpose Shields ............................................... 49-59<br />

Alum<strong>in</strong>um Drill Press Shields, Heavy-Duty.....................25<br />

ANSI Standards .............................................................4<br />

B<strong>all</strong> & Socket Shields ......................................... 54-56<br />

Band Saw Shields........................................................47<br />

Basic Safety Requirements ........................................ 3-7<br />

Belt Covers, Mill<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>e.........................................42<br />

Belt Sander Shields .....................................................48<br />

Bench Gr<strong>in</strong>der Safety Gauge ........................................46<br />

Bench Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields ......................................18, 43-46<br />

Bridgeport Mill<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>e Shields......................... 38-39<br />

Bridgeport Vertical Mill<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>e Controls .................39<br />

Broach<strong>in</strong>g Type Mach<strong>in</strong>e Shields...................................21<br />

Chip Shields for Bridgeport Mill<strong>in</strong>gMach<strong>in</strong>es...... 38-39<br />

Chuck Wrenches, Lathe.......................................... 34-35<br />

Clamp Kit, Universal B<strong>all</strong> & Socket Shields.....................53<br />

Crosslide-Travel Lathe Shields ...............................15, 29<br />

Danger Signs and Labels .................................... 67-68<br />

Disc Sander Shield Assemblies ....................................48<br />

Disconnect and Starter Part Number<strong>in</strong>g System Chart ...64<br />

Disconnect Switches, Motor Starters, & Accessories.......63<br />

Double-Wheel Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields......................................44<br />

Drill Press Shields...............................................8-11, 25<br />

Electrical Interlock Assembly ...................................42<br />

Electrical Power Cutoff System (Interlock)......................60<br />

Electrical Requirements (NFPA 79)..................................4<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Crosslide/Carriage Travel<br />

Lathe Shields ..............................................................15<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Drill Press Shields ................. 8-11<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Gr<strong>in</strong>der & Tool Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields.....19<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Heavy-Duty Shields ............... 8-24<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Lathe Shields ...................... 12-14<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Mill<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>e Shields........ 16-18<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Slott<strong>in</strong>g and Broach<strong>in</strong>g Type<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e Shields..........................................................21<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked Surface Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields..............20<br />

Emergency Stop Buttons ...................................... 61-62<br />

Enclosed Transformers ................................................63<br />

Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm Shields ...................... 54-57<br />

Free-Stand<strong>in</strong>g Shield Assembly ....................................59<br />

G<br />

H<br />

I<br />

L<br />

M<br />

O<br />

P<br />

R<br />

Gauge, Bench Gr<strong>in</strong>der Safety.....................................46<br />

Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields, Surface...............................................20<br />

Gr<strong>in</strong>der & Tool Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields, Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked....19<br />

Heavy-Duty Alum<strong>in</strong>um Drill Press Shields ................25<br />

Heavy-Duty S<strong>in</strong>gle Buffer Shields..............................45<br />

IEC Fused Disconnect Switches, Magnetic Motor<br />

Starters, and Comb<strong>in</strong>ations ......................................63<br />

Interlock Assembly.......................................................42<br />

Interlocked Shields, Electric<strong>all</strong>y................................. 8-21<br />

Labels, Danger and Warn<strong>in</strong>g ............................... 67-68<br />

Large Steel Lathe Chuck Shields ..................................32<br />

Lathe Chuck Wrenches ......................................... 34-35<br />

Lathe Mount<strong>in</strong>g Brackets .............................................33<br />

Lock-A-Plugs ..............................................................60<br />

Lockout Hasps ............................................................60<br />

Lockouts ....................................................................60<br />

Lockout Valves ............................................................62<br />

Longer Lathe Chuck Wrenches.....................................35<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e Safety Requirements ............................... 3-7<br />

Magnetic-Base Shields........................................... 55-58<br />

Mill<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>e Control, Bridgeport...............................39<br />

Mill<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>e Belt Covers .........................................42<br />

Motor<br />

Starter, S<strong>in</strong>gle-Phase With E-Stop Button...............61<br />

Starters, Magnetic................................................63<br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g Brackets, Lathe ............................................33<br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g Plate, Steel........................................44, 55-58<br />

On/Off Magnetic-Base Shields .................................58<br />

OSHA Standards .........................................................71<br />

Part Number<strong>in</strong>g System Chart<br />

Disconnects and Starters ..................................64<br />

Remote Operator Stations..................................65<br />

Plug Hugger................................................................60<br />

Plug Lockouts..............................................................60<br />

Power Cutoff System....................................................60<br />

Rear Shield Assemblies ............................................41<br />

Remote Operator Station Part Number<strong>in</strong>g<br />

System Chart...............................................................65<br />

Remote Operator Stations ............................................66<br />

Rigid-Arm Magnetic-Base Shields ................................50<br />

<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> ........................................................ 8-58<br />

72 | SAFETY SHIELDS


S<br />

Safety Chip Shields .....................................................24<br />

Safety Gauge, Bench Gr<strong>in</strong>der .......................................46<br />

Safety on Band Saws ..................................................47<br />

Safety on Bench Gr<strong>in</strong>ders .................................19, 43-46<br />

Safety on Broach<strong>in</strong>g Type Mach<strong>in</strong>es..............................21<br />

Safety on Disc and Belt Sanders ..................................48<br />

Safety on Drill Presses .................................. 8-11, 22-25<br />

Safety on Gr<strong>in</strong>der and Tool Gr<strong>in</strong>ders..............................19<br />

Safety on Lathes ........................................ 12-14, 26-35<br />

Safety on Mill<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es ......................... 16-18, 36-42<br />

Safety on Slott<strong>in</strong>g Type Mach<strong>in</strong>es..................................21<br />

Safety on Surface Gr<strong>in</strong>ders...........................................20<br />

SAFS-200 ..................................................................62<br />

SAFS-300 ..................................................................62<br />

Sens<strong>in</strong>g Saf-Start ® Packages .......................................62<br />

Shields<br />

All-Purpose.................................................... 49-59<br />

Band Saw............................................................47<br />

Belt Sander..........................................................48<br />

Bench Gr<strong>in</strong>der...........................................19, 43-46<br />

Bridgeport, Chip............................................. 38-39<br />

Disc Sander.........................................................48<br />

Drill Press............................................. 8-11, 22-25<br />

Electric<strong>all</strong>y Interlocked...................................... 8-21<br />

Flexible Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm................................ 54-57<br />

Free-Stand<strong>in</strong>g......................................................59<br />

Lathe.................................................. 12-14, 26-35<br />

Magnetic Base............................................... 55-58<br />

Mill<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>e................................... 16-18, 36-42<br />

On/Off Magnetic...................................................58<br />

Rear Assemblies...................................................41<br />

Slide and Sw<strong>in</strong>g-Aside.................................... 40-41<br />

Universal B<strong>all</strong> & Socket................................... 51-53<br />

Signs, Danger........................................................ 67-58<br />

S<strong>in</strong>gle-Phase Disconnect/Starter ..................................61<br />

S<strong>in</strong>gle-Wheel Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields .......................................44<br />

Slide and Sw<strong>in</strong>g-Aside Shields ............................... 40-41<br />

Slid<strong>in</strong>g Lathe Shields ...................................................28<br />

Sm<strong>all</strong> Steel Lathe Chuck Shields ..................................30<br />

T<br />

U<br />

W<br />

Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Loaded Chuck Wrenches ............................ 34-35<br />

Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Loaded/Self-Eject<strong>in</strong>g Chuck Keys<br />

—Drill Presses............................................................25<br />

Spr<strong>in</strong>g-Steel Arm Shields..............................................56<br />

Standard-Mount Gr<strong>in</strong>der Shields ..................................45<br />

Standard Size Lathe Chuck Wrenches...........................34<br />

Standards, ANSI ............................................................4<br />

Standards, OSHA ........................................................71<br />

Survey for Cutt<strong>in</strong>g and Turn<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es ................ 69-70<br />

Tagouts .....................................................................60<br />

Terms and Conditions of Sale .......................................79<br />

Transformers, Enclosed............................................... 63<br />

Transparent Lathe Chuck Shields .................................32<br />

Universal B<strong>all</strong> & Socket Shields .......................... 51-53<br />

Warn<strong>in</strong>g Labels.................................................... 67-68<br />

Wrenches, Lathe Chuck......................................... 34-35<br />

SAFETY SHIELDS | 73


<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Devices<br />

For Industrial Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

www.rockfordsystems.com


<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Devices is a comprehensive<br />

catalog that features a wide-range of<br />

safeguard<strong>in</strong>g devices and other safety-related<br />

products for updat<strong>in</strong>g hazardous mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

and processes. These devices are designed<br />

for po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguard<strong>in</strong>g as well<br />

as for auxiliary guard<strong>in</strong>g and large workenvelope<br />

safeguard<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Some of the products <strong>in</strong> this catalog <strong>in</strong>clude<br />

presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g devices, area scann<strong>in</strong>g<br />

devices, tower light assemblies, Detect-A-<br />

F<strong>in</strong>ger ® drop-probe devices, and pressure<br />

sensitive safety mats. These products can<br />

be used to safeguard fabricat<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es,<br />

metal-cutt<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, material handl<strong>in</strong>g<br />

equipment, woodwork<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, and more.<br />

All products <strong>in</strong> this catalog are <strong>in</strong>tended and<br />

designed to meet the requirements of OSHA<br />

and ANSI safety standards.<br />

At <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>, we are experts at<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e guard<strong>in</strong>g because it has been our<br />

sole focus for over 45 years. We stand<br />

committed to the prevention of <strong>in</strong>juries and<br />

fatalities. Our mission is to enhance the longterm<br />

health and quality of life of workers <strong>in</strong><br />

high-risk occupations, while improv<strong>in</strong>g the<br />

bottom l<strong>in</strong>e of the organizations we serve by<br />

<strong>in</strong>creas<strong>in</strong>g compliance, reduc<strong>in</strong>g risk, lower<strong>in</strong>g<br />

costs and improv<strong>in</strong>g productivity.<br />

Industrial Mach<strong>in</strong>e Safety <strong>Solutions</strong>


IN GENERAL ....................................................................... 3-5<br />

PRESENCE-SENSING DEVICES.............................................. 6-7<br />

STOP-TIME MEASUREMENT DEVICE..................................... 8-9<br />

QUICK REFERENCE GUIDES.....................................................10<br />

POINT-OF-OPERATION LIGHT CURTAIN SYSTEM............... 11-18<br />

EZ-Screen Light Curta<strong>in</strong> System................................................. 11-14<br />

EZ-Screen Dimensions ...............................................................13<br />

EZ-Screen Response Times.........................................................13<br />

Noncascad<strong>in</strong>g Light Curta<strong>in</strong> Part Number<strong>in</strong>g Chart ......................14<br />

Remote Fixed Blank<strong>in</strong>g Switch ....................................................14<br />

Cascad<strong>in</strong>g Light Curta<strong>in</strong> Part Number<strong>in</strong>g Chart .......................... 15-16<br />

EZ-Screen Interfaces ......................................................................17<br />

Remote Operator Stations ...............................................................18<br />

Laser Alignment Tool.......................................................................18<br />

PERIMETER LIGHT BEAM SYSTEM.................................... 19-24<br />

Perimeter Light Beam System .........................................................19<br />

Perimeter Light Beam Dimensions ..................................................20<br />

Perimeter Light Beam Part Number<strong>in</strong>g Chart ...................................21<br />

Laser Alignment Tool .....................................................................21<br />

Perimeter Light Beam Interfaces .....................................................22<br />

Off/On Remote Operator Station ......................................................22<br />

SINGLE BEAM SYSTEM..................................................... 23-24<br />

S<strong>in</strong>gle Beam System ......................................................................23<br />

S<strong>in</strong>gle Beam Dimensions ................................................................23<br />

S<strong>in</strong>gle Beam Part Number<strong>in</strong>g Chart .................................................24<br />

Off/On Remote Operator Station ......................................................24<br />

Laser Alignment Tool.......................................................................24<br />

S3000 SAFETY LASER SCANNER...................................... 25-28<br />

S3000 Safety Laser Scanner ..........................................................25<br />

S3000 Mount<strong>in</strong>g Kits .....................................................................26<br />

S3000 Floor Stand..........................................................................26<br />

S3000 Dimensions .........................................................................27<br />

S3000 Safety Laser Scanner Part Number<strong>in</strong>g Chart..........................28<br />

ACCESSORIES................................................................... 29-31<br />

Tower Light Assemblies ............................................................ 29-30<br />

No-Go Indicator Light .....................................................................31<br />

Test Rods for Light Curta<strong>in</strong>s.............................................................31<br />

Optional Mount<strong>in</strong>g Brackets for Po<strong>in</strong>t-Of-Operation Light ......................<br />

Curta<strong>in</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>..............................................................................31<br />

SWING-AWAY BRACKETS.................................................. 32-35<br />

STATIONARY BRACKETS.................................................... 36-37<br />

FLOOR STAND.........................................................................37<br />

MIRRORS AND MIRROR BRACKETS.................................. 38-39<br />

TWO-HAND CONTROL....................................................... 40-42<br />

TWO-HAND TRIP............................................................... 43-44<br />

GATE (MOVABLE BARRIER) DEVICES................................. 45-51<br />

Type A Gate ...................................................................................45<br />

Type B Gate ............................................................................. 46-47<br />

Gate Assemblies.............................................................................48<br />

Gate Assembly Measurement Forms.......................................... 49-51<br />

SAFETY BUMPER....................................................................52<br />

PRESSURE-SENSITIVE SAFETY MATS............................... 53-57<br />

DETECT-A-FINGER ® DROP-PROBE DEVICES...................... 58-64<br />

RKC-000 and RCK-001 Series................................................... 58-60<br />

RKC-500 Series........................................................................ 61-62<br />

DAF-100 Series........................................................................ 63-64<br />

REFERENCES 67-72<br />

Function-Test<strong>in</strong>g Checklist for Light Curta<strong>in</strong>s.............................. 65-66<br />

Function-Test<strong>in</strong>g Checklist for Two-Hand Control..............................67<br />

Function-Test<strong>in</strong>g Checklist for Two-Hand Trip...................................68<br />

OSHA and ANSI Guard-Open<strong>in</strong>g Requirements.................................69<br />

OSHA and ANSI Guard-Open<strong>in</strong>g Scales............................................70<br />

Safety Distance Guide.....................................................................70<br />

<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Sem<strong>in</strong>ars ..................................................................71<br />

INDEX ............................................................................... 72-73<br />

The applications described <strong>in</strong> this catalog are for <strong>in</strong>structional and <strong>in</strong>formational purposes only; the photos <strong>in</strong> this catalog are for illustrative purposes<br />

only. They may not represent actual usage. This catalog has been carefully checked for accuracy and is thought to be fully consistent with the<br />

products described here<strong>in</strong>. However, <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>, LLC does not assume liability for the contents of this publication or for the use of any<br />

products described here<strong>in</strong>. <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>, LLC reserves the right to make changes to the products and documentation without further notice.<br />

This document conta<strong>in</strong>s proprietary <strong>in</strong>formation protected by copyright. No part of this catalog may be reproduced, transmitted, stored <strong>in</strong> a retrieval<br />

system, or translated <strong>in</strong>to any language, <strong>in</strong> any form or by any means without prior written permission from <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>, LLC, 5795 Logistics<br />

Parkway, <strong>Rockford</strong>, Ill<strong>in</strong>ois 61109. <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong> reserves the right to make changes or revisions to the material conta<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> this catalog and<br />

cannot be held liable for <strong>in</strong>cidental or consequential damages result<strong>in</strong>g from the furnish<strong>in</strong>g, performance or use of this material.<br />

Copyright © 2019 by <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>, LLC. All rights reserved. Not to be reproduced <strong>in</strong> whole or <strong>in</strong> part without written permission. LITHO IN U.S.A.<br />

2 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


1. An Act–Public Law 91-596, 91st Congress, S. 2193,<br />

December 29, 1970, Duties, Section 5(a)(1)(2)(b)<br />

2. OSHA 29 CFR sections that an employer (user) must<br />

comply with <strong>in</strong>clude:<br />

3. OSHA 29 CFR 1910.147 The control of hazardous energy<br />

(lockout/tagout).<br />

4. OSHA 29 CFR 1910.301-1910.399 Electrical<br />

ANSI Publications<br />

B11– 2008 General Safety Requirements Common to<br />

ANSI B11 Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.1 Mechanical Power Presses<br />

B11.2 Hydraulic Power Presses<br />

B11.3 Power Press Brakes<br />

B11.4 Shears<br />

B11.5 Iron Workers<br />

B11.6 Lathes<br />

B11.7 Cold Headers and Cold Formers<br />

B11.8 Drill<strong>in</strong>g, Mill<strong>in</strong>g, and Bor<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.9 Gr<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.10 Metal Saw<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.11 Gear and Spl<strong>in</strong>e Cutt<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.12 Roll Form<strong>in</strong>g and Roll Bend<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.13 Automatic Screw/Bar and Chuck<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.14 Coil Slitt<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.15 Pipe, Tube, and Shape Bend<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.16 Metal Powder Compact<strong>in</strong>g Presses<br />

B11.17 Horizontal Hydraulic Extrusion Presses<br />

B11.18 Coil Process<strong>in</strong>g <strong>Systems</strong><br />

B11.19 Performance Criteria for <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

B11.20 Integrated Manufactur<strong>in</strong>g <strong>Systems</strong><br />

B11.21 Mach<strong>in</strong>e Tools Us<strong>in</strong>g Lasers for Process<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Materials<br />

B11.22 Turn<strong>in</strong>g Centers and CNC Turn<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.23 Mach<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g Centers and CNC Mill<strong>in</strong>g, Drill<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

and Bor<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.24 Transfer Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.TR1 Ergonomic Guidel<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.TR2 Mist Control Considerations<br />

B11.TR3 Risk Assessment and Risk Reduction<br />

B11.TR4 Selection of Programmable Electronic <strong>Systems</strong><br />

(PES/PLC) for Mach<strong>in</strong>e Tools<br />

B11.TR5 Sound Level Measurement Guidel<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B11.TR6 Safety Control <strong>Systems</strong> for Mach<strong>in</strong>e Tools<br />

B11.TR7 Design For Safety and Lean Manufactur<strong>in</strong>g<br />

R15.06 Robotic <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

B15.1 Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus<br />

B65.1 Pr<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g Press <strong>Systems</strong><br />

B65.2 B<strong>in</strong>d<strong>in</strong>g and F<strong>in</strong>ish<strong>in</strong>g <strong>Systems</strong><br />

B65.5 Stand-Al<strong>one</strong> Platen Presses<br />

B151.1 Horizontal (Plastic) Injection Mold<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B152.1 Hydraulic Die Cast<strong>in</strong>g Presses<br />

B154.1 Rivet Sett<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

B155.1 Packag<strong>in</strong>g and Packag<strong>in</strong>g-Related Convert<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

01.1 Woodwork<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

These standards can be purchased by contact<strong>in</strong>g:<br />

ANSI (American National Standards Institute, Inc.)<br />

25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor<br />

New York, New York 10036<br />

(212) 642-4900 • www.ansi.org<br />

Another good reference for safety on mach<strong>in</strong>e tools is the follow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

publication from the National Safety Council:<br />

<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> Concepts Illustrated—7th Edition<br />

This publication can be purchased by contact<strong>in</strong>g:<br />

National Safety Council<br />

1121 Spr<strong>in</strong>g Lake Drive<br />

Itasca, IL 60143-3201<br />

1-800-621-7615 • www.nsc.org<br />

Other sources that can be used for reference <strong>in</strong>clude:<br />

1. NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

2. NEC (National Electrical Code) Handbook<br />

These can be purchased by contact<strong>in</strong>g:<br />

National Fire Protection Association<br />

1 Batterymarch Park<br />

Qu<strong>in</strong>cy, MA 02169<br />

(617) 770-3000 • www.nfpa.org<br />

3. NEMA (National Electrical Manufacturers Association)<br />

1300 North 17th Street, Suite 1752<br />

Rosslyn, VA 22209<br />

(703) 841-3200 • www.nema.org<br />

For additional safety <strong>in</strong>formation and assistance <strong>in</strong> devis<strong>in</strong>g,<br />

implement<strong>in</strong>g or revis<strong>in</strong>g your safety program, please contact the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e manufacturer, your state and local safety councils, <strong>in</strong>surance<br />

carriers, national trade associations, and your state’s occupational<br />

safety and health adm<strong>in</strong>istration.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 3


POINT-OF-OPERATION SAFEGUARDING<br />

<strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong> for metal-fabricat<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es f<strong>all</strong>s <strong>in</strong>to three categories:<br />

barrier guards, devices, and other safeguard<strong>in</strong>g methods. The only<br />

exception to safeguard<strong>in</strong>g is when the hazardous open<strong>in</strong>g is 1/4” or less<br />

[OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217(c)(ii)].<br />

Some of the guards and devices described here can be used for<br />

auxiliary guard<strong>in</strong>g and for large work-envelope safeguard<strong>in</strong>g. Details<br />

can be found <strong>in</strong> each <strong>in</strong>dividual safeguard<strong>in</strong>g section.<br />

BARRIER GUARDS<br />

Barrier guards are designed to prevent entry of the operator’s hands or<br />

f<strong>in</strong>gers <strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation. There are four types of barrier guards<br />

that can be furnished. They are die enclosure guards, fixed guards,<br />

adjustable guards, and <strong>in</strong>terlocked guards. Each of these guards must<br />

meet specific requirements. Please refer to <strong>Catalog</strong> EX-AL on barrier<br />

and perimeter guard<strong>in</strong>g for more <strong>in</strong>formation.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES<br />

Accord<strong>in</strong>g to OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217(c)(i), Po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation devices<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> protect the operator by:<br />

(a) Prevent<strong>in</strong>g and/or stopp<strong>in</strong>g normal strok<strong>in</strong>g of the press if the<br />

operator’s hands are <strong>in</strong>advertently placed <strong>in</strong> the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation<br />

(presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g); or<br />

(b) Prevent<strong>in</strong>g the operator from <strong>in</strong>advertently reach<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t of<br />

operation; or withdraw<strong>in</strong>g his hands, if they are <strong>in</strong>advertently located <strong>in</strong><br />

the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation as the dies close (pullbacks); or<br />

(c) Prevent<strong>in</strong>g the operator from <strong>in</strong>advertently reach<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t of<br />

operation at <strong>all</strong> times (restra<strong>in</strong>ts); or<br />

(d) [Reserved]<br />

(e) Requir<strong>in</strong>g application of both of the operator’s hands to mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g controls and locat<strong>in</strong>g such controls at such a safety distance<br />

from the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation that the slide completes the downward travel<br />

or stops before the operator can reach <strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation with<br />

his hands (two-hand trip or two-hand control); or<br />

(f) Enclos<strong>in</strong>g the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation before a press stroke can be <strong>in</strong>itiated,<br />

and ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g this closed condition until the motion of the slide has<br />

ceased (type A gate); or<br />

(g) Enclos<strong>in</strong>g the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation before a press stroke can be<br />

<strong>in</strong>itiated, so as to prevent an operator from reach<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t of<br />

operation prior to die closure or prior to cessation of slide motion dur<strong>in</strong>g<br />

the downward stroke (type B gate).<br />

These safeguard<strong>in</strong>g devices f<strong>all</strong> <strong>in</strong>to the follow<strong>in</strong>g categories.<br />

1. Presence-Sens<strong>in</strong>g Devices (pp. 6-39)<br />

2. Two-Hand Control (pp. 40-42)<br />

3. Two-Hand Trip (pp. 43-44)<br />

4. Gates (A or B) or<br />

Movable Barrier Device (pp. 45-51)<br />

PRESENCE-SENSING DEVICES<br />

These devices are usu<strong>all</strong>y photoelectric light curta<strong>in</strong>s or RF (radio<br />

frequency) units.<br />

Presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g devices are <strong>one</strong> of the most versatile and positive<br />

means to safeguard many different types of mach<strong>in</strong>es or equipment.<br />

When us<strong>in</strong>g presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g devices, if an object such as an<br />

employee’s hand, arm, or any part of their body enters the plane of light<br />

or light beams, either the cycle will not start or a stop signal will be<br />

given to the mach<strong>in</strong>e to stop the hazardous motion. Proper use of these<br />

devices provides protection not only for operators but also for other<br />

employees <strong>in</strong> the area. They also m<strong>in</strong>imize operator resistance to these<br />

types of safety devices due to their nonrestrictive design.<br />

Presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g devices can be used for many types of applications.<br />

They can be used on power presses, press brakes, around robotic work<br />

envelopes, <strong>in</strong>jection and compression mold<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, assembly<br />

systems, transfer l<strong>in</strong>es, automated equipment, flexible manufactur<strong>in</strong>g<br />

systems, assembl<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, tube mills, roll formers, and textile<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>ery. These devices can be used on any mach<strong>in</strong>e where the<br />

hazardous motion can stop quickly before an <strong>in</strong>dividual can reach the<br />

hazard.<br />

Presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g devices cannot be used on full- revolution-clutch<br />

presses or on any other mach<strong>in</strong>e that cannot quickly stop the hazardous<br />

motion. At the time of this pr<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>g, they cannot be used as a tripp<strong>in</strong>g<br />

means (PSDI—presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g device <strong>in</strong>itiation) on mechanical<br />

power presses. However, PSDI can be applied to other mach<strong>in</strong>es, such<br />

as hydraulic power presses and press brakes. Please consult the factory<br />

for details if this is a consideration.<br />

Each mach<strong>in</strong>e safeguard<strong>in</strong>g application can be placed <strong>in</strong> <strong>one</strong> of the<br />

follow<strong>in</strong>g categories:<br />

• Po<strong>in</strong>t of Operation—protects operators from mach<strong>in</strong>e po<strong>in</strong>t-ofoperation<br />

hazards where workpieces or materials are processed.<br />

• Perimeter/Work-Envelope <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong>—detects entry <strong>in</strong>to a<br />

larger area where hazardous motion occurs.<br />

The products and <strong>in</strong>formation found <strong>in</strong> this catalog cover applications for<br />

these types of safeguard<strong>in</strong>g. Please do not consider us<strong>in</strong>g a perimeter/<br />

work-envelope safeguard<strong>in</strong>g device <strong>in</strong> a po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation type of<br />

application.<br />

4 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


Presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g devices used for po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

must be <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ed on a mach<strong>in</strong>e so that operators’ f<strong>in</strong>gers and hands are<br />

protected from po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation hazards. Safety standards also state<br />

that “guards sh<strong>all</strong> be used to protect <strong>all</strong> areas of entry to the po<strong>in</strong>t of<br />

operation not protected by the presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g device.”<br />

TWO-HAND CONTROL<br />

Two-hand control can be used as a po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

device as long as the palm buttons are located at the proper safety<br />

distance. This means the palm buttons must be located so that the slide<br />

has traveled far enough on the downstroke, or can stop fast enough to<br />

prevent the operator from gett<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation hazard<br />

before the mach<strong>in</strong>e can stop. See pages 40-42 for further <strong>in</strong>formation<br />

on the two-hand control requirements.<br />

TWO-HAND TRIP<br />

Two-hand trip is similar to two-hand control. It can be used on both<br />

part- and full-revolution presses as a po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguard as<br />

long as the palm buttons are placed at the proper safety distance.<br />

Two-hand trip requires only momentary actuation of the palm buttons.<br />

Once these palm buttons have been depressed, they can be released<br />

quickly and the mach<strong>in</strong>e will make <strong>one</strong> full cycle. Please see pages<br />

43-44 for further details on us<strong>in</strong>g two-hand trip as a po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation<br />

safeguard.<br />

GATES (A OR B) OR MOVABLE BARRIERS<br />

There are two basic types of gates (movable barriers): an A gate and a<br />

B gate. The A gate is designed to enclose the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation before<br />

the press stroke can be started, and it must rema<strong>in</strong> closed until <strong>all</strong> ram<br />

motion has stopped. The follow<strong>in</strong>g is a typical sequence of operation of<br />

a complete cycle on a press which uses an A gate.<br />

1. Initiate the cycle and as long as there are no obstructions, the gate<br />

will close by gravity.<br />

2. The mach<strong>in</strong>e will make <strong>one</strong> complete cycle and stop.<br />

3. The gate will open, after the cycle has stopped.<br />

The B gate only protects the operator on the downstroke of the press<br />

ram. The follow<strong>in</strong>g is a typical sequence of operation of a complete cycle<br />

on a press which uses a B gate.<br />

1. Initiate the cycle and as long as there are no obstructions, the gate<br />

will close by gravity.<br />

2. Once the mach<strong>in</strong>e reaches the portion of the stroke where the p<strong>in</strong>ch<br />

po<strong>in</strong>t has been elim<strong>in</strong>ated and before the cycle has stopped, the B<br />

gate and the ram go up at the same time.<br />

Accord<strong>in</strong>g to OSHA, an A gate can be used on either part- or fullrevolution-clutch<br />

presses. Best safety practice and the ANSI B11<br />

standard dictate that only the A gate sh<strong>all</strong> be used on full-revolutionclutch<br />

presses. Both A and B gates can be used on part-revolutionclutch<br />

presses and hydraulic presses.<br />

SUMMATION<br />

When operat<strong>in</strong>g, ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g, or sett<strong>in</strong>g up hazardous mach<strong>in</strong>ery,<br />

the hands and body of <strong>all</strong> personnel should never be <strong>in</strong> the po<strong>in</strong>t of<br />

operation or any other hazard area. Employees around mach<strong>in</strong>ery must<br />

be protected at <strong>all</strong> times. Energy isolation lockout procedures must be<br />

practiced and enforced.<br />

This product catalog offers and illustrates a wide range of safeguard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

devices, and other safety-related products for updat<strong>in</strong>g hazardous<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>ery and processes to comply with OSHA (Occupational Safety<br />

and Health Adm<strong>in</strong>istration) regulations, ANSI (American National<br />

Standards Institute) standards, and the NFPA 79 Electrical Standard<br />

for Industrial Mach<strong>in</strong>ery. The devices offered can be used to safeguard<br />

fabricat<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, metal-cutt<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, robotic cells, packag<strong>in</strong>g<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>es, material handl<strong>in</strong>g equipment, woodwork<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es, etc.<br />

Before an employer (user) purchases and applies any of the products<br />

offered <strong>in</strong> this catalog, a risk assessment and/or hazard analysis of<br />

the mach<strong>in</strong>ery and processes must take place. This ensures correct<br />

decisions on the proper safeguard<strong>in</strong>g to be used. As a supplier, we<br />

f<strong>in</strong>d that employers can make the best safeguard<strong>in</strong>g choices based<br />

on ma<strong>in</strong>tenance ability, condition of mach<strong>in</strong>es, type of operators,<br />

tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g programs, and present and future production requirements.<br />

For guidance, please refer to the ANSI technical report B11.TR3 Risk<br />

Assessment and Risk Reduction, and ANSI B11-2008 General Safety<br />

Requirements Common to ANSI B11 Mach<strong>in</strong>es to learn more about<br />

hazard identification and the risk assessment and risk reduction<br />

process.<br />

Please review this catalog for the numerous choices of safeguard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

devices available to <strong>in</strong>dustry. If you do not f<strong>in</strong>d a product or application that<br />

satisfies your needs, please contact us and expla<strong>in</strong> your requirements.<br />

If you require assistance <strong>in</strong> determ<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g compliance issues with your<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>ery, please contact us to discuss your needs. Our knowledgeable<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e safeguard<strong>in</strong>g specialists can conduct mach<strong>in</strong>e safeguard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

assessments to determ<strong>in</strong>e current compliance levels of each mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

and provide a detailed report/proposal which covers the safeguard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

solutions required to meet or exceed the OSHA regulations and ANSI<br />

standards. Integration and <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ation services are also available for<br />

complete turnkey safeguard<strong>in</strong>g solutions.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 5


PRESENCE-SENSING DEVICES<br />

Stop-Time<br />

Measurement Device<br />

(pp. 10-11)<br />

Quick Reference Guide<br />

(p. 12)<br />

Po<strong>in</strong>t-Of-Operation<br />

Light Curta<strong>in</strong> System<br />

(pp. 13-18)<br />

Perimeter Light Beam System<br />

(pp. 21-23)<br />

S<strong>in</strong>gle-Beam System<br />

(pp. 25-26)<br />

Safety Laser Scanner<br />

(pp. 27-30)<br />

Accessories<br />

(pp. 31-33)<br />

Sw<strong>in</strong>g-Away and Stationary Brackets<br />

(pp. 34-38)<br />

Floor Stands, Mirrors, and Mirror Brackets<br />

(pp. 36-41)<br />

6 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


PRESENCE-SENSING DEVICES<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

Presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g devices are available as <strong>in</strong>frared po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation<br />

light curta<strong>in</strong>s, <strong>in</strong>frared perimeter multiple light beam devices, <strong>in</strong>frared<br />

s<strong>in</strong>gle-beam devices, or safety laser scanners. Light curta<strong>in</strong>s used for<br />

po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguard<strong>in</strong>g have close channel spac<strong>in</strong>g to protect<br />

f<strong>in</strong>gers and hands. Perimeter light curta<strong>in</strong>s have wider channel spac<strong>in</strong>g<br />

to detect larger parts of the body. Perimeter, multi-beam, and s<strong>in</strong>glebeam<br />

devices are designed specific<strong>all</strong>y for perimeter safeguard<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Safety laser scanners are designed for area, access, and po<strong>in</strong>t-ofoperation<br />

safeguard<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

There are many safety requirements that must be met before light<br />

curta<strong>in</strong>s can be <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ed as po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguards. These<br />

requirements are located <strong>in</strong> OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217 and the ANSI<br />

B11-series safety standards for mach<strong>in</strong>e-tool safety. We have pr<strong>in</strong>ted<br />

the follow<strong>in</strong>g paragraphs for your convenience.<br />

(c)(3)(i) Po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation devices sh<strong>all</strong> protect the operator by:<br />

(a) Prevent<strong>in</strong>g and/or stopp<strong>in</strong>g normal strok<strong>in</strong>g of the press if the<br />

operator’s hands are <strong>in</strong>advertently placed <strong>in</strong> the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation;<br />

(c)(3)(iii) A presence sens<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation device sh<strong>all</strong> protect the<br />

operator as provided <strong>in</strong> paragraph (c)(3)(i)(a) of this section, and sh<strong>all</strong> be<br />

<strong>in</strong>terlocked <strong>in</strong>to the control circuit to prevent or stop slide motion if the<br />

operator’s hand or other part of his body is with<strong>in</strong> the sens<strong>in</strong>g field of<br />

the device dur<strong>in</strong>g the downstroke of the press slide.<br />

(a) The devices may not be used on mach<strong>in</strong>es us<strong>in</strong>g full revolution<br />

clutches.<br />

(b) The devices may not be used as a tripp<strong>in</strong>g means to <strong>in</strong>itiate slide<br />

motion, except when used <strong>in</strong> total conformance with paragraph (h) of<br />

this section. (See OSHA safety standards for details.)<br />

(c) The device sh<strong>all</strong> be constructed so that a failure with<strong>in</strong> the system<br />

does not prevent the normal stopp<strong>in</strong>g action from be<strong>in</strong>g applied to the<br />

press when required, but does prevent the <strong>in</strong>itiation of a successive<br />

stroke until the failure is corrected. The failure sh<strong>all</strong> be <strong>in</strong>dicated by the<br />

system.<br />

(d) Mut<strong>in</strong>g (bypass<strong>in</strong>g of the protective function) of such device dur<strong>in</strong>g<br />

the upstroke of the press slide is permitted for the purpose of parts<br />

ejection, circuit check<strong>in</strong>g, and feed<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

(e) The safety distance (Ds) from the sens<strong>in</strong>g field to the po<strong>in</strong>t of<br />

operation sh<strong>all</strong> be greater than the distance determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the follow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

formula:<br />

Ds = 63 <strong>in</strong>ches/second x Ts where:<br />

Ds = m<strong>in</strong>imum safety distance (<strong>in</strong>ches);<br />

63 <strong>in</strong>ches/second = hand speed constant; and<br />

Ts = stopp<strong>in</strong>g time of the press measured at approximately 90°<br />

position of crankshaft rotation (seconds).<br />

(f) Guards sh<strong>all</strong> be used to protect <strong>all</strong> areas of entry to the po<strong>in</strong>t of<br />

operation not protected by the presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g device.<br />

MINIMUM SAFETY DISTANCE<br />

The m<strong>in</strong>imum safety distance, which is <strong>one</strong> of the considerations listed,<br />

is def<strong>in</strong>ed <strong>in</strong> ANSI as the m<strong>in</strong>imum distance from the light curta<strong>in</strong>’s<br />

plane of light to the closest hazard or danger po<strong>in</strong>t where the operator<br />

could reach <strong>in</strong>to the hazard.<br />

This m<strong>in</strong>imum safety distance is based on the stopp<strong>in</strong>g ability of<br />

the mach<strong>in</strong>e and a hand speed constant. When the m<strong>in</strong>imum safety<br />

distance is calculated, several other factors must be taken <strong>in</strong>to account<br />

which are not <strong>in</strong>cluded <strong>in</strong> the OSHA formula. These factors <strong>in</strong>clude the<br />

total system response time <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g the light curta<strong>in</strong>, the m<strong>in</strong>imum<br />

object sensitivity of the presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g device, and the additional<br />

time for brake monitor<strong>in</strong>g. The total system response time <strong>in</strong>cludes the<br />

stopp<strong>in</strong>g time of the mach<strong>in</strong>e under worse case conditions, response<br />

time of the control system, response time of the presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g<br />

device as stated by the manufacturer, the response time of the <strong>in</strong>terface,<br />

and, if applicable, additional time <strong>all</strong>owed for the brake monitor to<br />

compensate for variations <strong>in</strong> normal stopp<strong>in</strong>g time.<br />

The depth penetration factor (Dpf), which is based on the light curta<strong>in</strong>’s<br />

MOS (m<strong>in</strong>imum object sensitivity), is part of the formula.<br />

The follow<strong>in</strong>g formula is used to compute the m<strong>in</strong>imum safety distance<br />

(Ds) on mechanical power presses to meet the ANSI (American National<br />

Standards Institute) B11.1 standard for press safety:<br />

D s<br />

= K (Ts + Tc + Tr + Tspm) + Dpf where:<br />

K = 63 <strong>in</strong>ches/second (hand speed constant)<br />

T s<br />

= Stop time of equipment measured at the f<strong>in</strong>al control element<br />

T c<br />

= Response time of the control system<br />

T r<br />

= Response time of the presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g device and its <strong>in</strong>terface<br />

T spm<br />

= Additional time <strong>all</strong>owed for the stopp<strong>in</strong>g performance monitor to<br />

compensate for variations <strong>in</strong> normal stopp<strong>in</strong>g time<br />

D pf<br />

= The added distance due to the depth penetration factor.<br />

Note: If the channel blank<strong>in</strong>g feature is used on light curta<strong>in</strong>s, additional<br />

safety distance must be enforced based on the number of channels<br />

blanked.<br />

The follow<strong>in</strong>g is a list of safeguard<strong>in</strong>g devices that could be applied<br />

us<strong>in</strong>g the above safety distance formula. For more details, see ANSI<br />

B11.1-2009.<br />

1. Interlocked barrier guards<br />

2. Two-hand control devices<br />

3. Two-hand trip devices<br />

4. S<strong>in</strong>gle control safeguard<strong>in</strong>g devices<br />

5. Electro-optical presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g devices<br />

6. RF (radio-frequency) presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g devices<br />

7. Safety mat devices<br />

8. Safety edge device<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 7


PORTABLE STOP-TIME MEASUREMENT (STM) DEVICE<br />

The stop-time measurement (STM) device measures the time it takes a<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e to stop after a signal is given. It is ma<strong>in</strong>ly used on reciprocat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

(strok<strong>in</strong>g or cycl<strong>in</strong>g) mach<strong>in</strong>es, such as mechanical or hydraulic presses<br />

and press brakes. With optional accessories, it can also be used on<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>es that rotate, such as lathes, mills, and drills.<br />

Industry uses this type of device to determ<strong>in</strong>e the stopp<strong>in</strong>g time of a<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e before <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong><strong>in</strong>g safeguard<strong>in</strong>g devices such as a two-hand<br />

control or a presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g device. The stopp<strong>in</strong>g time measured<br />

by the STM device dur<strong>in</strong>g the hazardous portion of the cycle is used<br />

<strong>in</strong> the OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Adm<strong>in</strong>istration) or ANSI<br />

(American National Standards Institute) formulas to calculate the safety<br />

distance. The safety distance is then used to establish the location of<br />

the safeguard<strong>in</strong>g device <strong>in</strong> relation to the nearest hazard. This device<br />

can also be used to periodic<strong>all</strong>y check the mach<strong>in</strong>e’s stopp<strong>in</strong>g time<br />

to ensure that the current safety distance corresponds to the current<br />

condition of the mach<strong>in</strong>e’s stopp<strong>in</strong>g ability.<br />

FEATURES<br />

• Easy to use <strong>in</strong> the field<br />

• Portable; battery-operated<br />

• Readout <strong>in</strong> stopp<strong>in</strong>g time and<br />

safety distance<br />

• Handy carry<strong>in</strong>g case<br />

• Easy programm<strong>in</strong>g<br />

• Mach<strong>in</strong>e memory<br />

• Preprogrammed light cuta<strong>in</strong> response<br />

time and m<strong>in</strong>imum object sensitivity<br />

• Choice of hand-speed constant<br />

SPECIFICATIONS:<br />

Electronics<br />

Display<br />

Description................................4 digit, 14 segment, 1 ⁄4” red LED<br />

Stop Time..................................................0-9999 milliseconds<br />

Safety Distance................................................. 0-999.9 <strong>in</strong>ches<br />

Automatic Decimal.............................................................. Yes<br />

Lead Zero Blank<strong>in</strong>g.............................................................. Yes<br />

Accuracy............................................................................+1%<br />

Power Source...................................115 V AC or <strong>in</strong>ternal battery<br />

Battery Type.................................................6 V, sealed lead acid<br />

Operat<strong>in</strong>g Time...........................................10 hours (full charge)<br />

Recharge Time................................................................ 8 hours<br />

Battery Charger............................................................Conta<strong>in</strong>ed<br />

Mechanical<br />

Meter<br />

Material.............................. Alum<strong>in</strong>um with baked enamel f<strong>in</strong>ish<br />

Dimensions..................................................11” L x 7” D x 7” H<br />

Weight................................................................................9 lb<br />

Hand-Held Actuator<br />

Material.............................. Alum<strong>in</strong>um with baked enamel f<strong>in</strong>ish<br />

Dimensions........................................................4 1 ⁄2” dia. x 2” H<br />

Weight................................................................................3 lb<br />

Position/Velocity Transducer<br />

Material.............................. Alum<strong>in</strong>um with baked enamel f<strong>in</strong>ish<br />

Dimensions........................................... 5 1 ⁄4” L x 2 3 ⁄4” D x 4 3 ⁄4” H<br />

Weight.............................................................................1.6 lb<br />

Cable stroke........................................................................ 49”<br />

8 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


When us<strong>in</strong>g this STM device, the display gives both the stopp<strong>in</strong>g time<br />

of the mach<strong>in</strong>e <strong>in</strong> milliseconds (thousandths of a second), and the<br />

calculated safety distance <strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>ches. The safety distance is based on<br />

the hand speed constant of 63 <strong>in</strong>ches (1.6 meters) per second. For<br />

mechanical power presses, the OSHA formula multiplies the hand speed<br />

constant by the stopp<strong>in</strong>g time of the mach<strong>in</strong>e at 90° of crankshaft<br />

rotation. When us<strong>in</strong>g this formula, the reaction time of either ergonomic<br />

(capacitive) palm buttons or a presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g device should be added<br />

to the stopp<strong>in</strong>g time to calculate the proper safety distance. Please refer<br />

to the formula found <strong>in</strong> the ANSI B11.1 standard for mechanical power<br />

presses.<br />

This STM device is also used by federal and state OSHA compliance<br />

officers, <strong>in</strong>surance company loss-control eng<strong>in</strong>eers, and safety tra<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g<br />

personnel to determ<strong>in</strong>e if proper safety distances are be<strong>in</strong>g used for the<br />

exist<strong>in</strong>g safeguard<strong>in</strong>g method.<br />

The portable design makes the STM very easy to use. A programmed<br />

stop signal is provided, which releases or actuates a button or other<br />

operator-controlled device on the mach<strong>in</strong>e dur<strong>in</strong>g the hazardous portion<br />

of the cycle. If a mach<strong>in</strong>e has a presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g device, the plane of<br />

light can be <strong>in</strong>terrupted with the furnished flag, which sends a signal to<br />

stop the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

This device consists of three major comp<strong>one</strong>nts:<br />

1. The meter which is the processor conta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the electronics and display.<br />

2. The position/velocity transducer which detects motion and provides<br />

the programmed output signal to stop the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

3. The hand-held actuator which automatic<strong>all</strong>y releases or pushes a button<br />

or other device on the mach<strong>in</strong>e. It is also used to operate the flag when<br />

presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g devices are used as the safeguard<strong>in</strong>g method.<br />

Other STM comp<strong>one</strong>nts provided with this device are the presencesens<strong>in</strong>g<br />

flag, cable extension set, legs, plunger extension, and<br />

<strong>in</strong>struction manual.<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

Part No. DCL-100—Complete STM <strong>in</strong> a carry<strong>in</strong>g case <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g meter,<br />

transducer, cable extension set, hand-held actuator, presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g<br />

flag, legs, plunger extension, and <strong>in</strong>struction manual.<br />

Optional Accessories<br />

Part No. DCL-101—Remote tachometer assembly<br />

(for reciprocat<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es that stop beyond bottom or top, and for<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>es with relatively slow rotat<strong>in</strong>g or l<strong>in</strong>eage motion)<br />

Note: Requires DCL-102 (see below)<br />

Part No. DCL-102—One NO manual start switch<br />

FIELD OF<br />

COVERATE<br />

IN INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

A<br />

INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

B<br />

INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

C<br />

INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

D<br />

INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

12 (300) 11.8 (300) 14.6 (372) 16.0 (405) 13.7 (347)<br />

18 (450) 17.7 (450) 20.6 (522) 21.9 (555) 19.6 (497)<br />

24 (600) 23.6 (600) 26.4 (671) 27.7 (704) 25.4 (646)<br />

30 (750) 29.5 (750) 32.3 (821) 33.6 (854) 31.3 (796)<br />

35 (900) 35.4 (900) 38.2 (971) 39.5 (1004) 37.2 (946)<br />

41 (1050) 41.3 (1050) 44.1 (1120) 45.4 (1153) 43.1 (1095)<br />

47 (1200) 47.2 (1200) 50.0 (1270) 51.3 (1303) 49.0 (1245)<br />

53 (1350) 53.1 (1350) 55.9 (1420) 57.2 (1453) 54.9 (1395)<br />

59 (1500) 59.1 (1500) 61.8 (1569) 63.1 (1602) 60.8 (1544)<br />

65 (1650) 65.0 (1650) 67.7 (1719) 69.0 (1752) 66.7 (1694)<br />

71 (1800) 70.9 (1800) 73.6 (1869) 74.9 (1902) 72.6 (1844)<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 9


Selection Guide for Po<strong>in</strong>t-of-Operation and Perimeter (Work-Envelope) <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong><br />

This chart has been put together to make select<strong>in</strong>g the proper safeguard<strong>in</strong>g system for your application easy. Beg<strong>in</strong> by determ<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the type of<br />

application that requires safeguard<strong>in</strong>g. Choose the po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation system, perimeter system, s<strong>in</strong>gle beam system, or area scann<strong>in</strong>g device that<br />

fits your application. If at any time you have questions, please c<strong>all</strong> us at 1-800-922-7533.<br />

PRESENCE-SENSING DEVICES QUICK REFUERENCE GUIDE SAFETY CATEGORY FOR 4 PRODUCTS<br />

Po<strong>in</strong>t of Operation<br />

EZ-SCREEN<br />

LIGHT CURTAIN<br />

pp. 12-19<br />

PERIMETER<br />

LIGHT BEAM<br />

pp. 20-23<br />

SINGLE BEAM<br />

SYSTEM<br />

pp. 24-25<br />

Perimeter X X X<br />

Entry/Exit<br />

P<strong>all</strong>etiz<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Cables<br />

Max Field of Coverage<br />

Fixed Blank<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Remote Fixed Blank<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Float Blank<strong>in</strong>g/Reducted<br />

Resolution<br />

Cascade Capability<br />

Max Field of Coverage<br />

Max Rage<br />

X<br />

Up to 100’<br />

(30.4 m)<br />

70.9”<br />

(1800 mm)<br />

X<br />

X<br />

X<br />

X<br />

.55” (14 mm) or<br />

1.18” (30 mm)<br />

Up to 59’<br />

(18 m)<br />

Up to 100’<br />

(30.4 m)<br />

35”<br />

(900 mm)<br />

Up to 230’<br />

(70 m )<br />

Up to 100’<br />

(30.4 m)<br />

1 Beam<br />

Up to 230<br />

(70 m)<br />

CONTACT THE<br />

FACTORY<br />

X<br />

X<br />

AREA SCANNING DEVICES QUICK REFERNCE GUIDE SAFETY CATEGORY 3 PRODUCTS<br />

S3000 STANDARD<br />

pp. 26-29<br />

S3000 ADVANCED<br />

pp. 26-29<br />

S3000 PROFESSIONAL<br />

pp. 26-29<br />

Area X X X<br />

Stationary X X X<br />

Protective Field – Max Range 23’ (7 m) 23’ (7m) 23’ (7m)<br />

Warn<strong>in</strong>g Field – Max Range 160’ (49 m) 160’ (49 m) 160’ (49 m)<br />

Number of Z<strong>one</strong>s 1 4 8<br />

Scann<strong>in</strong>g Angle 190° 190° 190°<br />

10 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


POINT-OF-OPERATION LIGHT CURTAIN SYSTEMS<br />

EZ-SCREEN LIGHT CURTAIN SYSTEM FEATURES<br />

• Meets <strong>in</strong>dustry OSHA, ANSI, UL, IEC, and EN safety standards 14<br />

and 30 mm resolutions<br />

• Field of coverage from 11.8” to 70.9” (300 mm to 1800 mm)<br />

• Scann<strong>in</strong>g range up to 59’ (18 m)<br />

• 2 solid-state OSSD (output signal switch<strong>in</strong>g device) outputs—24-V<br />

PNP outputs<br />

• Quick response times<br />

• Strobe-light and weld-flash immunity<br />

• Compact light bar hous<strong>in</strong>g—1.78” x 1.42” (45.2 x 36.0 mm)<br />

• Transmitter and receiver cable lengths from 15’ to 100’ (4.5 to 30 m)<br />

• 7-segment alignment and diagnostics display<br />

• Two-piece design with external device monitor<strong>in</strong>g (EDM)<br />

• Cascad<strong>in</strong>g—up to 4 pairs and of different lengths<br />

This photoelectric presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g system (light curta<strong>in</strong>) is designed<br />

to meet safety standards for protect<strong>in</strong>g operat<strong>in</strong>g personnel from po<strong>in</strong>tof-operation<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e hazards. The EZ-Screen system operates as a<br />

stand-al<strong>one</strong> system to be <strong>in</strong>terfaced <strong>in</strong>to an exist<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>e control, or<br />

a generic <strong>in</strong>terface control is available (see page 17).<br />

The EZ-Screen system consists of a transmitter and receiver. The<br />

transmitter consists of a series of LEDs (light-emitt<strong>in</strong>g diodes) which<br />

transmit modulated <strong>in</strong>frared light to the receiver unit. The receiver<br />

consists of a correspond<strong>in</strong>g array of photo-diodes that are automatic<strong>all</strong>y<br />

synchronized with the transmitter LEDs. The EZ-Screen system can<br />

be mounted vertic<strong>all</strong>y, horizont<strong>all</strong>y, or on any angle depend<strong>in</strong>g on the<br />

application. The only requirement is that the transmitter must align<br />

with the receiver when these units are <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ed. This system is also<br />

cascadable up to four systems. The cascadable pairs can be any length,<br />

any number of beams, or have different resolutions as long as each<br />

transmitter matches its own receiver.<br />

The EZ-Screen presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g system provides a protective, durable<br />

plane of light formed by the aligned transmitter and receiver cells. Any<br />

<strong>in</strong>terruption of this plane of light by an object equal to or larger than<br />

the MOS (m<strong>in</strong>imum object sensitivity) <strong>in</strong>itiates an output signal to the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e control system. This output causes the mach<strong>in</strong>e to stop or does<br />

not <strong>all</strong>ow a cycle until the blockage is removed.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 11


EZ-SCREEN LIGHT CURTAIN SYSTEM FEATURES (CONTINUED)<br />

The EZ-Screen system is designed <strong>in</strong> a way that if a comp<strong>one</strong>nt<br />

should fail, a total system shutdown results. This is achieved through<br />

redundant self-check<strong>in</strong>g circuitry, which compares the actual<br />

system operation with that of a redundant setup. Upon detection of any<br />

deviation from the expected status, a shutdown condition occurs.<br />

The plane-of-light portion of the system is formed by a series of<br />

high-quality <strong>in</strong>dividual optical lenses on every transmitter and receiver<br />

channel. This assures the optimal signal-to-noise ratio and <strong>all</strong>ows<br />

operation <strong>in</strong> harsh, oily, and dirty environments. Individual channel<br />

lenses create a column of light between each of the active transmitter<br />

and receiver channels. The creation of a column of light between<br />

transmitter and receiver is c<strong>all</strong>ed light collimation. Light collimation is<br />

necessary to ensure that the <strong>in</strong>frared light moves from the transmitter<br />

to the receiver <strong>in</strong> a controlled beam that maximizes its efficiency.<br />

Addition<strong>all</strong>y, the lens on each receiver channel m<strong>in</strong>imizes the possibility<br />

of the <strong>in</strong>frared light bounc<strong>in</strong>g off sh<strong>in</strong>y objects and fool<strong>in</strong>g the receiver.<br />

The light bars are equipped with status <strong>in</strong>dicators—LEDs and a<br />

7-segment display. These status <strong>in</strong>dicators are helpful when align<strong>in</strong>g<br />

the light curta<strong>in</strong> and when determ<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the cause of an <strong>in</strong>terruption <strong>in</strong><br />

the EZ-Screen system. The LEDs illum<strong>in</strong>ate and the display <strong>in</strong>dicates<br />

alphanumeric error messages when a channel is <strong>in</strong>terrupted, out of<br />

alignment, configured <strong>in</strong>correctly, etc.<br />

The EZ-Screen light curta<strong>in</strong> system modulates each of its LED<br />

light sources <strong>in</strong> a speci<strong>all</strong>y coded manner. This modulation virtu<strong>all</strong>y<br />

elim<strong>in</strong>ates ambient light <strong>in</strong>terference. The light curta<strong>in</strong> electronic<strong>all</strong>y<br />

sequences its <strong>in</strong>dividual LED transmitters and photo-transistor receivers<br />

at a fast rate that prevents any light <strong>in</strong>terference between <strong>in</strong>dividual<br />

transmitter/receiver sections. This also provides maximum stability and<br />

ease of alignment.<br />

EZ-Screen Light Curta<strong>in</strong> System<br />

STATUS INDICATOR LIGHTS<br />

A variety of status <strong>in</strong>dicator lights are clearly visible on the front panel<br />

of each transmitter and receiver. Red, green, and yellow lights display<br />

the operat<strong>in</strong>g status, configuration error codes, and blocked beams.<br />

A diagnostic display <strong>in</strong>dicates alphanumeric error messages when<br />

a channel is <strong>in</strong>terrupted, out of alignment, configured <strong>in</strong>correctly,<br />

blocked, etc.<br />

Transmitter<br />

Receiver<br />

Transmitter<br />

Receiver<br />

Receiver<br />

Emitter<br />

Receiver<br />

Emitter<br />

3-digit<br />

Diagnostic<br />

Display<br />

1-digit<br />

Diagnostic<br />

Display<br />

3-digit<br />

Diagnostic<br />

Display<br />

1-<br />

Di<br />

Di<br />

Z<strong>one</strong>Indicators<br />

(eachshows<br />

statusofapprox.<br />

1/8ofthetotal<br />

beams)<br />

YellowReset<br />

Indicator<br />

Z<strong>one</strong>Indicators<br />

(eachshows<br />

statusofapprox.<br />

1/8ofthetotal<br />

beams)<br />

YellowReset<br />

Indicator<br />

StatusIndicator<br />

(Red/Green)<br />

StatusIndicator<br />

(Red/Green)<br />

StatusIndicator<br />

(Red/Green)<br />

Sta<br />

(Re<br />

Z<strong>one</strong>1Indicator<br />

(<strong>in</strong>dicatesbeamsynchronizationstatus)<br />

Z<strong>one</strong>1Indicator<br />

(<strong>in</strong>dicatesbeamsynchronizationstatus)<br />

12 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


DIMENSIONS FOR THE EZ-SCREEN LIGHT CURTAIN SYSTEM<br />

FIELD OF<br />

COVERATE<br />

IN INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

A<br />

INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

B<br />

INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

C<br />

INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

D<br />

INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

1.78"<br />

(45.2 mm)<br />

0.47"<br />

(12 mm)<br />

1.42"<br />

(36.0 mm)<br />

12 (300) 11.8 (300) 14.6 (372) 16.0 (405) 13.7 (347)<br />

18 (450) 17.7 (450) 20.6 (522) 21.9 (555) 19.6 (497)<br />

24 (600) 23.6 (600) 26.4 (671) 27.7 (704) 25.4 (646)<br />

30 (750) 29.5 (750) 32.3 (821) 33.6 (854) 31.3 (796)<br />

35 (900) 35.4 (900) 38.2 (971) 39.5 (1004) 37.2 (946)<br />

41 (1050) 41.3 (1050) 44.1 (1120) 45.4 (1153) 43.1 (1095)<br />

47 (1200) 47.2 (1200) 50.0 (1270) 51.3 (1303) 49.0 (1245)<br />

A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

53 (1350) 53.1 (1350) 55.9 (1420) 57.2 (1453) 54.9 (1395)<br />

59 (1500) 59.1 (1500) 61.8 (1569) 63.1 (1602) 60.8 (1544)<br />

65 (1650) 65.0 (1650) 67.7 (1719) 69.0 (1752) 66.7 (1694)<br />

71 (1800) 70.9 (1800) 73.6 (1869) 74.9 (1902) 72.6 (1844)<br />

2.20"<br />

(56.0 mm)<br />

0.17"<br />

(4.2 mm)<br />

EZ-SCREEN RESPONSE TIMES<br />

The response time of these light curta<strong>in</strong>s varies depend<strong>in</strong>g on their size (see the chart below). The response time is the length of time that elapses<br />

between the <strong>in</strong>terruption of the light beam and the output signal. Response time <strong>in</strong>cludes the reaction time of the output device(s) (i.e., relays), and<br />

is specified <strong>in</strong> milliseconds.<br />

These light curta<strong>in</strong>s are designed to meet UL and CSA standards and also have full PSDI (presence-sens<strong>in</strong>g-device <strong>in</strong>itiation) capability. This means<br />

that the light curta<strong>in</strong> can be used to start the cycle of the mach<strong>in</strong>e while at the same time it can be safeguard<strong>in</strong>g the mach<strong>in</strong>e. For further <strong>in</strong>formation<br />

on PSDI, please see OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217 (h) and ANSI B11.1, B11.2, B11.3, and B11.19.<br />

Transmitter/Receiver With .55” (14 mm) M<strong>in</strong>imum<br />

Object Sensitivity (Resolution)<br />

FIELD OF<br />

COVERATE<br />

INCHES (mm)<br />

NUMBER OF<br />

BEAMS<br />

RESPONSE<br />

TIME<br />

12 (300) 40 15 ms<br />

18 (450) 60 19 ms<br />

24 (600) 80 23 ms<br />

30 (750) 100 27 ms<br />

35 (900) 120 32 ms<br />

41 (1050) 140 36 ms<br />

47 (1200) 160 40 ms<br />

53 (1350) 180 43 ms<br />

59 (1500) 200 48 ms<br />

65 (1650) 220 52 ms<br />

71 (1800) 240 56 ms<br />

Transmitter/Receiver With 1.18” (30 mm) M<strong>in</strong>imum<br />

Object Sensitivity (Resolution)<br />

FIELD OF<br />

COVERATE<br />

INCHES (mm)<br />

NUMBER OF<br />

BEAMS<br />

RESPONSE<br />

TIME<br />

12 (300) 20 11 ms<br />

18 (450) 30 13 ms<br />

24 (600) 40 15 ms<br />

30 (750) 50 17 ms<br />

35 (900) 60 19 ms<br />

41 (1050) 70 21 ms<br />

47 (1200) 80 23 ms<br />

53 (1350) 90 25 ms<br />

59 (1500) 100 27 ms<br />

65 (1650) 110 30 ms<br />

71 (1800) 120 32 ms<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 13


SELECTING A NONCASCADING EZ-SCREEN LIGHT CURTAIN<br />

To determ<strong>in</strong>e the 9-digit configured part number for a noncascad<strong>in</strong>g light curta<strong>in</strong> required, follow the directions and use the <strong>in</strong>formation <strong>in</strong> the<br />

PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART below.<br />

1. The first 3 digits for <strong>all</strong> EZ-Screen light curta<strong>in</strong> pairs are LCB.<br />

2. The 4th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the MOS (m<strong>in</strong>imum object sensitivity) and OPR (operat<strong>in</strong>g range).<br />

3. The 5th and 6th digits determ<strong>in</strong>e the field of coverage.<br />

4. The 7th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the selection of remote keyed fixed blank<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

5. The 8th digit <strong>in</strong>dicates the length of the transmitter cable.<br />

6. The 9th digit <strong>in</strong>dicates the length of the receiver cable (can be a different length from the transmitter cable).<br />

SAMPLE<br />

1 2 3<br />

4 5 6<br />

L C B - 3 - 2 4 - 1 - 5 - 7<br />

The sample shown, Part No. LCB-3-24-1-5-7, is an EZ-Screen light curta<strong>in</strong> pair with 1.18” (30 mm) m<strong>in</strong>imum object sensitivity, 1-59’ (18 m)<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g range, 23.6” (600 mm) field of coverage, remote fixed blank<strong>in</strong>g, a 50’ transmitter cable, and a 75’ receiver cable.<br />

MOS (MINIMUM OBJECT SENSITIVITY) AND<br />

OPR (OPERATING RANGE)<br />

MOS<br />

OPR<br />

1 —0.55” (14 mm) 19.68’ (6 m)<br />

3 —1.18” (30 mm) 59’ (18 m)<br />

FIELD OF COVERAGE<br />

12 —11.8” (300 mm)<br />

18 —17.7” (450 mm)<br />

24 —23.6” (600 mm)<br />

30 —29.5” (750 mm)<br />

35 —35.4” (900 mm)<br />

41 —41.3” (1050 mm)<br />

47 —47.2” (1200 mm)<br />

53 —53.1” (1350 mm)<br />

59 —59” (1500 mm)<br />

65 —65” (1650 mm)<br />

71 —70.9” (1800 mm)<br />

NONCASCADING LIGHT CURTAIN PRESENCE-SENSING DEVICE SYSTEM<br />

LCB - X - X X - X - X - X<br />

RECEIVER CABLE W/PLUG<br />

0 —No cable<br />

1 —15’ (4.5 m)<br />

2 —25’ (7.6 m)<br />

5 —50’ (15.2 m)<br />

7 —75’ (22.8 m)<br />

9 —100’ (30.4 m)<br />

TRANSMITTER CABLE W/PLUG<br />

0 —No cable<br />

1 —15’ (4.5 m)<br />

2 —25’ (7.6 m)<br />

5 —50’ (15.2 m)<br />

7 —75’ (22.8 m)<br />

9 —100’ (30.4 m)<br />

REMOTE FIXED BLANKING SWITCH<br />

1 —Yes–<strong>in</strong>cludes 1’ (.31 m) connection cable<br />

2 —No<br />

Four (4) end mount swivel brackets are <strong>in</strong>cluded with each light bar pair for mount<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Two (2) additional center mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets are <strong>in</strong>cluded with each light bar pair with a field of coverage of 47 and up.<br />

REMOTE FIXED BLANKING SWITCH<br />

A remote fixed blank<strong>in</strong>g switch is provided when the remote fixed blank<strong>in</strong>g switch option is chosen <strong>in</strong> the part<br />

number<strong>in</strong>g chart above. This remote blank<strong>in</strong>g switch is used <strong>in</strong> place of the DIP switches on the receiver when<br />

frequent configuration of fixed blank<strong>in</strong>g is needed. A 1’ connection cable, two (2) mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets, and two (2)<br />

keys are supplied with each remote switch.<br />

14 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


SELECTING THE FIRST PAIR IN A CASCADING EZ-SCREEN LIGHT CURTAIN SYSTEM<br />

To determ<strong>in</strong>e the 9-digit configured part number for the first pair <strong>in</strong> a cascad<strong>in</strong>g light curta<strong>in</strong> system, follow the directions and use the <strong>in</strong>formation<br />

<strong>in</strong> the PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART below.<br />

1. The first 4 digits for the first pair <strong>in</strong> a cascad<strong>in</strong>g light curta<strong>in</strong> system are LCBC.<br />

2. The 5th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the MOS (m<strong>in</strong>imum object sensitivity) and OPR (operat<strong>in</strong>g range).<br />

3. The 6th and 7th digits determ<strong>in</strong>e the field of coverage.<br />

4. The 8th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the length of the transmitter cable. NOTE: This is required for the first pair of cascad<strong>in</strong>g light bar pairs only.<br />

5. The 9th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the length of the receiver cable (can be a different length from the transmitter cable). NOTE: This is<br />

required for the first pair of cascad<strong>in</strong>g light bar pairs only.<br />

SAMPLE—FIRST IN CASCADE SYSTEM<br />

1 2 3<br />

4 5<br />

L C B C - 3 - 1 8 - 1 - 2<br />

The sample shown, Part No. LCBC-3-18-1-2, is the first pair <strong>in</strong> the cascad<strong>in</strong>g system. It has 1.18” (30 mm) m<strong>in</strong>imum object sensitivity, 1-59’ (18<br />

m) operat<strong>in</strong>g range, 17.7” (450 mm) field of coverage, a 15’ transmitter cable, and a 25’ receiver cable.<br />

MOS (MINIMUM OBJECT SENSITIVITY) AND<br />

OPR (OPERATING RANGE)<br />

MOS<br />

OPR<br />

1 —0.55” (14 mm) 19.68’ (6 m)<br />

3 —1.18” (30 mm) 59’ (18 m)<br />

LENGTH OF BARS<br />

12 —11.8” (300 mm)<br />

18 —17.7” (450 mm)<br />

24 —23.6” (600 mm)<br />

30 —29.5” (750 mm)<br />

35 —35.4” (900 mm)<br />

41 —41.3” (1050 mm)<br />

47 —47.2” (1200 mm)<br />

53 —53.1” (1350 mm)<br />

59 —59” (1500 mm)<br />

65 —65” (1650 mm)<br />

71 —70.9” (1800 mm)<br />

CASCADING LIGHT CURTAIN PRESENCE-SENSING DEVICE SYSTEM<br />

LCBC - X - X X - X - X<br />

RECEIVER CABLE W/PLUG (REQUIRED FOR FIRST IN CASCADE ONLY)<br />

0 —No cable<br />

1 —15’ (4.5 m)<br />

2 —25’ (7.6 m)<br />

5 —50’ (15.2 m)<br />

7 —75’ (22.8 m)<br />

9 —100’ (30.4 m)<br />

TRANSMITTER CABLE W/PLUG (REQUIRED FOR FIRST IN CASCADE ONLY)<br />

0 —No cable<br />

1 —15’ (4.5 m)<br />

2 —25’ (7.6 m)<br />

5 —50’ (15.2 m)<br />

7 —75’ (22.8 m)<br />

9 —100’ (30.4 m)<br />

Four (4) end mount swivel brackets are <strong>in</strong>cluded with each light bar pair for mount<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Two (2) additional center mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets are <strong>in</strong>cluded with each light bar pair with a field of coverage of 47 and up.<br />

NOTE: Use the chart on the next page to configure an additional part number for each of the 2nd, 3rd, and/or 4th pair <strong>in</strong> the cascad<strong>in</strong>g system.<br />

A maximum of four (4) light bar pairs may be cascaded, and they can be of different lengths.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 15


SELECTING THE 2ND, 3RD, AND/OR 4TH PAIR IN A CASCADING EZ-SCREEN LIGHT CURTAIN SYSTEM<br />

To determ<strong>in</strong>e the 9-digit configured part number for the 2nd, 3rd, and/or 4th pair <strong>in</strong> a cascad<strong>in</strong>g light curta<strong>in</strong> system, follow the directions and use<br />

the <strong>in</strong>formation <strong>in</strong> the PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART below.<br />

1. The first 4 digits for the 2nd, 3rd, and/or 4th pair <strong>in</strong> a cascad<strong>in</strong>g light curta<strong>in</strong> system are LCBC.<br />

2. The 5th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the MOS (m<strong>in</strong>imum object sensitivity) and OPR (operat<strong>in</strong>g range).<br />

3. The 6th and 7th digits determ<strong>in</strong>e the field of coverage.<br />

4. The 8th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the length of the connect<strong>in</strong>g cables between the transmitters.<br />

5. The 9th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the length of the connect<strong>in</strong>g cables between the receivers.<br />

SAMPLE—SECOND IN CASCADE SYSTEM<br />

1 2 3<br />

4 5<br />

L C B C - 3 - 2 4 - C - C<br />

The sample shown, Part No. LCBC-3-24-C-C, is the second pair <strong>in</strong> the cascad<strong>in</strong>g system. It has 1.18” (30 mm) m<strong>in</strong>imum object sensitivity, 1-59’<br />

(18 m) operat<strong>in</strong>g range, 23.6” (600 mm) field of coverage, and a 3’ transmitter connect<strong>in</strong>g cable with a 3’ receiver connect<strong>in</strong>g cable.<br />

MOS (MINIMUM OBJECT SENSITIVITY) AND<br />

OPR (OPERATING RANGE)<br />

MOS<br />

OPR<br />

1 —0.55” (14 mm) 19.68’ (6 m)<br />

3 —1.18” (30 mm) 59’ (18 m)<br />

LENGTH OF BARS<br />

12 —11.8” (300 mm)<br />

18 —17.7” (450 mm)<br />

24 —23.6” (600 mm)<br />

30 —29.5” (750 mm)<br />

35 —35.4” (900 mm)<br />

41 —41.3” (1050 mm)<br />

47 —47.2” (1200 mm)<br />

53 —53.1” (1350 mm)<br />

59 —59” (1500 mm)<br />

65 —65” (1650 mm)<br />

71 —70.9” (1800 mm)<br />

CASCADING LIGHT CURTAIN PRESENCE-SENSING DEVICE SYSTEM<br />

LCBC - X - X X - X - X<br />

CASCADE RECEIVER CABLE LENGTH<br />

A —1’ (.31 m)<br />

B —3’ (.91 m)<br />

C —8’ (2.43 m)<br />

CASCADE TRANSMITTER CABLE LENGTH<br />

A —1’ (.31 m)<br />

B —3’ (.91 m)<br />

C —8’ (2.43 m)<br />

Four (4) end mount swivel brackets are <strong>in</strong>cluded with each light bar pair for mount<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Two (2) additional center mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets are <strong>in</strong>cluded with each light bar pair with a field of coverage of 47 and up.<br />

NOTE: Use the chart above to configure a part number for EACH additional cascad<strong>in</strong>g light bar pair for the 2nd, 3rd, and/or 4th pair <strong>in</strong> the cascad<strong>in</strong>g<br />

system. A maximum of four (4) light bar pairs may be cascaded, and they can be of different lengths.<br />

16 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


EZ-SCREEN LIGHT CURTAIN INTERFACES<br />

The EZ-Screen <strong>in</strong>terfaces are available <strong>in</strong> several variations. They<br />

are available with the comp<strong>one</strong>nts furnished loose, <strong>in</strong> a pla<strong>in</strong> door<br />

enclosure, or <strong>in</strong> an enclosure with the operators on the door. Depend<strong>in</strong>g<br />

on the requirements, comp<strong>one</strong>nt options <strong>in</strong>clude term<strong>in</strong>als, fuses,<br />

a safety monitor<strong>in</strong>g relay, force-guided relays, a light curta<strong>in</strong> off/on<br />

selector switch, a pwer supply, a reset pushbutton, and an enclosure.<br />

Select an EZ-Screen standard light curta<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>terface from the chart on<br />

this page based on your requirements.<br />

EZ-Screen <strong>in</strong>terfaces provide a generic tie-<strong>in</strong> to most control systems.<br />

These <strong>in</strong>terfaces can supply the 24-V DC power needed to operate the<br />

light curta<strong>in</strong>s. The light curta<strong>in</strong>s provide two solid-state OSSD (output<br />

signal switch<strong>in</strong>g device) outputs, and s<strong>in</strong>ce many control systems are<br />

not compatible with this type of output, <strong>in</strong>terfaces are available. These<br />

units <strong>in</strong>corporate a safety monitor<strong>in</strong>g relay to provide a Category 4<br />

<strong>in</strong>terface when properly <strong>in</strong>tegrated with the exist<strong>in</strong>g controls system.<br />

Some control systems require more relay contacts than are available on<br />

a safety monitor<strong>in</strong>g relay, therefore, force-guided relays can be provided<br />

that will work <strong>in</strong> conjunction with the safety monitor<strong>in</strong>g relays. This<br />

provides additional contacts and still ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>s a Category 4 <strong>in</strong>terface.<br />

A light curta<strong>in</strong> off/on selector swith is also an available option. This<br />

selector switch gives the option to run the mach<strong>in</strong>e <strong>in</strong> the setup mode.<br />

Other safegaurd<strong>in</strong>g methods must be used when the light curta<strong>in</strong><br />

selector switch is <strong>in</strong> the off position.<br />

A light curta<strong>in</strong> reset pushbutton can also be chosen as an option. It<br />

<strong>all</strong>ows easy access for the light curta<strong>in</strong> to be reset.<br />

If necessary, special <strong>in</strong>terfaces can be provided that will show the exact<br />

tie-<strong>in</strong> of the light curta<strong>in</strong>s to your control system. We will need your<br />

exist<strong>in</strong>g electrical control system schematics to verify that it is compliant<br />

and that it is capable of accept<strong>in</strong>g a light curta<strong>in</strong> tie-<strong>in</strong>. Please contact<br />

our factory for more <strong>in</strong>formation.<br />

Inside View of an EZ-Screen Interface<br />

LIGHT CURTAIN INTERFACE FOR EZ-SCREEN LIGHT CURTAINS<br />

LRS-XXXX PART NO.<br />

FEATURES 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019<br />

Term<strong>in</strong>als X X X X X X<br />

Fuses X X X X X X<br />

Safety<br />

Monitor<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Relay<br />

Force-Guided<br />

Relays (2)<br />

Light Curta<strong>in</strong><br />

Off/On Selector<br />

Switch<br />

X X X X X X X X<br />

X X X X X X<br />

X X X<br />

Power Supply X X X X<br />

Enclosure X X X X X X<br />

Reset<br />

Pushbtton<br />

X<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 17


REMOTE OPERATOR STATIONS<br />

Remote operator stations are available that can be used <strong>in</strong> conjunction with an <strong>in</strong>terface when a pla<strong>in</strong> door enclosure or loose <strong>in</strong>terface comp<strong>one</strong>nts<br />

are chosen. These remote operator stations are available with an off/on keyed selector switch, a light curta<strong>in</strong> reset button, or an off/on keyed selector<br />

switch and reset button. Each remote operator station is furnished <strong>in</strong> a steel enclosure.<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PART NO.<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

LLD-1236 Light Curta<strong>in</strong> off/on remote operator station<br />

LLD-1237 Light Curta<strong>in</strong> reset remote operator station<br />

LLD-1238 Light Curta<strong>in</strong> on/off with reset remote operator station<br />

LLD-1236<br />

LLD-1237<br />

LLD-1238<br />

LASER ALIGNMENT TOOL—PART NO. LAT-1<br />

A laser alignment tool is available to aid <strong>in</strong> the alignment of any po<strong>in</strong>t-ofoperation<br />

light curta<strong>in</strong> system. It is particularly useful with applications<br />

<strong>in</strong>volv<strong>in</strong>g mirrors.<br />

The laser alignment tool <strong>in</strong>cludes a 9-volt battery, a mount<strong>in</strong>g clip, and<br />

has a built-<strong>in</strong> circular bubble level. This alignment tool is to be used<br />

for set up only.<br />

18 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


PERIMETER LIGHT BEAM SYSTEM<br />

The perimeter light beam system is designed to meet safety standards for <strong>one</strong>-sided or multi-sided hazardous area and access protection. It can be<br />

used for safeguard<strong>in</strong>g robotic work cells, automatic mach<strong>in</strong>ery work envelopes, assembly l<strong>in</strong>es, and other manufactur<strong>in</strong>g work cells.<br />

FEATURES<br />

• Meets <strong>in</strong>dustry OSHA, ANSI, UL, IEC, and EN safety standards<br />

• Operat<strong>in</strong>g ranges: Short—2.6’ to 65’ (.8 to 20 m)<br />

Long—49’ to 230’ (15 to 70 m)<br />

• Number of beams—2, 3, or 4<br />

• Beam separation—12” to 23” (300 mm to 584 mm)<br />

• 24 ms response time<br />

• Strobe-light and weld-flash immunity<br />

• Transmitter and receiver cable lengths up to 100’ (30.5 m)<br />

• Restart <strong>in</strong>terlock<br />

• External device monitor<strong>in</strong>g (EDM)<br />

• LED 7-segment alignment and diagnostics display<br />

The perimeter light beam system consists of a transmitter and receiver.<br />

Each is encased <strong>in</strong> a rigid, alum<strong>in</strong>um die-cast hous<strong>in</strong>g which makes<br />

them very durable. Communication between the transmitter and<br />

receiver is accomplished optic<strong>all</strong>y; no external controller is required.<br />

An <strong>in</strong>visible <strong>in</strong>frared beam of light is formed between the transmitter<br />

and receiver. Interruption of this beam of light sends a stop signal to the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e’s control. This signal is designed to stop hazardous mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

motion or prevent the <strong>in</strong>itiation of mach<strong>in</strong>e motion.<br />

Mirrors <strong>in</strong>crease the coverage of the safeguarded area. Two sides of a<br />

hazardous area can be safeguarded with the use of <strong>one</strong> perimeter light<br />

beam system and <strong>one</strong> mirror. Three sides of a hazardous area can be<br />

safeguarded by us<strong>in</strong>g <strong>one</strong> perimeter light beam system and two mirrors.<br />

See pages 38-39 for <strong>in</strong>formation about mirrors.<br />

The perimeter light beam system is delivered ready for operation.<br />

Configuration sett<strong>in</strong>gs are accessible from the front of the beams and<br />

can be changed while the system rema<strong>in</strong>s mounted.<br />

Perimeter Light Curta<strong>in</strong> System Used as Access Protection for an Automatic Mach<strong>in</strong>e Work Envelope<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 19


1<br />

2<br />

BEAMS<br />

R<br />

E<br />

S<br />

E<br />

T<br />

S<br />

T<br />

A<br />

T<br />

U<br />

S<br />

1<br />

2<br />

BEAMS<br />

R<br />

E<br />

S<br />

E<br />

T<br />

S<br />

T<br />

A<br />

T<br />

U<br />

S<br />

PERIMETER LIGHT BEAM DIMENSIONS<br />

0.50" (12.5 mm)<br />

M<strong>in</strong>imum Bend Radius<br />

0.66"<br />

(16.7 mm)<br />

3.5"<br />

(89 mm)<br />

1.02"<br />

(26 mm)<br />

4.21"<br />

(107.0 mm)<br />

2.0"<br />

(52 mm)<br />

2.1"<br />

(55 mm)<br />

A<br />

S<br />

B<br />

C<br />

1.0"<br />

(25 mm)<br />

2.36"<br />

(60.0 mm)<br />

2.92"<br />

(74.2 mm)<br />

NUMBER OF<br />

BEAMS<br />

FIELD OF<br />

COVERAGE<br />

INCHES (mm)<br />

S<br />

BEAM<br />

SEPARATION<br />

INCHES (mm)<br />

A<br />

INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

B<br />

INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

C<br />

INCHES<br />

(mm)<br />

2 19.7 (500) 19.7 (500) 26.9 (684) 28.2 (717) 25.9 (659)<br />

2 23 (584) 23 (584) 30.8 (768) 31.6 (802) 29.3 (743)<br />

3 31.5 (800) 15.7 (400) 38.7 (984) 40.1 (1017) 37.8 (959)<br />

3 42 (1066) 21 (533) 49.2 (1251) 50.6 (1284) 48.3 (1226)<br />

4 35.4 (900) 11.8 (300) 42.7 (1084) 44 (1117) 41.7 (1059)<br />

20 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


SELECTING PERIMETER LIGHT BEAM SYSTEM<br />

To determ<strong>in</strong>e the 8-digit configured part number for the perimeter light beam system required, follow the directions below and use the <strong>in</strong>formation<br />

<strong>in</strong> the PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART below.<br />

1. The first 3 digits determ<strong>in</strong>es the choice of a short range perimeter system or a long range perimeter system.<br />

2. The 4th, 5th, and 6th digits determ<strong>in</strong>e the number of beams and beam separation.<br />

3. The 7th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the length of the transmitter cable.<br />

4. The 8th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the length of the receiver cable (can be a different length from the transmitter cable).<br />

SAMPLE<br />

1 2 3<br />

P B S - 342 - 1 - 2<br />

4<br />

The sample shown, Part No. PBS-342-1-2, is a short range perimeter light beam system. It has three beams with 21.0” (533 mm) of beam<br />

separation, 42.0” (1066 mm) field of coverage, with a 15’ (4.5 m) transmitter cable and a 25’ (7.6 m) receiver cable.<br />

PERIMETER LIGHT BEAM SYSTEM TYPE<br />

PBS —Short range: 2.62’ to 65.6’ (0.8 m to 20 m)<br />

PBL —Long range: 49.2’ to 229.6’ (15 m to 70 m)<br />

NUMBER OF BEAMS, BEAM SEPARATION, AND FIELD OF COVERAGE<br />

NO. OF BEAMS SEPARATION FIELD OF COVERAGE<br />

219 — 2 19.7” (500 mm) 19.7” (500 mm)<br />

223 — 2 23.0” (584 mm) 23.0” (584 mm)<br />

331 — 3 15.7” (400 mm) 31.5” (800 mm)<br />

342 — 3 21.0” (533 mm) 42.0” (1066 mm)<br />

435 — 4 11.8” (300 mm) 35.4” (900 mm)<br />

PERIMETER LIGHT BEAM PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART<br />

X X X - X X X - X - X<br />

Four (4) end mount swivel brackets are <strong>in</strong>cluded with each perimeter light beam system for mount<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

RECEIVER CABLE W/PLUG<br />

0 —No cable<br />

1 —15’ (4.5 m)<br />

2 —25’ (7.6 m)<br />

5 —50’ (15.2 m)<br />

7 —75’ (22.8 m)<br />

9 —100’ (30.4 m)<br />

TRANSMITTER CABLE W/PLUG<br />

0 —No cable<br />

1 —15’ (4.5 m)<br />

2 —25’ (7.6 m)<br />

5 —50’ (15.2 m)<br />

7 —75’ (22.8 m)<br />

9 —100’ (30.4 m)<br />

LASER ALIGNMENT TOOL—PART NO. LAT-1<br />

A laser alignment tool is available to aid <strong>in</strong> the alignment of any perimeter light curta<strong>in</strong> system. It is<br />

particularly useful with applications <strong>in</strong>volv<strong>in</strong>g mirrors.<br />

The laser alignment tool <strong>in</strong>cludes a 9-volt battery, a mount<strong>in</strong>g clip, and has a built-<strong>in</strong> circular bubble<br />

level. This alignment tool is to be used for set up only.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 21


PERIMETER LIGHT BEAM INTERFACE<br />

The perimeter light beam <strong>in</strong>terfaces are available <strong>in</strong> several variations.<br />

They are available with the comp<strong>one</strong>nt furnished loose, <strong>in</strong> a pla<strong>in</strong> door<br />

enclosure, or <strong>in</strong> an enclosure with the operators on the door. Depend<strong>in</strong>g<br />

on the requirements, compent options <strong>in</strong>clude term<strong>in</strong>als, fuses, a safety<br />

mo<strong>in</strong>tor<strong>in</strong>g relay, force-guided relays, a multiple beam off/on selector<br />

switch, a power supply, a reset pushbutton, and an enclosure. Select<br />

a perimeter light beam <strong>in</strong>terface from the chart on this page based on<br />

your requirements.<br />

Perimeter light beam <strong>in</strong>terfaces provide a generic tie-<strong>in</strong> to most control<br />

systems. These <strong>in</strong>terfaces can supply the 24-V DC power needed to<br />

operate the perimeter light beam. The perimeter light beams provide<br />

two solid-state output signal switch<strong>in</strong>g device (OSSD) outputs, and<br />

s<strong>in</strong>ce many control systems are not compatible with this type of output,<br />

<strong>in</strong>terfaces are available. These units <strong>in</strong>corporate a safety monitor<strong>in</strong>g<br />

relay to provide a Category 4 <strong>in</strong>terface when properly <strong>in</strong>tegrated with<br />

the exist<strong>in</strong>g controls system. Some control systems require more relay<br />

contacts than are available on a safety monitor<strong>in</strong>g relay, therefore,<br />

force-guided relays can be provided that will work <strong>in</strong> conjunction with<br />

the safety monitor<strong>in</strong>g relays. This provides additional contacts and still<br />

ma<strong>in</strong>t<strong>in</strong>s a Category 4 <strong>in</strong>terface.<br />

A multiple beam off/on selector switch is also an available option. This<br />

selector switch gives the option to run the mach<strong>in</strong>e <strong>in</strong> the setup mode<br />

without <strong>in</strong>terruption from the perimeter light beam. Other safeguard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

methods must be used when the permeter beam selector switch is <strong>in</strong><br />

the off position.<br />

If necessary, special <strong>in</strong>terfaces can be provided that will show the exact<br />

tie-<strong>in</strong> of the perimeter light beam system to your control system. We<br />

will need your exist<strong>in</strong>g electrical control system schematics to verify<br />

that it is compliant and that it is capable of accept<strong>in</strong>g a perimeter light<br />

beam tie-<strong>in</strong>. Please contact our factory for more <strong>in</strong>formation. Also,<br />

please contact <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong> to discuss entry/exit applications to<br />

determ<strong>in</strong>e remote mut<strong>in</strong>g, sensor, and <strong>in</strong>terface options.<br />

INTERFACE FOR A PERIMETER LIGHT BEAM SYSTEM<br />

LRS-XXXX PART NO.<br />

FEATURES 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028<br />

Term<strong>in</strong>als X X X X X<br />

Fuses X X X X X<br />

Safety Monitor<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Relay<br />

Force-Guided<br />

Relays (2)<br />

Multiple Beam Off/<br />

On Selector Switch<br />

X X X X X X X<br />

X X X X X<br />

Power Supply X X X<br />

Enclosure X X X X X<br />

Reset Pushbtton<br />

Inside View of a Perimeter<br />

Light Beam Interface<br />

X<br />

X<br />

X<br />

OFF/ON REMOTE OPERATOR STATION—PART NO. LLD-1236<br />

An off/on remote operator station is available that is used <strong>in</strong> conjunction<br />

with an <strong>in</strong>terface when a pla<strong>in</strong> door enclosure or loose <strong>in</strong>terface<br />

comp<strong>one</strong>nts are chosen. This remote operator station <strong>in</strong>cludes an off/<br />

on keyed selector switch <strong>in</strong> a steel 31/2” x 31/4” x 23/4” enclosure.<br />

Perimeter Light Curta<strong>in</strong> Remote Operator Station<br />

22 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


1<br />

BEAM<br />

R<br />

E<br />

S<br />

E<br />

T<br />

S<br />

T<br />

A<br />

T<br />

U<br />

S<br />

1<br />

BEAM<br />

R<br />

E<br />

S<br />

E<br />

T<br />

S<br />

T<br />

A<br />

T<br />

U<br />

S<br />

SINGLE BEAM SYSTEM<br />

The s<strong>in</strong>gle beam system is designed specific<strong>all</strong>y for perimeter or auxiliary safeguard<strong>in</strong>g. It can be used for safeguard<strong>in</strong>g hazardous areas around<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>es and processes such as press feed<strong>in</strong>g equipment, robotic work cells, automatic mach<strong>in</strong>ery work envelopes, assembly l<strong>in</strong>es, conveyors,<br />

p<strong>all</strong>etizers, stackers, and plastic-<strong>in</strong>jection mold<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es.<br />

FEATURES<br />

• Meets <strong>in</strong>dustry OSHA, ANSI, UL, IEC, and EN<br />

safety standards<br />

• Operat<strong>in</strong>g ranges: Short—2.6’ to 65’ (.8 to 20 m)<br />

Long—49’ to 230’ (15 to 70 m)<br />

• Number of beams—1<br />

• Strobe-light and weld-flash immunity<br />

• 24 ms response time<br />

• Diagnostics with 7-segment display<br />

• Optional external device monitor<strong>in</strong>g (EDM)<br />

The s<strong>in</strong>gle beam system consists of a transmitter and a receiver, each<br />

with strong, durable alum<strong>in</strong>um hous<strong>in</strong>g. When aligned and mounted at<br />

the proper safety distance, these sensors transmit an <strong>in</strong>visible beam<br />

of light across the entryway to the hazardous area. Interruption of this<br />

light beam sends a stop signal to the mach<strong>in</strong>e’s control. This signal is<br />

designed to stop hazardous mach<strong>in</strong>e motion or prevent the <strong>in</strong>itiation of<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e motion. The s<strong>in</strong>gle beam system can be used <strong>in</strong> conjunction<br />

with mirrors to <strong>in</strong>crease the coverage of the safeguarded area.<br />

SINGLE BEAM TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER DIMENSIONS<br />

0.50" (12.5 mm)<br />

M<strong>in</strong>imum Bend Radius<br />

0.66"<br />

(16.7 mm)<br />

Allow 3.5"<br />

(89 mm)<br />

5.9"<br />

(149 mm)<br />

1.02"<br />

(26 mm)<br />

4.21"<br />

(107.0 mm)<br />

1.0"<br />

(25 mm)<br />

2.0"<br />

(52 mm)<br />

2.1"<br />

(55 mm)<br />

4.9"<br />

(124 mm)<br />

7.2"<br />

(182 mm)<br />

2.36"<br />

(60.0 mm)<br />

2.92"<br />

(74.2 mm)<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 23


SELECTING A SINGLE BEAM SYSTEM<br />

To determ<strong>in</strong>e the 6-digit configured part number for the s<strong>in</strong>gle beam system required, follow the directions below and use the <strong>in</strong>formation <strong>in</strong> the<br />

PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART below.<br />

1. The first 3 digits determ<strong>in</strong>es the choice of a short range s<strong>in</strong>gle beam system or a long range s<strong>in</strong>gle beam system.<br />

2. The 4th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the number of beams which will always be <strong>one</strong> (1).<br />

3. The 5th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the length of the transmitter cable.<br />

4. The 6th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the length of the receiver cable (can be a different length from the transmitter cable).<br />

SAMPLE<br />

1 2 3<br />

S B L - 1 - 2 - 5<br />

4<br />

The sample shown, Part No. SBL-1-2-5, is a long range s<strong>in</strong>gle beam system with <strong>one</strong> (1) beam. It has a 25’ (7.6 m) transmitter cable and a 50’<br />

(15.2 m) receiver cable.<br />

SINGLE BEAM SYSTEM TYPE<br />

SBS —Short range: 2.62’ to 65.6’ (0.8 m to 20 m)<br />

SBL —Long range: 49.2’ to 229.6’ (15 m to 70 m)<br />

NUMBER OF BEAMS<br />

1 —1<br />

SINGLE BEAM PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART<br />

X X X - 1 - X - X<br />

Four (4) end mount swivel brackets are <strong>in</strong>cluded with each s<strong>in</strong>gle beam system for mount<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

RECEIVER CABLE W/PLUG<br />

0 —No cable<br />

1 —15’ (4.5 m)<br />

2 —25’ (7.6 m)<br />

5 —50’ (15.2 m)<br />

7 —75’ (22.8 m)<br />

9 —100’ (30.4 m)<br />

TRANSMITTER CABLE W/PLUG<br />

0 —No cable<br />

1 —15’ (4.5 m)<br />

2 —25’ (7.6 m)<br />

5 —50’ (15.2 m)<br />

7 —75’ (22.8 m)<br />

9 —100’ (30.4 m)<br />

OFF/ON REMOTE OPERATOR STATION—PART NO. LLD-1236<br />

An off/on remote operator station is available that is used <strong>in</strong> conjunction with an <strong>in</strong>terface when<br />

a pla<strong>in</strong> door enclosure or loose <strong>in</strong>terface comp<strong>one</strong>nts are chosen. This remote operator station<br />

<strong>in</strong>cludes an off/on keyed selector switch <strong>in</strong> a steel 31⁄2” x 31⁄4” x 23⁄4” enclosure.<br />

LASER ALIGNMENT TOOL—PART NO. LAT-1<br />

A laser alignment tool is available to aid <strong>in</strong> the alignment of any s<strong>in</strong>gle beam system. It is<br />

particularly useful with applications <strong>in</strong>volv<strong>in</strong>g mirrors.<br />

The laser alignment tool <strong>in</strong>cludes a 9-volt battery, a mount<strong>in</strong>g clip, and has a built-<strong>in</strong> circular<br />

bubble level. This alignment tool is to be used for set up only.<br />

24 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


S3000 SAFETY LASER SCANNER<br />

FEATURES<br />

• Meets <strong>in</strong>dustry OSHA, ANSI, UL, IEC, and EN safety standards<br />

• 3 models to choose from—standard, advanced, and professional<br />

• Selectable resolutions—30 mm (1.18”), 40 mm (1.58”), 50 mm<br />

(1.96”), 70 mm (2.75”), and 150 mm (5.9”)<br />

• 190° scann<strong>in</strong>g angle<br />

• Protective field scann<strong>in</strong>g range radius up to 23’ (7 m)<br />

• Warn<strong>in</strong>g field scann<strong>in</strong>g range radius up to 160’ (49 m)<br />

• M<strong>in</strong>imum response time 60 ms<br />

• Up to 8 programmable protective fields and<br />

8 warn<strong>in</strong>g fields (dependent on the I/O<br />

module and application)<br />

• Operat<strong>in</strong>g modes: restart <strong>in</strong>terlock, restart delay, and reset<br />

• Integrated external device monitor<strong>in</strong>g (EDM)<br />

• Warn<strong>in</strong>g field auxiliary output<br />

• Simultaneous monitor<strong>in</strong>g of two areas<br />

• Multiple sampl<strong>in</strong>g for various ambient conditions<br />

• LED 7-segment alignment and diagnostics display<br />

• 2 solid-state OSSD (output signal switch<strong>in</strong>g device) outputs—24-V<br />

PNP outputs<br />

• Configuration and diagnostic software (CDS)<br />

• Easy <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ation<br />

S3000 Safety Laser Scanner Mounted<br />

on a Coil Process<strong>in</strong>g L<strong>in</strong>e<br />

The S3000 scanner is designed to meet <strong>in</strong>dustry safety standards for<br />

<strong>in</strong>door hazardous area and mach<strong>in</strong>ery protection, access protection,<br />

guided vehicle protection, robot stations, and irregular shaped areas.<br />

The scanner is an optical sensor that scans its surround<strong>in</strong>gs <strong>in</strong> two<br />

dimensions us<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>frared laser beams. It sends out very short pulses<br />

of light and measures the time it takes to reflect back (time of flight<br />

measurement).<br />

The S3000 scanner is encased <strong>in</strong> a yellow, scratch-resistant alum<strong>in</strong>um<br />

die-cast hous<strong>in</strong>g and has a durable polycarbonate front screen. The<br />

safety laser scanner <strong>in</strong>cludes the sensor head, system plug, and<br />

I/O module. The sensor head houses the opto-electronic acquisition<br />

system. The I/O module def<strong>in</strong>es the functionality of the S3000 safety<br />

laser scanner, and the system plug (with the configuration memory)<br />

conta<strong>in</strong>s <strong>all</strong> electrical connections.<br />

Up to eight (8) programmable warn<strong>in</strong>g fields and protective fields are<br />

available, depend<strong>in</strong>g on which scanner model is chosen. Each warn<strong>in</strong>g<br />

field has a non-safety output that can be <strong>in</strong>terfaced to a light, PLC,<br />

display, etc., to warn of impend<strong>in</strong>g encroachment of a protective field.<br />

Any <strong>in</strong>terruption to a protective field will cause the OSSDs to drop and<br />

<strong>in</strong>itiate a stop signal to the mach<strong>in</strong>e control system (mach<strong>in</strong>e primary<br />

control elements–MPCE).<br />

The programmable feature of the scanner elim<strong>in</strong>ates the need to<br />

reprogram the scanner every time someth<strong>in</strong>g changes with<strong>in</strong> the field.<br />

For example, if someth<strong>in</strong>g is regularly moved <strong>in</strong> and out of a field, then<br />

multiple fields can be programmed to accommodate the changes. A<br />

static <strong>in</strong>put <strong>all</strong>ows for a selector switch or PLC to be used to change the<br />

field sets as needed.<br />

S3000 Safety Laser Scanner<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 25


MOUNTING OPTIONS<br />

The S3000 safety laser scanner can be mounted vertic<strong>all</strong>y or<br />

horizont<strong>all</strong>y. A mount<strong>in</strong>g kit (sold separately) is required. S3L-MK1<br />

is the base mount<strong>in</strong>g kit—S3L-MK2 adds on to the S3L-MK1, and<br />

S3L-MK3 adds on to S3L-MK1 and S3L-MK2. See the order<strong>in</strong>g<br />

<strong>in</strong>formation below.<br />

S3000 Mount<strong>in</strong>g Kits<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PART NO.<br />

S3L-MK1<br />

S3L-MK2<br />

S3L-MK3<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g Kit #1 – No Adjustment Capability<br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g Kit #2 – Provides Vertical Adjustment (an<br />

S3L-MK1 is Required <strong>in</strong> Addition to an S3L-MK2)<br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g Kit #3 – Provides Horizontal Adjustment<br />

(an S3L-MK1 and S3L-MK2 are Required <strong>in</strong> Addition<br />

to an S3L-MK3)<br />

S3L-MK2<br />

S3L-MK2<br />

9”<br />

S3000 FLOOR STAND<br />

This floor stand is designed specific<strong>all</strong>y for mount<strong>in</strong>g the S3000 safety<br />

laser scanner. The stand is constructed of alum<strong>in</strong>um extrusion on a<br />

steel base plate which can be bolted to the floor.<br />

6.89”<br />

16”<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PART NO.<br />

FKT-1093<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

Floor Stand for S3000 Safety Laser Scanner – 2” x<br />

2” x 16” Extruded Alum<strong>in</strong>um Post on a 6” x 6” Steel<br />

Base Plate<br />

26 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


S3000 SAFETY LASER SCANNER DIMENSIONS<br />

Side View<br />

8.31"<br />

(211 mm)<br />

2.17"<br />

(55 mm)<br />

6.30"<br />

(160 mm)<br />

6.10"<br />

(155 mm)<br />

Front View<br />

7.28"<br />

(185 mm)<br />

190° Scann<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Angle<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 27


SELECTING AN S3000 SERIES SAFETY LASER SCANNER<br />

To determ<strong>in</strong>e the 6-digit configured part number for the S3000 safety laser scanner required, follow the directions below and use the <strong>in</strong>formation<br />

<strong>in</strong> the PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART below.<br />

1. The first 3 digits for <strong>all</strong> safety laser scanners are S3S- (for standard), S3A- (for advanced), or S3P- (for professional).<br />

2. The 4th and 5th digits determ<strong>in</strong>e the safety z<strong>one</strong> scann<strong>in</strong>g range.<br />

3. The 6th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the cable length with plug.<br />

4. A configuration cable is required for connection to a PC to enable configuration. See below for Part No S3L-CC6.<br />

SAMPLE<br />

1 2 3<br />

S 3 A - 1 3 2<br />

The sample shown, Part No. S3A-132, is an S3000 advanced safety laser scanner with a 13-foot safety z<strong>one</strong> scann<strong>in</strong>g range and a 10-meter cable<br />

with plug.<br />

LASER SCANNER TYPE<br />

S3S —S3000 Standard<br />

• 1 programmable protection field<br />

• 1 programmable warn<strong>in</strong>g field<br />

• 1 monitor<strong>in</strong>g case<br />

S3A —S3000 Advanced<br />

• 4 programmable protection fields<br />

• 4 programmable warn<strong>in</strong>g fields<br />

• 4 different monitor<strong>in</strong>g cases<br />

• 2 <strong>in</strong>puts for protective field switch<strong>in</strong>g<br />

S3P —S3000 Professional<br />

• 8 programmable protection fields<br />

• 8 programmable warn<strong>in</strong>g fields<br />

• 16 different monitor<strong>in</strong>g cases<br />

• 4 <strong>in</strong>puts for protective field switch<strong>in</strong>g<br />

• 1 <strong>in</strong>cremental encoder <strong>in</strong>put<br />

S3000 SERIES SAFETY LASER SCANNER PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART<br />

S 3 X - X X X<br />

SYSTEM PLUG AND CABLE LENGTH<br />

1 —5-meter cable with plug<br />

2 —10-meter cable with plug<br />

3 —20-meter cable with plug<br />

SAFETY ZONE SCANNING RANGE<br />

13 —13’ (4 m)<br />

18 —18’ (5.5 m)<br />

23 —23’ (7 m)<br />

Note: A configuration cable (Part No. S3L-CC6) is required to program<br />

the S3000 safety laser scanner—see <strong>in</strong>formation below.<br />

CONFIGURATION CABLE—PART NO. S3L-CC6<br />

At least <strong>one</strong> configuration cable is required for connect<strong>in</strong>g an S3000 safety laser scanner to a PC to enable configuration. One cable can be used<br />

to configure <strong>one</strong> or more S3000 safety laser scanners.<br />

NOTE: Please contact <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong> for <strong>in</strong>formation on <strong>in</strong>terface requirements.<br />

28 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


TOWER LIGHT ASSEMBLIES<br />

A tower light assembly is designed to be exception<strong>all</strong>y bright with a long, visible <strong>in</strong>dication range. This provides highly visible<br />

operator and supervisor <strong>in</strong>formation as to equipment status. These assemblies are extremely rugged and are built to be used<br />

<strong>in</strong> the toughest <strong>in</strong>dustrial environments. They are available <strong>in</strong> both 24V DC and 120V AC.<br />

Each tower light assembly can be configured for up to five LED colors, or for up to four LED colors with an audible alarm.<br />

Each tower light assembly has a black ABS hous<strong>in</strong>g with polycarbonate LEDs. A standoff pipe (choose between 6” [152<br />

mm] or 12” [304 mm]) houses a 78-<strong>in</strong>ch (2-meter) connection cable that is supplied with each assembly. These tower light<br />

assemblies are completely self-conta<strong>in</strong>ed, or can be used <strong>in</strong> conjunction with a control box (see next page). Each tower<br />

assembly is pre-assembled with no field serviceable parts.<br />

SELECTING A TOWER LIGHT ASSEMBLY<br />

To determ<strong>in</strong>e the configured part number for the tower light assembly required, follow the directions below and use the <strong>in</strong>formation <strong>in</strong> the PART<br />

NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART below.<br />

1. Determ<strong>in</strong>e the voltage of the tower light assemblies—24V DC or 120V AC.<br />

2. Determ<strong>in</strong>e the color, function, and position of the lights (selected from bottom to top) and/or choose an alarm and t<strong>one</strong>. If an<br />

alarm is selected, only four light positions may be chosen s<strong>in</strong>ce the alarm will always occupy the top position.<br />

3. Determ<strong>in</strong>e the standoff pipe extension length.<br />

1 2 3<br />

SAMPLE<br />

T L A - R S G F W S Y T A C - 1 2<br />

The sample shown, Part No. TLA-RSGFWSYTAC-12, is a 24V DC tower light assembly that has <strong>one</strong> red solid light, <strong>one</strong> green flash<strong>in</strong>g light, <strong>one</strong><br />

white solid light, and <strong>one</strong> yellow turn<strong>in</strong>g light (stacked from bottom to top). It also has a cont<strong>in</strong>uous t<strong>one</strong> alarm with a 12” (304 mm) pipe extension.<br />

1 2 3<br />

SAMPLE<br />

T L Z - A P - 0 6<br />

The sample shown, Part No. TLZ-AP-06, is a 120V AC tower light assembly without any lights. It has a pulsed t<strong>one</strong> alarm with a 6” (304 mm) pipe<br />

extension.<br />

TOWER LIGHT ASSEMBLY PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART<br />

T L X - X X X X X X X X X X - X X<br />

TOWER LIGHT ASSEMBLY<br />

TLA —24 V DC Tower Light Assembly<br />

TLZ —120 V AC Tower Light Assembly<br />

Pos. 1<br />

Pos. 2<br />

Pos. 3<br />

Pos. 4<br />

Pos. 5*<br />

Choose<br />

Color/Alarm + Function<br />

+<br />

+<br />

+<br />

+<br />

+<br />

R=Red<br />

B=Blue<br />

G=Green<br />

W=White<br />

Y=Yellow<br />

A=Alarm<br />

Blank=Not used<br />

Light Color and Function and/or Alarm<br />

Top<br />

S=On Solid<br />

F=Flash<strong>in</strong>g<br />

T=Turn<strong>in</strong>g (rotat<strong>in</strong>g)<br />

C=Cont<strong>in</strong>uous t<strong>one</strong> alarm<br />

P=Pulsed t<strong>one</strong> alarm<br />

*Up to 5 lights without alarm<br />

Up to 4 lights with alarm–alarm will always occupy top position<br />

Position 5*<br />

Position 4<br />

Position 3<br />

Position 2<br />

Position 1<br />

Bottom<br />

Standoff Pipe<br />

-- —N<strong>one</strong><br />

06 —6” (152 mm) Pipe extension<br />

12 —12” (304 mm) Pipe extension<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 29


TOWER LIGHT BRACKET— CMC569M<br />

An optional mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket for self-conta<strong>in</strong>ed tower light assemblies<br />

is available for mount<strong>in</strong>g the tower light <strong>in</strong> a convenient location. The<br />

right angle bracket is made of 12-ga. sta<strong>in</strong>less steel and has curved<br />

mount<strong>in</strong>g slots for versatility and orientation.<br />

TOWER LIGHT ASSEMBLY CONTROL BOX—LLD-1631<br />

The tower light <strong>in</strong>terface box provides a convenient means of mount<strong>in</strong>g and wir<strong>in</strong>g the tower light. The LLD-1631 standard box comes with enough<br />

term<strong>in</strong>als to accommodate five (5) lights or four (4) lights with an alarm <strong>in</strong> the tower light assembly. This control box is approximately 8” x 6” x 6”.<br />

Inside View of Tower Light<br />

Assembly Control Box<br />

30 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


NO-GO INDICATOR LIGHT<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PART NO.<br />

LLD-141<br />

DESCRIPTION<br />

No-Go Indicator Light Mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Box and Lens Projectors<br />

Most po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation light curta<strong>in</strong>s will not detect workpieces that<br />

present a profile of 1/4” or less. However, if the workpiece profile becomes<br />

bowed enough to be seen <strong>in</strong> the plane of light, it will be detected.<br />

On press brake operations, the mach<strong>in</strong>e will not start a stroke because<br />

the workpiece quite often protrudes through the plane of light and is<br />

detected. This becomes frustrat<strong>in</strong>g for operators because they have to<br />

look to the right or to the left for the red and green <strong>in</strong>dicator lights on<br />

the transmitter or receiver to determ<strong>in</strong>e if the obstruction is detected.<br />

To avoid frustrat<strong>in</strong>g the operator, a large red no-go <strong>in</strong>dicator light can<br />

be <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ed on the slide and <strong>in</strong> the peripheral sight of the operator. This<br />

light <strong>all</strong>ows the operator to hold the workpiece <strong>in</strong> the correct position. At<br />

the same time, the no-go light will let them know if their hands or the<br />

workpiece is be<strong>in</strong>g detected by the light curta<strong>in</strong>. In some cases, the red<br />

no-go <strong>in</strong>dicator light can be used to avoid channel blank<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

The red no-go <strong>in</strong>dicator light has a low-profile design. It is protected<br />

from workpieces which bend <strong>in</strong>to the light, and is easily wired <strong>in</strong>to<br />

exist<strong>in</strong>g light curta<strong>in</strong> systems.<br />

The no-go <strong>in</strong>dicator light <strong>in</strong>cludes the light, the mount<strong>in</strong>g box, and<br />

<strong>in</strong>structions on how to wire it <strong>in</strong>to the light curta<strong>in</strong> control system.<br />

TEST RODS FOR EZ-SCREEN LIGHT CURTAINS<br />

A test rod is <strong>in</strong>cluded with each shipment of an EZ-Screen light curta<strong>in</strong><br />

system. When a light curta<strong>in</strong> is used for safeguard<strong>in</strong>g, a test rod<br />

must be used to test the light curta<strong>in</strong> after each setup or after any<br />

ma<strong>in</strong>tenance work performed—refer to pages 65-66 for a sample<br />

function-test<strong>in</strong>g checklist for light curta<strong>in</strong>s.<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PART NO.<br />

STP-13<br />

STP-14<br />

STP-3<br />

DIAMETER/MOS<br />

(MIN. OBJECT SENSITIVITY)<br />

0.55” (14 mm)<br />

1.18” (30 mm)<br />

1.75” (45 mm)<br />

OPTIONAL MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR POINT-OF-OPERATION LIGHT CURTAIN SYSTEMS<br />

—PART NO. EZA-MBK-20<br />

These optional mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets are for use with the po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation<br />

light curta<strong>in</strong> systems on pages 11-16. These brackets are designed to<br />

mount po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation light curta<strong>in</strong> systems to eng<strong>in</strong>eered/slotted<br />

alum<strong>in</strong>um fram<strong>in</strong>g (for example, <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>’ Ex-Al products).<br />

Set of two (2).<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 31


SAB-A (SWING-AWAY WITH ADJUSTABLE GUARDS) AND<br />

SAB-NA (SWING-AWAY WITH NONADJUSTABLE GUARDS) MOUNTING BRACKETS<br />

Sw<strong>in</strong>g-away light curta<strong>in</strong> mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets with guards are ideal<br />

for many mach<strong>in</strong>es, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g gap-frame presses and press brakes,<br />

when the light curta<strong>in</strong> must be swung out of the way for setup, die<br />

changes, or ma<strong>in</strong>tenance. The light curta<strong>in</strong> transmitter and receiver are<br />

easily aligned when they are swung back <strong>in</strong>to the mach<strong>in</strong>e operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

position. The 2” square extruded-alum<strong>in</strong>um brackets <strong>in</strong>clude side<br />

barrier guards as shown. The nonadjustable portion of these guards<br />

can be constructed of black or yellow mesh (1⁄2” square, 16 gauge), or<br />

clear polycarbonate (3⁄16”). The lower portion of the barrier guard can<br />

be constructed of adjustable, black-oxidized steel hairp<strong>in</strong>s. This <strong>all</strong>ows<br />

for feed<strong>in</strong>g of stock, location of chutes, etc., on the sides of the po<strong>in</strong>t<br />

of operation.<br />

SAB-A MOUNTING BRACKET<br />

These guards <strong>in</strong>corporate a h<strong>in</strong>ge assembly on the corner. This <strong>all</strong>ows<br />

the light curta<strong>in</strong> to be swung out. This assembly can also be used to<br />

adjust the light curta<strong>in</strong> panel forward and backward to adjust for safety<br />

distance. A built-<strong>in</strong> lock<strong>in</strong>g p<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong> this assembly holds the panel <strong>in</strong> place.<br />

Sw<strong>in</strong>g-away brackets and barrier guards are built to specifications and<br />

measurements provided. See the next page for the appropriate SAB-A<br />

or SAB-NA measurement form.<br />

SAB-NA MOUNTING BRACKET<br />

Sw<strong>in</strong>g-Away Light Curta<strong>in</strong> Mount<strong>in</strong>g Bracket with<br />

Material Feed<strong>in</strong>g Segment Built Into the Guards<br />

Sw<strong>in</strong>g-Away Light Curta<strong>in</strong> Mount<strong>in</strong>g Bracket<br />

with Nonadjustable Guards<br />

32 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


SWING-AWAY MOUNTING BRACKET SPECIFICATIONS<br />

SAB-A<br />

(WITH ADJUSTABLE GUARDS)<br />

SAB-NA<br />

(WITH NONADJUSTABLE GUARDS)<br />

A<br />

B+C<br />

A<br />

B+C<br />

E<br />

D<br />

D<br />

Rear<br />

Panel<br />

Side Panel<br />

Adjustable<br />

Hairp<strong>in</strong>s<br />

Light<br />

Curta<strong>in</strong><br />

Rear<br />

Panel<br />

Side Panel<br />

Light Curta<strong>in</strong><br />

Note: B + C dimension <strong>in</strong>cludes safety distance. Stopp<strong>in</strong>g time of the mach<strong>in</strong>e must be determ<strong>in</strong>ed to establish the safety distance. Please<br />

consult the factory if assistance is needed.<br />

Select the appropriate SAB (sw<strong>in</strong>g-away bracket) for your application. If adjustability is required <strong>in</strong> the lower portion of the barrier guard section,<br />

select the mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket SAB-A. If adjustability is not required, select the mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket SAB-NA.<br />

Please complete <strong>one</strong> of the measurement forms (see page 34 or 35) when order<strong>in</strong>g these brackets. The A, B, C, D, and E dimensions will be<br />

determ<strong>in</strong>ed from the measurements supplied. Check the material type for the sides and rear panels below.<br />

LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE<br />

£SAB-A<br />

RIGHT SIDE OF MACHINE<br />

Side Panel Material Type<br />

£ Black Mesh £ Black Mesh<br />

£ Yellow Mesh £ Yellow Mesh<br />

£ Clear Polycarbonate £ Clear Polycarbonate<br />

Rear Panel Material Type<br />

£ Black Mesh £ Black Mesh<br />

£ Yellow Mesh £ Yellow Mesh<br />

£ Clear Polycarbonate £ Clear Polycarbonate<br />

LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE<br />

£SAB-NA<br />

RIGHT SIDE OF MACHINE<br />

Side Panel Material Type<br />

£ Black Mesh £ Black Mesh<br />

£ Yellow Mesh £ Yellow Mesh<br />

£ Clear Polycarbonate £ Clear Polycarbonate<br />

Rear Panel Material Type<br />

£ Black Mesh £ Black Mesh<br />

£ Yellow Mesh £ Yellow Mesh<br />

£ Clear Polycarbonate £ Clear Polycarbonate<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 33


I<br />

MEASUREMENT FORM FOR MODELS SAB-A AND SAB-NA SWING-AWAY BRACKETS<br />

Company___________________________________________________ Address_______________________________________<br />

_________________________________________________________<br />

City_______________________________________________________ State__________________ZIP_____________________<br />

Attention___________________________________________________ Rep.__________________________________________<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e Mfr. and Model No._____________________________________ Mach<strong>in</strong>e No.____________________________________<br />

Measured By_____________________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Determ<strong>in</strong>e which mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets are required: SAB-A (with adjustable barrier guards) or SAB-NA (with nonadjustable barrier guards).<br />

Check the bracket type required and complete measurements for the mach<strong>in</strong>e where brackets will be applied.<br />

MEASURING INSTRUCTIONS<br />

£ SAB-A*<br />

PRESS APPLICATION<br />

Check type of press:<br />

£ SAB-NA*<br />

Top View<br />

Mechanical Hydraulic Other<br />

ht-Side View<br />

FLYWHEEL COVER<br />

(If Mechanical Press)<br />

G<br />

r Plate<br />

H<br />

C<br />

B<br />

Left<br />

Side<br />

Floor<br />

T<br />

A<br />

(3" m<strong>in</strong>.)<br />

F<br />

E<br />

Right-Side View<br />

FLYWHEEL COVER<br />

G<br />

Bolster Plate<br />

(If Mechanical Press)<br />

H<br />

F<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e Frame<br />

Bolster<br />

Plate<br />

Front of Press<br />

Field of Coverage<br />

E<br />

(3" m<strong>in</strong>.)<br />

Roof/Floor Sections<br />

Length<br />

A<br />

F<br />

R<br />

Length<br />

Right<br />

Side<br />

Height<br />

Size of light curta<strong>in</strong>: ___________”<br />

A: Enter dimensions from mount<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t on press frame<br />

to <strong>in</strong>side of sw<strong>in</strong>g-away mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket. (Be sure<br />

bracket extend<strong>in</strong>g forward will clear bolster and any<br />

obstruction on the side of the press frame.)<br />

B: Enter dimension from front side of mach<strong>in</strong>e frame<br />

mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket to front edge of bolster plate<br />

(assum<strong>in</strong>g nearest p<strong>in</strong>ch po<strong>in</strong>t to operator is at the<br />

front edge of bolster).<br />

C: Enter the m<strong>in</strong>imum safety distance determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the<br />

safety distance formula. Stopp<strong>in</strong>g time of the press<br />

must be determ<strong>in</strong>ed to establish safety distance.<br />

D: Enter the panel height for the guard on the left and<br />

right side of mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

Left________”<br />

Right________”<br />

Note: The light curta<strong>in</strong> mount<strong>in</strong>g extrusion will be a<br />

m<strong>in</strong>imum of 8” longer than the light curta<strong>in</strong> field<br />

of coverage.<br />

E: If roof section(s) are required, enter E dimension(s)<br />

(height) and provide length of roof section(s):<br />

Left________” Right_ _______”<br />

F: If floor section(s) are required, enter F dimension(s)<br />

(height) and provide length of floor section(s):<br />

Left_______” Front_______” Right_______”<br />

G: If hairp<strong>in</strong>s are required on side panel extend<strong>in</strong>g<br />

upward, enter G dimension (height) above the guard<br />

to the flywheel cover and provide length _ _______”.<br />

H: Height from floor to top of bolster.<br />

I: Maximum feedl<strong>in</strong>e height (used to determ<strong>in</strong>e hairp<strong>in</strong><br />

Floor<br />

Roof/Floor Sections<br />

length if adjustable brackets).<br />

Notes:<br />

Height<br />

* 1⁄2” square black mesh will be furnished <strong>in</strong> the nonadjustable portion of the assembly unless otherwise specified <strong>in</strong> Notes section above.<br />

B<br />

Precautions should be taken when apply<strong>in</strong>g light curta<strong>in</strong>s for po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguard<strong>in</strong>g. Be sure that some<strong>one</strong> cannot pass through or<br />

stand undetected between the plane of light and the hazard when a light curta<strong>in</strong> is mounted <strong>in</strong> a vertical position. If a light curta<strong>in</strong> must be<br />

mounted <strong>in</strong> this manner due to the safety distance requirements or because of the configuration of the mach<strong>in</strong>e, be sure that supplemental<br />

safeguard<strong>in</strong>g is provided to safeguard this pass-through area. Examples of supplemental safeguard<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>clude a horizont<strong>all</strong>y mounted light<br />

curta<strong>in</strong>, s<strong>in</strong>gle-beam devices, guards, or pressure-sensitive safety mats on the floor.<br />

C<br />

34 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


MEASUREMENT FORM FOR MODELS SAB-A AND SAB-NA SWING-AWAY BRACKETS<br />

Company___________________________________________________ Address_______________________________________<br />

_________________________________________________________<br />

City_______________________________________________________ State__________________ ZIP_____________________<br />

Attention___________________________________________________ Rep._________________________________________<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e Mfr. and Model No._____________________________________ Mach<strong>in</strong>e No.___________________________________<br />

Measured By________________________________________________<br />

Determ<strong>in</strong>e which mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets are required: SAB-A (with adjustable barrier guards) or SAB-NA (with nonadjustable barrier<br />

guards). Check the bracket type required and complete measurements for the mach<strong>in</strong>e where brackets will be applied.<br />

£ SAB-A*<br />

£ SAB-NA*<br />

Left-Side View<br />

Sw<strong>in</strong>g-Away<br />

Light Curta<strong>in</strong><br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g Brackets<br />

Notes:<br />

B<br />

C<br />

Left<br />

Side<br />

T<br />

A<br />

(3" m<strong>in</strong>.)<br />

Light<br />

Curta<strong>in</strong><br />

F<br />

PRESS BRAKE APPLICATION<br />

D<br />

Panel Height<br />

(LC FOC + 8")<br />

Height from Floor<br />

to Top of Bed<br />

Top View<br />

E<br />

Press<br />

Brake Frame<br />

Slide<br />

Field of Coverage<br />

Feedl<strong>in</strong>e Height<br />

M<strong>in</strong>. "<br />

Max. "<br />

D<br />

Panel Height<br />

(LC FOC + 8")<br />

Light<br />

Curta<strong>in</strong><br />

F<br />

Height from Floor<br />

to Top of Bed<br />

Right-Side View<br />

Sw<strong>in</strong>g-Away<br />

Light Curta<strong>in</strong><br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g Brackets<br />

Precautions should be taken when apply<strong>in</strong>g light curta<strong>in</strong>s for po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguard<strong>in</strong>g. Be<br />

sure that some<strong>one</strong> cannot pass through or stand undetected between the plane of light and the<br />

hazard when a light curta<strong>in</strong> is mounted <strong>in</strong> a vertical position. If a light curta<strong>in</strong> must be mounted<br />

<strong>in</strong> this manner due to the safety distance requirements or because of the configuration of the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e, be sure that supplemental safeguard<strong>in</strong>g is provided to safeguard this pass-through area.<br />

Examples of supplemental safeguard<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>clude a horizont<strong>all</strong>y mounted light curta<strong>in</strong>, s<strong>in</strong>gle-beam<br />

devices, guards, or pressure-sensitive safety mats on the floor.<br />

G<br />

A<br />

(3" m<strong>in</strong>.)<br />

* 1 ⁄2” square black mesh will be furnished <strong>in</strong> the nonadjustable portion of the assembly unless otherwise<br />

specified <strong>in</strong> Notes section above.<br />

Right<br />

Side<br />

R<br />

B<br />

C<br />

MEASURING INSTRUCTIONS<br />

Check type of press brake:<br />

Mechanical<br />

Air Clutch<br />

Other<br />

Size of light curta<strong>in</strong>: ___________”<br />

A: Enter dimensions from mount<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t on<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e frame to <strong>in</strong>side of sw<strong>in</strong>g-away<br />

bracket. (Be sure bracket extend<strong>in</strong>g forward<br />

will clear slide.)<br />

Note: Left and right side dimensions may be<br />

different due to an extension on <strong>one</strong> end<br />

of the slide.<br />

B: Enter dimension from front side of mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

frame mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket to front of slide or<br />

bed.<br />

Note: Left and right side dimensions may<br />

be different due to available mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

surfaces on side of mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

C: Enter the m<strong>in</strong>imum safety distance<br />

determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the safety distance formula.<br />

Stopp<strong>in</strong>g time of the mach<strong>in</strong>e must be<br />

determ<strong>in</strong>ed to establish safety distance.<br />

D: Enter the panel height for the guards on the<br />

left and right end of the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

Note: The light curta<strong>in</strong> mount<strong>in</strong>g extrusion will<br />

be a m<strong>in</strong>imum of 8” longer than the light<br />

curta<strong>in</strong> field of coverage.<br />

E: Enter <strong>in</strong>side frame dimension at the rear of<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

F: Enter height from floor to top of bed. Also<br />

provide maximum and m<strong>in</strong>imum feedl<strong>in</strong>e<br />

height.<br />

G: Enter dimension from back of the slide to<br />

rear of mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

If floor/roof sections are required, please read<br />

the <strong>in</strong>structions (E & F) on the previous page and<br />

provide dimensions <strong>in</strong> the Notes section above.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 35


STATIONARY MOUNTING BRACKET SPECIFICATIONS FOR MODELS:<br />

SB-2, SB-3 OBI, SB-3 SS, SB-3 SSG, SB-5, AND SB-5 G<br />

If more than <strong>one</strong> mach<strong>in</strong>e is to be measured, please make copies of this page.<br />

Company______________________________________________ Address____________________________________________<br />

City__________________________________________________ State___________________ ZIP_________________________<br />

Attention______________________________________________ Rep.______________________________________________<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e Mfr. and Model No.________________________________ Mach<strong>in</strong>e No._________________________________________<br />

Measured By___________________________________________ ____________________________________________<br />

Check the required stationary bracket. If the standard dimensions specified here do not fit your application, <strong>in</strong>dicate the dimensions required. The A dimension for<br />

<strong>all</strong> brackets should be a m<strong>in</strong>imum of 8” more than the light curta<strong>in</strong> field-of-coverage height.<br />

SB-2<br />

A<br />

B*<br />

2-Section Mount<strong>in</strong>g Bracket<br />

(2-Dimensional)<br />

A<br />

B*<br />

Std<br />

32”<br />

20”<br />

Req’d<br />

SB-3 OBI<br />

A<br />

B*<br />

3-Section<br />

<br />

Mount<strong>in</strong>g Bracket<br />

(3-Dimensional)<br />

C<br />

A<br />

B*<br />

C<br />

Std<br />

32”<br />

24”<br />

12”<br />

Req’d<br />

(3” M<strong>in</strong>.)<br />

SB-3 SS<br />

SB-5<br />

A<br />

A<br />

B*<br />

B*<br />

3-Section Mount<strong>in</strong>g Bracket<br />

(2-Dimensional)<br />

A<br />

B*<br />

Std<br />

44”<br />

12”<br />

Req’d<br />

SB-3 SSG<br />

5-Section Mount<strong>in</strong>g Bracket<br />

SB-5 G <br />

(3-Dimensional)<br />

Guard<strong>in</strong>g Material<br />

Std Req’d<br />

C<br />

A<br />

B*<br />

*B dimension must <strong>in</strong>clude safety distance. Stopp<strong>in</strong>g time of the mach<strong>in</strong>e must<br />

be determ<strong>in</strong>ed to establish the safety distance. Please consult the factory if<br />

assistance is needed.<br />

C<br />

3-Section Mount<strong>in</strong>g Bracket<br />

(2-Dimensional) With Guards<br />

A<br />

B*<br />

Std<br />

44”<br />

12”<br />

Blk<br />

5-Section Mount<strong>in</strong>g Bracket<br />

(2-Dimensional) With Guards<br />

Std<br />

36”<br />

A 36”<br />

A<br />

B* 24”<br />

24”<br />

C 12”<br />

Guard<br />

12” B*<br />

C Blk<br />

Mat’l<br />

(3” M<strong>in</strong>.)<br />

**<br />

A<br />

B*<br />

Guard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Material<br />

Guard<br />

Mat’l<br />

**<br />

Req’d<br />

Req’d<br />

(3” M<strong>in</strong>.)<br />

**CHOICES OF GUARDING MATERIAL: 1 ⁄2” square or 1” square black (Blk) or<br />

yellow (Y) mesh, or polycarbonate (PC). 1 ⁄2” square black mesh is furnished as<br />

standard guard<strong>in</strong>g material unless otherwise specified.<br />

36 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


STATIONARY MOUNTING BRACKETS<br />

These stationary light curta<strong>in</strong> mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets are economical,<br />

heavy-duty, and versatile. Their design <strong>all</strong>ows them to be tailored to<br />

each <strong>in</strong>dividual mach<strong>in</strong>e. They are available <strong>in</strong> two-, three-, or fivesection<br />

assemblies. They are ideal for applications where side barriers<br />

(guards) will be fabricated by the user or provided separately. Two of<br />

the stationary light curta<strong>in</strong> mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets can also be furnished<br />

with <strong>in</strong>tegral guard<strong>in</strong>g material. See the measurement form on the<br />

previous page.<br />

The two-section and three-section (SS) brackets can be used whenever<br />

mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets can be <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ed on the front surface of the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

The three-section (OBI) should be used when the brackets must be<br />

mounted to the sides of the mach<strong>in</strong>e (see photo). The five-section can<br />

also be mounted on the sides of the mach<strong>in</strong>e, at both the top and the<br />

bottom for greater stability. All of these brackets are designed for use<br />

on gap-frame presses or press brakes.<br />

These brackets are constructed of 2” square extruded alum<strong>in</strong>um which<br />

attach to the mach<strong>in</strong>e with L-shaped mount<strong>in</strong>g feet. The brackets<br />

are fastened to the mount<strong>in</strong>g feet with T-nuts and cap screws. Each<br />

mount<strong>in</strong>g foot has two holes which are used for mount<strong>in</strong>g the bracket<br />

to the mach<strong>in</strong>e. Fasteners are <strong>in</strong>cluded with each assembly.<br />

3-Section (OBI) Stationary Light Curta<strong>in</strong> Mount<strong>in</strong>g Bracket<br />

(barrier guard has been removed from mach<strong>in</strong>e for photo)<br />

When light bars (transmitter or receiver) cannot be conveniently<br />

mounted to the mach<strong>in</strong>e, a floor stand can be furnished. Floor stands<br />

can also be used when safeguard<strong>in</strong>g large work envelopes or perimeter<br />

areas. Mirrors or s<strong>in</strong>gle-beam devices can be attached to the floor stand<br />

when the application requires multiple-sided safeguard<strong>in</strong>g. Light bars,<br />

s<strong>in</strong>gle-beam devices, or mirrors can easily be adjusted up or down on<br />

any side of the upright extruded-alum<strong>in</strong>um stand.<br />

This floor stand assembly consists of a 6’ length of 2” square extruded<br />

alum<strong>in</strong>um, <strong>one</strong> base, and two right-angle brackets with fasteners. The<br />

base has four holes for permanent attachment to the floor with bolts<br />

(not furnished). Other floor stand sizes are available. Please consult<br />

the factory.<br />

Floor Stand With Light Curta<strong>in</strong> Transmitter<br />

(Light Curta<strong>in</strong> Sold Separately)<br />

Floor Stand With Mirror<br />

(Mirror Sold Separately)<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 37


MIRRORS FOR LIGHT CURTAINS<br />

Mirrors can be used with the light curta<strong>in</strong> to protect more than <strong>one</strong><br />

side of the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation or work envelope. The mirrors can help<br />

protect two, three, and even four sides of the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation or<br />

perimeter area (see next page). They are usu<strong>all</strong>y mounted on a 45°<br />

angle at each corner of the area to be safeguarded. Mount<strong>in</strong>g hardware<br />

is provided which can be used with the floor stand illustrated on the<br />

previous page, or with the SAB-LC/M bracket illustrated on page 39.<br />

Shock and vibration isolation mount<strong>in</strong>g fasteners are also provided with<br />

each mirror.<br />

The mirror frame is constructed of 11/2” square alum<strong>in</strong>um extrusion<br />

with a rubber gasket. This gasket protects the mirror from mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

vibration and shock load.<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PART NO. DESCRIPTION OF MIRROR<br />

KTR-226 7” Field of Coverage<br />

KTR-227 12” Field of Coverage<br />

KTR-228 16” Field of Coverage<br />

KTR-229 18” Field of Coverage<br />

KTR-230 21” Field of Coverage<br />

KTR-231 24” Field of Coverage<br />

KTR-232 28” Field of Coverage<br />

KTR-233 35” Field of Coverage<br />

KTR-234 36” Field of Coverage<br />

KTR-235 42” Field of Coverage<br />

KTR-236 48” Field of Coverage<br />

KTR-237 56” Field of Coverage<br />

Special-size mirrors are available upon request.<br />

ADJUSTABLE MIRROR MOUNTING BRACKET<br />

—PART NO. MMB-F<br />

Adjustable mirror mount<strong>in</strong>g brackets are available for mount<strong>in</strong>g mirrors<br />

to floor stands. These brackets are designed to provide easier alignment<br />

between light curta<strong>in</strong>s and mirrors. Each adjustable mirror mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

bracket consists of two pieces of 1” x 2” extruded alum<strong>in</strong>um (48”<br />

long) connected by a rotat<strong>in</strong>g corner bracket. Please contact <strong>Rockford</strong><br />

<strong>Systems</strong> if the standard dimension does not meet your requirements.<br />

Adjustable Corner Bracket Provides Easy Alignment<br />

38 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


LIGHT CURTAIN AND MIRROR SWING-AWAY MOUNTING BRACKETS (PART NO. SAB-LC/M)<br />

These brackets can be used on a variety of mach<strong>in</strong>es which<br />

require two-sided or three-sided light curta<strong>in</strong> protection. One<br />

light curta<strong>in</strong> and <strong>one</strong> mirror provide two-sided protection; <strong>one</strong><br />

light curta<strong>in</strong> and two mirrors provide three-sided protection<br />

(see illustration).<br />

The left and right sides of these brackets have the ability to<br />

adjust <strong>in</strong> both directions. This provides flexibility for different<br />

production runs so the light curta<strong>in</strong> can always be mounted at<br />

the proper safety distance.<br />

The assembly for three-sided protection consists of the<br />

brackets on the left and right side plus the rear barrier guards.<br />

One light curta<strong>in</strong> and two mirrors (see previous page for mirror<br />

part numbers) must be ordered separately.<br />

The assembly for two-sided protection consists of <strong>one</strong> leftside<br />

bracket or <strong>one</strong> right-side bracket. Please specify at time<br />

of order. One light curta<strong>in</strong> and <strong>one</strong> mirror must be ordered<br />

separately. One floor stand or <strong>one</strong> light curta<strong>in</strong> mount<strong>in</strong>g<br />

bracket is also required to mount the other light bar. See pages<br />

32-38 for brackets, floor stands, and mirrors.<br />

Left SAB-LC/M<br />

Light<br />

Curta<strong>in</strong><br />

This draw<strong>in</strong>g is for illustrative purposes only.<br />

Rear Barrier<br />

Guard<br />

Rear Barrier<br />

Guard<br />

Light<br />

Curta<strong>in</strong><br />

Mirrors<br />

Right SAB-LC/M<br />

Three-Sided Application With SAB-LC/M Mount<strong>in</strong>g Brackets<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 39


TWO-HAND CONTROL<br />

Two-hand control can be used as a safeguard<strong>in</strong>g device <strong>in</strong> the<br />

s<strong>in</strong>gle-stroke mode of operation on part-revolution clutch presses and<br />

hydraulic press and press brakes.<br />

There are many requirements that must be met before two-hand<br />

control can be used as a po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguard. These<br />

requirements are located <strong>in</strong> OSHA 29 CFR 1910.217 and ANSI<br />

B11.1, B11.2, B11.3, and B11.19. We have referenced the follow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

paragraphs for your convenience:<br />

OSHA<br />

(c)(3)(i) Po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation devices sh<strong>all</strong> protect the operator by:<br />

(e) Requir<strong>in</strong>g application of both of the operator’s hands to mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g controls and locat<strong>in</strong>g such controls at such a safety distance<br />

from the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation that the slide completes the downward<br />

travel or stops before the operator can reach <strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation<br />

with his hands;<br />

(c)(3)(vii) The two-hand control device sh<strong>all</strong> protect the operator as<br />

specified <strong>in</strong> paragraph (c)(3)(i)(e) of this section.<br />

(a) When used <strong>in</strong> press operations requir<strong>in</strong>g more than <strong>one</strong> operator,<br />

separate two-hand controls sh<strong>all</strong> be provided for each operator, and<br />

sh<strong>all</strong> be designed to require concurrent application of <strong>all</strong> operator<br />

controls to activate the slide. The removal of a hand from any control<br />

button sh<strong>all</strong> cause the slide to stop.<br />

(b) Each two-hand control sh<strong>all</strong> meet the construction requirements of<br />

paragraph (b)(7)(v) of this section.<br />

(c)The safety distance (Ds) between each two-hand control device and<br />

the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation sh<strong>all</strong> be greater than the distance determ<strong>in</strong>ed by<br />

the follow<strong>in</strong>g formula:<br />

Ds = 63 <strong>in</strong>ches/second x Ts where:<br />

Ds = m<strong>in</strong>imum safety distance (<strong>in</strong>ches);<br />

63 <strong>in</strong>ches/second = hand speed constant; and<br />

Ts = stopp<strong>in</strong>g time of the press measured at approximately 90°<br />

position of crankshaft rotation (seconds).<br />

(d) Two-hand controls sh<strong>all</strong> be fixed <strong>in</strong> position so that only a<br />

supervisor or safety eng<strong>in</strong>eer is capable of relocat<strong>in</strong>g the controls.<br />

(b)(7)(v) Two-hand controls for s<strong>in</strong>gle stroke sh<strong>all</strong> conform to the<br />

follow<strong>in</strong>g requirements:<br />

(a) Each hand control sh<strong>all</strong> be protected aga<strong>in</strong>st un<strong>in</strong>tended operation<br />

and arranged by design, construction, and/or separation so that the<br />

concurrent use of both hands is required to trip the press.<br />

(b) The control system sh<strong>all</strong> be designed to permit an adjustment<br />

which will require concurrent pressure from both hands dur<strong>in</strong>g the die<br />

clos<strong>in</strong>g portion of the stroke.<br />

(c) The control system sh<strong>all</strong> <strong>in</strong>corporate an antirepeat feature.<br />

(d) The control system sh<strong>all</strong> be designed to require release of <strong>all</strong><br />

operator hand controls before an <strong>in</strong>terrupted stroke can be resumed.<br />

ANSI<br />

The follow<strong>in</strong>g formula is used to compute the m<strong>in</strong>imum safety distance<br />

(Ds) on mechanical power presses to meet the ANSI (American National<br />

Standards Institute) B11.1 press safety standard:<br />

Ds = K x (Ts + Tc + Tr + Tspm) where:<br />

K = Hand speed constant (63 <strong>in</strong>ches/second)<br />

Ts =Stop time of equipment measured at the f<strong>in</strong>al control element<br />

Tc = Response time of the control system<br />

Tr = Response time of the two-hand control device and its <strong>in</strong>terface<br />

Tspm = Additional time <strong>all</strong>owed for the stopp<strong>in</strong>g performance monitor<br />

to compensate for variations <strong>in</strong> normal stopp<strong>in</strong>g time<br />

Dpf = The added distance due to the depth penetration factor. Note: If<br />

the channel blank<strong>in</strong>g feature is used on light curta<strong>in</strong>s, additional<br />

safety distance must be enforced based on the number of<br />

channels blanked.<br />

When determ<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g the safety distance, a portable or built-<strong>in</strong> stop-time<br />

measur<strong>in</strong>g unit must be used to check the stopp<strong>in</strong>g time (Ts) of the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e. Please see pages 8 and 9 for details on a portable STM (stoptime<br />

measurement) device.<br />

The application of any safeguard<strong>in</strong>g device, the requirements of proper mach<strong>in</strong>e <strong>in</strong>terface, as well as the safety distance formulas may be difficult to<br />

understand and apply. When any of these safeguard<strong>in</strong>g devices detailed <strong>in</strong> this section are a consideration, these factors must be evaluated. To help<br />

understand how to apply these devices, we offer monthly safeguard<strong>in</strong>g sem<strong>in</strong>ars to educate the employer/user on the safety requirements.<br />

40 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


ALL-IN-ONE TWO-HAND CONTROL<br />

The <strong>all</strong>-<strong>in</strong>-<strong>one</strong> two-hand control is a NEMA 12 control box with a control module, two relays, a term<strong>in</strong>al strip, and two buttons. Everyth<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the<br />

control box is prewired and ready for the user to br<strong>in</strong>g wires <strong>in</strong> from the mach<strong>in</strong>e actuator.<br />

FEATURES<br />

• Preset time for concurrent operation of the buttons<br />

• Buttons must be ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong>ed (actuated) dur<strong>in</strong>g hazardous portion<br />

of the cycle<br />

• Nonresumption of an <strong>in</strong>terrupted cycle<br />

• Provides control reliability of the two-hand control portion of the<br />

control system<br />

• Compact design for ease <strong>in</strong> mount<strong>in</strong>g and can be easily applied to<br />

sm<strong>all</strong> mach<strong>in</strong>es or devices<br />

• Choice of control modules or control monitor and actuat<strong>in</strong>g buttons<br />

• Available <strong>in</strong> 24 V DC or 115 V DC<br />

(control monitor available <strong>in</strong> 115 V AC only)<br />

The <strong>all</strong>-<strong>in</strong>-<strong>one</strong> two-hand control can be applied to most any mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

or device that is pneumatic<strong>all</strong>y, hydraulic<strong>all</strong>y, or electric<strong>all</strong>y operated<br />

that is usu<strong>all</strong>y manu<strong>all</strong>y fed. These mach<strong>in</strong>es or devices <strong>in</strong>clude sm<strong>all</strong><br />

presses, stakers, riveters, and assembly mach<strong>in</strong>es. The <strong>all</strong>-<strong>in</strong>-<strong>one</strong> twohand<br />

control can be used as a po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguard<strong>in</strong>g device<br />

as long as it is located at the proper safety distance. For more<br />

<strong>in</strong>formation on two-hand control or two-hand trip, see pages 40 and<br />

43-44. See the chart on the next page for select<strong>in</strong>g the proper two-hand<br />

control part number.<br />

All-In-One Two-Hand Control With Banner Buttons<br />

All-In-One Two-Hand Control with Allen-Bradley (A-B) Buttons<br />

on Sides and Emergency-Stop Button on Front<br />

For <strong>in</strong>formation on mechanical and hydraulic power press and press brake controls, please c<strong>all</strong> us toll-free at 1-800-922-7533,<br />

or visit our Web site at www.rockfordsystems.com.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 41


SELECTING AN ALL-IN-ONE TWO-HAND CONTROL<br />

To determ<strong>in</strong>e the 6-digit configured part number for the two-hand control required, follow directions 1-5 below and use the <strong>in</strong>formation <strong>in</strong> the<br />

PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART below.<br />

1. The first 2 digits for <strong>all</strong> two-hand controls are TH.<br />

2. The 3rd digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the type of two-hand control provided.<br />

3. The 4th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the type of run button, if provided, on the control enclosure. Zero (0) <strong>in</strong>dicates no run buttons provided.<br />

4. The 5th digit determ<strong>in</strong>es the type of emergency-stop button, if provided. Zero (0) <strong>in</strong>dicates no emergency button provided.<br />

5. The 6th digit is for the operat<strong>in</strong>g voltage exist<strong>in</strong>g at the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

CONTROL<br />

TH —Two-Hand Control<br />

TWO-HAND CONTROL<br />

(RUN BUTTONS ON SIDES OF ENCLOSURE)<br />

A —A-B Control Module<br />

B —Banner Control Module<br />

RUN BUTTON OPERATOR TYPE<br />

0 —Remotely Located<br />

1 —Rees Black Palm Buttons With <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong> Guards<br />

2 —A-B Articulated Palm Buttons With Guards<br />

3 —IDEC Green Push Button With Guards<br />

4 —A-B Zero-Force Touch Buttons With Guards (90-264 V AC)<br />

5 —Opto-Touch Buttons With Guards (20-30 V AC/DC)<br />

6 —Square D Mushroom Push Buttons With Guards<br />

7 —Rees Chrome Light-Push Palm Buttons With <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong> Guards<br />

8 —Ergonomic Safeb<strong>all</strong> Palm Button<br />

TWO-HAND CONTROL PART NUMBERING SYSTEM CHART<br />

THX- X X-X<br />

OPERATING VOLTAGE AT MACHINE<br />

0 —115 V AC<br />

1 —24 V DC<br />

2 —L<strong>in</strong>e Voltage—Includes Multi-Tap Transformer<br />

EMERGENCY-STOP TYPE (ON FRONT OF ENCLOSURE)<br />

0 —N<strong>one</strong><br />

1 —Rees Red Palm Button—Latch-Out Type<br />

2 —Red 40 mm Two-Position—Twist-to-Return Type<br />

Rees Black Palm<br />

Button With RSI Guard<br />

A-B Articulated Palm<br />

Button With A-B Guard<br />

IDEC Button With Guard<br />

A-B Zero-Force Touch<br />

Button With Guard<br />

Opto-Touch Button<br />

With Guard<br />

Mushroom Push Button<br />

With Guard (SQ-D)<br />

Rees Chrome Light-Push<br />

Button With RSI Guard<br />

Ergonomic Safeb<strong>all</strong><br />

Palm Button<br />

Rees Red E-Stop<br />

Button—Latch-Out<br />

Red Two-Position E-Stop<br />

—Twist-to-Return<br />

All buttons have 1 NO and 1 NC contact arrangement.<br />

42 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


TWO-HAND TRIP<br />

Note: There are two (2) possible applications for two-hand trip on<br />

full-revolution-clutch presses: to <strong>in</strong>itiate a press cycle only,<br />

or as a method of safeguard<strong>in</strong>g the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation for<br />

operators. In both <strong>in</strong>stances, OSHA has established certa<strong>in</strong><br />

requirements. Applicable ANSI standards can also be referenced<br />

for two-hand trip.<br />

(1) TWO-HAND TRIP<br />

—USED AS A METHOD OF INITIATING A PRESS CYCLE ONLY<br />

F(b)(6)<br />

(i) A two-hand trip sh<strong>all</strong> have the <strong>in</strong>dividual operator’s hand controls<br />

protected aga<strong>in</strong>st un<strong>in</strong>tentional operation and have the <strong>in</strong>dividual<br />

operator’s hand controls arranged by design and construction and/or<br />

separation to require the use of both hands to trip the press and use<br />

a control arrangement requir<strong>in</strong>g concurrent operation of the <strong>in</strong>dividual<br />

operator’s hand controls.<br />

(ii) Two-hand trip systems on full-revolution-clutch mach<strong>in</strong>es sh<strong>all</strong><br />

<strong>in</strong>corporate an antirepeat feature.<br />

(iii) If two-hand trip systems are used on multiple- operator presses,<br />

each operator sh<strong>all</strong> have a separate set of controls.<br />

This description covers the use of two-hand trip as an<br />

<strong>in</strong>itiat<strong>in</strong>g means only, to obta<strong>in</strong> a press cycle. It does<br />

not provide any type of po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguard<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Some other properly applied and <strong>in</strong>st<strong>all</strong>ed guard or<br />

device must also be provided <strong>in</strong> accordance with OSHA<br />

29 CFR 1910.217(c).<br />

(2) TWO-HAND TRIP—USED AS A METHOD OF SAFEGUARDING<br />

THE POINT OF OPERATION.<br />

TWO-HAND TRIP<br />

(c)(3)(i) Po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation devices sh<strong>all</strong> protect the operator by:<br />

(e) Requir<strong>in</strong>g application of both of the operator’s hands to mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

operat<strong>in</strong>g controls and locat<strong>in</strong>g such controls at such a safety<br />

distance from the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation that the slide completes the<br />

downward travel or stops before the operator can reach <strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t<br />

of operation with his hands;<br />

(c)(3)(viii) The two-hand trip device sh<strong>all</strong> protect the operator as<br />

specified <strong>in</strong> paragraph (c)(3)(i)(e) of this section.<br />

(a) When used <strong>in</strong> press operations requir<strong>in</strong>g more than <strong>one</strong> operator,<br />

separate two-hand trips sh<strong>all</strong> be provided for each operator, and sh<strong>all</strong><br />

be designed to require concurrent application of <strong>all</strong> operator controls<br />

to activate the slide.<br />

(b) Each two-hand trip sh<strong>all</strong> meet the construction<br />

requirements of paragraph (b)(6) of this section.<br />

(c) The safety distance (Dm) between the two-hand trip<br />

and the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation sh<strong>all</strong> be greater than the<br />

distance determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the follow<strong>in</strong>g formula:<br />

D m<br />

= 63 <strong>in</strong>ches/second x Tm where:<br />

D m<br />

= m<strong>in</strong>imum safety distance (<strong>in</strong>ches);<br />

63 <strong>in</strong>ches/second = hand speed constant; and<br />

T m<br />

= the maximum time the press takes for the die closure after it<br />

has been tripped (seconds). For full-revolution-clutch presses with<br />

only <strong>one</strong> engag<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t, Tm is equal to the time necessary for<br />

<strong>one</strong>-and-<strong>one</strong>-half revolutions of the crankshaft. For full-revolutionclutch<br />

presses with more than <strong>one</strong> engag<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t, Tm sh<strong>all</strong> be<br />

calculated as follows:<br />

T m<br />

= 1/2 + 1 x<br />

Number of engag<strong>in</strong>g<br />

po<strong>in</strong>ts per revolution<br />

time necessary to complete<br />

<strong>one</strong> revolution of the<br />

crankshaft (seconds)<br />

Note: See chart (next page) for easy reference when apply<strong>in</strong>g two-hand<br />

trip on full-revolution presses.<br />

(d) Two-hand trips sh<strong>all</strong> be fixed <strong>in</strong> position so that only a supervisor<br />

or safety eng<strong>in</strong>eer is capable of relocat<strong>in</strong>g the controls.<br />

When apply<strong>in</strong>g two-hand trip to meet the<br />

requirements for a po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation safeguard<strong>in</strong>g<br />

device, make sure the buttons are located on the<br />

press so they are at least the m<strong>in</strong>imum safety<br />

distance required by the preced<strong>in</strong>g OSHA formula.<br />

Refer to the chart on the next page.<br />

This means the palm buttons must be located far<br />

enough away so that after the press is tripped and<br />

the operator releases <strong>one</strong> or both palm buttons,<br />

the operator cannot “beat the ram” or reach <strong>in</strong>to<br />

the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation or other p<strong>in</strong>ch po<strong>in</strong>ts before<br />

the dies close.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 43


To establish the proper safety distance for two-hand trip on full-revolution-clutch presses, determ<strong>in</strong>e the speed of the press <strong>in</strong> SPM (strokes per m<strong>in</strong>ute) when<br />

runn<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong> the cont<strong>in</strong>uous mode and the number of engagement po<strong>in</strong>ts <strong>in</strong> the clutch mechanism. Then determ<strong>in</strong>e the Safety Distance from the follow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

chart.<br />

I<br />

N<br />

TWO-HAND TRIP SAFETY DISTANCE CHART<br />

SPEED OF PRESS (IN STROKES PER MINUTE)<br />

200 190 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10<br />

10<br />

10<br />

20<br />

20<br />

30<br />

40<br />

50<br />

60<br />

70<br />

80<br />

30<br />

40<br />

50<br />

60<br />

70<br />

80<br />

14 Engagement Po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

4 Engagement Po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

3 Engagement Po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

2 Engagement Po<strong>in</strong>ts<br />

1 Engagement Po<strong>in</strong>t<br />

90<br />

90<br />

100<br />

100<br />

Each square is equal to 2” of safety distance.<br />

1, 2, 3, 4, and 14 engagements po<strong>in</strong>ts <strong>in</strong> the clutch mechanism are the most common. Mach<strong>in</strong>es with other engagement po<strong>in</strong>ts may exist.<br />

MINIMUM INCHES FROM POINT OF OPERATION<br />

(each square is equal to 2")<br />

S<br />

A<br />

F<br />

E<br />

T<br />

Y<br />

D<br />

M<br />

E<br />

S<br />

F<br />

R<br />

O<br />

M<br />

P<br />

O<br />

I<br />

M<br />

U<br />

M<br />

I<br />

N<br />

C<br />

H<br />

I<br />

N<br />

T<br />

O<br />

F<br />

O<br />

P<br />

E<br />

R<br />

A<br />

T<br />

I<br />

O<br />

N<br />

I<br />

S<br />

T<br />

A<br />

N<br />

C<br />

E<br />

44 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


GATE OR MOVABLE BARRIER DEVICE<br />

The second is a type B gate. It protects the operator dur<strong>in</strong>g the<br />

downstroke only. The gate can open after the hazardous portion<br />

of the cycle has passed. Both type A and B gates can be used on<br />

part-revolution-clutch mach<strong>in</strong>es, hydraulic presses, and other cyclic<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>es where material is be<strong>in</strong>g manu<strong>all</strong>y fed.<br />

Example of a Type A Gate Package<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

Why use a gate device? Accord<strong>in</strong>g to the OSHA and ANSI standards,<br />

“operators must be prevented from <strong>in</strong>advertently plac<strong>in</strong>g their hands<br />

or any other body parts <strong>in</strong> the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation dur<strong>in</strong>g the die-clos<strong>in</strong>g<br />

portion of the press stroke.” The movable gate device uses a proven<br />

method of plac<strong>in</strong>g a physical barrier between the operator and the<br />

po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation hazard dur<strong>in</strong>g the die-clos<strong>in</strong>g portion of the press<br />

stroke.<br />

Other advantages of gate devices <strong>in</strong>clude the follow<strong>in</strong>g:<br />

1. Operators are not physic<strong>all</strong>y attached with wristlets to the mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

as they are when us<strong>in</strong>g a pullback or restra<strong>in</strong>t device. This means<br />

operator resistance is m<strong>in</strong>imized because of the nonrestrictive<br />

design <strong>all</strong>ow<strong>in</strong>g more freedom of movement.<br />

2. These devices protect other employees <strong>in</strong> the mach<strong>in</strong>e area.<br />

3. A foot switch can be used to actuate the press. This m<strong>in</strong>imizes<br />

stress to the hands and arms which can be caused by palm<br />

buttons.<br />

Two types of gates are available. The first is a type A gate. It protects the<br />

operator dur<strong>in</strong>g the entire mach<strong>in</strong>e cycle. This means the gate will not<br />

open until after the mach<strong>in</strong>e’s cycle is complete and stopped (usu<strong>all</strong>y <strong>in</strong><br />

the up position). Type A gates are the only gates that should be used on<br />

full-revolution-clutch presses.<br />

TYPE A GATE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION<br />

When the actuat<strong>in</strong>g means (palm buttons or foot switch) is operated,<br />

air pressure is released from the bottom of the gate-operat<strong>in</strong>g cyl<strong>in</strong>der.<br />

This <strong>all</strong>ows the gate to descend by gravity. Once the gate is fully down,<br />

a gate-down proximity switch senses this and the mach<strong>in</strong>e is <strong>all</strong>owed<br />

to make a cycle. If the gate cannot complete its downward travel, this<br />

gate-down proximity switch will not sense the gate and will prevent a<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e cycle.<br />

If the actuat<strong>in</strong>g means is released before the mach<strong>in</strong>e starts its cycle,<br />

the gate returns to the full open position with a type A gate. When the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e is actu<strong>all</strong>y mak<strong>in</strong>g a cycle, air pressure is applied to the top<br />

of the gate-operat<strong>in</strong>g cyl<strong>in</strong>der which holds the gate down and prevents<br />

it from be<strong>in</strong>g raised until the mach<strong>in</strong>e has completed its cycle. If the<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e malfunctions and does not stop at the end of a normal cycle,<br />

the gate rema<strong>in</strong>s <strong>in</strong> the closed position.<br />

Accord<strong>in</strong>g to ANSI (see next page), the gate must open after every<br />

cycle <strong>in</strong> order to reset the antirepeat system. If this does not happen,<br />

the mach<strong>in</strong>e will not make another stroke. To accomplish this, the gate<br />

control requires a signal from the mach<strong>in</strong>e at the open position. This<br />

signal is norm<strong>all</strong>y obta<strong>in</strong>ed from a photo-sensor or limit switch operated<br />

by a cam. Actuation of the limit switch is accomplished by the rotation of<br />

the crankshaft or any other member of the mach<strong>in</strong>e which makes <strong>one</strong><br />

cycle or oscillates along <strong>one</strong> axis every stroke.<br />

When a type A gate package is furnished for a full-revolution-clutch<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e, the top-dead-center signal is provided by a limit switch<br />

assembly.<br />

TYPE B GATE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION<br />

The type B gate operates <strong>in</strong> a similar manner as the type A gate. When<br />

the actuat<strong>in</strong>g means (palm buttons or foot switch) is operated, air<br />

pressure is released from the bottom of the gate-operat<strong>in</strong>g cyl<strong>in</strong>der.<br />

This <strong>all</strong>ows the gate to descend by gravity. Once the gate is fully down,<br />

a gate-down proximity switch senses this and the mach<strong>in</strong>e is <strong>all</strong>owed<br />

to beg<strong>in</strong> the cycle. If the gate cannot complete its downward travel, this<br />

gate-down proximity switch will not sense the gate and will prevent a<br />

mach<strong>in</strong>e cycle.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 45


TYPE B GATE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION (CONTINUED)<br />

If the actuat<strong>in</strong>g means is released before the mach<strong>in</strong>e starts its cycle,<br />

the gate returns to the full open position. When the mach<strong>in</strong>e is actu<strong>all</strong>y<br />

mak<strong>in</strong>g a cycle, air pressure is applied to the top of the gate-operat<strong>in</strong>g<br />

cyl<strong>in</strong>der which holds the gate down and prevents it from be<strong>in</strong>g raised<br />

until the hazardous portion of the cycle has passed.<br />

The gate must open every cycle <strong>in</strong> order to reset the antirepeat system.<br />

The sequence for this is the same as for the A gate described on the<br />

previous page.<br />

OSHA AND ANSI REQUIREMENTS FOR POWER PRESSES<br />

The OSHA requirements for gate or movable barrier devices are located<br />

<strong>in</strong> 29 CFR 1910.217(c)(3)(i) as follows:<br />

(c)(3)(i) Po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation devices sh<strong>all</strong> protect the operator by:<br />

(f) Enclos<strong>in</strong>g the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation before a press stroke can be<br />

<strong>in</strong>itiated, and ma<strong>in</strong>ta<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g this closed condition until the motion of<br />

the slide has ceased; or<br />

(g) Enclos<strong>in</strong>g the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation before a press stroke can be<br />

<strong>in</strong>itiated, so as to prevent an operator from reach<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>to the<br />

po<strong>in</strong>t of operation prior to die closure or prior to cessation of slide<br />

motion dur<strong>in</strong>g the downward stroke.<br />

(c)(3)(ii) A gate or movable barrier device sh<strong>all</strong> protect the operator as<br />

follows:<br />

(a) A Type A gate or movable barrier device sh<strong>all</strong> protect the operator<br />

<strong>in</strong> the manner specified <strong>in</strong> paragraph (c)(3)(i)(f) (above) of this<br />

section, and<br />

(b) A Type B gate or movable barrier device sh<strong>all</strong> protect the<br />

operator <strong>in</strong> the manner specified <strong>in</strong> paragraph (c)(3)(i)(g) (above)<br />

of this section.<br />

Note: OSHA states that the gate must enclose the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation.<br />

The gates illustrated are furnished as a s<strong>in</strong>gle panel only, <strong>all</strong>ow<strong>in</strong>g<br />

access to the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation. Other guard<strong>in</strong>g material is<br />

required to safeguard the sides and back of the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation.<br />

Complete the proper measurement form (page 50, 52, or 53) if<br />

these need to be supplied with the gate.<br />

The ANSI requirements for gates or movable barrier devices are located<br />

<strong>in</strong> 8.6.6 of ANSI B11.1.<br />

8.6.6 Movable Barrier Device<br />

1) A movable barrier device, when used, sh<strong>all</strong> enclose the po<strong>in</strong>t of<br />

operation before a press cycle (stroke) can be <strong>in</strong>itiated.<br />

2) The device sh<strong>all</strong> prevent the <strong>in</strong>dividual from reach<strong>in</strong>g the hazards<br />

associated with the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation by reach<strong>in</strong>g over, under,<br />

around, or through the device when <strong>in</strong> the closed position.<br />

3) In conjunction with the press control, the device sh<strong>all</strong> actuate the<br />

clutch and <strong>in</strong>itiate the press cycle (stroke).<br />

4) The barrier sh<strong>all</strong> be capable of be<strong>in</strong>g returned to the open<br />

position should it encounter an obstruction prior to enclos<strong>in</strong>g the<br />

po<strong>in</strong>t of operation.<br />

5) The device sh<strong>all</strong> require open<strong>in</strong>g of the barrier to reset the<br />

antirepeat system of the press production system every time the<br />

press stops before a successive cycle (stroke) can be <strong>in</strong>itiated.<br />

6) The device sh<strong>all</strong> be <strong>in</strong> compliance with 6.11 and 8.8.<br />

7) The device sh<strong>all</strong> provide visibility to the po<strong>in</strong>t of operation when<br />

necessary for safe operation of the press production system.<br />

8) The device <strong>in</strong> and of itself sh<strong>all</strong> not create a hazard to the operator<br />

or others.<br />

8.6.6.1 Type A movable barrier device<br />

1) A type A movable barrier device, when used, sh<strong>all</strong> protect the<br />

<strong>in</strong>dividuals as specified <strong>in</strong> 8.6.1 (e).<br />

2) The type A movable barrier device sh<strong>all</strong>, <strong>in</strong> normal s<strong>in</strong>gle-cycle<br />

operation, be designed to hold <strong>in</strong> the closed position until the<br />

slide has completed its cycle (stroke) and has stopped at top of<br />

cycle (stroke).<br />

8.6.6.2 Type B movable barrier device<br />

1) A type B movable barrier device sh<strong>all</strong> protect the <strong>in</strong>dividuals as<br />

specified <strong>in</strong> 8.6.1 (f).<br />

2) The device sh<strong>all</strong> not be used on full-revolution-clutch presses.<br />

3) The device sh<strong>all</strong>, <strong>in</strong> normal, s<strong>in</strong>gle-stroke operation, be designed<br />

to hold <strong>in</strong> a closed position dur<strong>in</strong>g the clos<strong>in</strong>g portion of the cycle<br />

(stroke), or until cessation of slide motion dur<strong>in</strong>g the clos<strong>in</strong>g<br />

portion of the cycle (stroke).<br />

4) When the protection of the operator is dependent upon the<br />

stopp<strong>in</strong>g action of the press, a stopp<strong>in</strong>g-performance monitor sh<strong>all</strong><br />

be required <strong>in</strong> conformance with 6.12.<br />

46 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


GATE ASSEMBLIES<br />

The gate assembly can be furnished with side guards. The gate and side<br />

panel can be swung open to the left when chang<strong>in</strong>g dies. A dead-bolt<br />

latch is located on the right extrusion. When side guards are furnished,<br />

this latch releases the gate so it can be swung completely open.<br />

These gates are easily mounted on the bolster of the mach<strong>in</strong>e or on a<br />

special plate or bracket on the front of the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

The gate assemblies listed are designed for a variety of mach<strong>in</strong>es,<br />

<strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g full-revolution-clutch presses. Side guards are also required<br />

when us<strong>in</strong>g a gate. Gates are made accord<strong>in</strong>g to the measurements<br />

submitted. Please complete the appropriate measurement form on page<br />

52, 54, or 55 for a complete assembly.<br />

Basic Gate Assembly (Without Side<br />

or Rear <strong>Safeguard<strong>in</strong>g</strong>)<br />

GATE CONSTRUCTION<br />

The panel framework of these gates is constructed of 1” x 2”<br />

extruded alum<strong>in</strong>um which slides up and down on roller bear<strong>in</strong>gs <strong>in</strong><br />

a rail extrusion. The panel of the gate is furnished with either clear<br />

polycarbonate (3/16”-thick) or an adjustable lower section.<br />

The standard gate assembly is furnished with h<strong>in</strong>ges <strong>all</strong>ow<strong>in</strong>g it to<br />

sw<strong>in</strong>g open. A button-head cap screw on a lock<strong>in</strong>g plate holds the gate<br />

<strong>in</strong> place. This feature is useful when chang<strong>in</strong>g dies or work<strong>in</strong>g on dies<br />

<strong>in</strong> the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

GATE ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS<br />

• Gate frame assembly<br />

• Gate panel<br />

• Proximity switch (24 V DC only) or limit switch<br />

• Air cyl<strong>in</strong>der(s)<br />

• Quick dump valves<br />

• Air flow control valves<br />

• Solenoid air valve assemblies<br />

• 1/8” air regulator gauge and mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket<br />

• Extrusion, h<strong>in</strong>ge assembly, and<br />

mount<strong>in</strong>g hardware<br />

PRICING/ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

The follow<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>formation is required to order or price a gate assembly:<br />

1. Choose a gate lift height of either 12”* or 18”*<br />

2. Provide gate’s outside dimensions <strong>in</strong> height and width<br />

Provide gate’s <strong>in</strong>side open<strong>in</strong>g dimensions <strong>in</strong> height and width<br />

OR<br />

*Other lift heights are available. Please complete the measurement form on page 48, 50, or 52.<br />

For full-revolution-clutch presses, part-revolution-clutch presses, or hydraulic presses with a gate <strong>in</strong>terface, please consult the factory.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 47


GATE ASSEMBLY & BARRIER GUARD MEASUREMENT FOR STRAIGHT-SIDE, HYDRAULIC,<br />

OR COLUMN-TYPE MACHINES<br />

If more than <strong>one</strong> mach<strong>in</strong>e is to be measured, please make copies of this page.<br />

1 Company________________________________________ Address______________________________________________<br />

City____________________________________________ State_________________________ ZIP_____________________<br />

Attention________________________________________ Rep._________________________________________________<br />

Mach. Mfr. & Model No._____________________________ Mach. No._____________________ Measured By______________<br />

Check Type of Mach<strong>in</strong>e:<br />

Straight Side (SSG) Hydraulic (HG) Column (CG)<br />

8<br />

2<br />

Outside Mount<br />

Inside Mount<br />

Air Cyl<strong>in</strong>der<br />

Heights with:<br />

12" Lift = 22"<br />

18" Lift = 28"<br />

Upper Gate Limit<br />

8<br />

7" m<strong>in</strong>.<br />

7" m<strong>in</strong>.<br />

7 7<br />

6<br />

Lift<br />

Height<br />

5<br />

Top of<br />

Bolster<br />

Top of<br />

Bolster<br />

8<br />

Left Side<br />

1/2" M<strong>in</strong>.<br />

1/2"<br />

4 4<br />

7<br />

Gate Ht.<br />

Gate Frame Type<br />

7<br />

NAP or AP3<br />

6<br />

Typical<br />

7" m<strong>in</strong>. Inside Mt.<br />

Nonadjustable Area Const. 4<br />

7" m<strong>in</strong>.<br />

Typical<br />

Outside Mt.<br />

1/2" Sq. Mesh Black<br />

Yellow<br />

1" Sq. Mesh Black Yellow<br />

Polycarbonate<br />

Note: Gate open<strong>in</strong>g will be 7" less than dimension 3 .<br />

3<br />

or<br />

Lower Mount Limit<br />

(Enter limits only<br />

if restricted)<br />

8<br />

Right Side<br />

5 GATE LIFT HEIGHT<br />

12"<br />

18" Other "<br />

MEASURING INSTRUCTIONS<br />

The gate assembly measurement form is designed to be used for the XL-1SSG, XL-1HG, or the XL-1CG.<br />

8 MOUNTS: FMG EMG<br />

9<br />

SIDE GUARDS<br />

H<br />

Gate<br />

L<br />

Left Side<br />

Right Side<br />

10 FLOOR SECTION<br />

H<br />

11 HINGED GATE<br />

H<br />

No Yes–Type of Interlock:<br />

Lock<strong>in</strong>g Nonlock<strong>in</strong>g<br />

12 CHOOSE ONE<br />

Proximity Switch (24 V DC only)<br />

Limit Switch<br />

L<br />

L<br />

1. Fill <strong>in</strong> the complete head<strong>in</strong>g as <strong>in</strong>dicated.<br />

2. Check whether an Outside or Inside<br />

mount is required. (See lower left side of<br />

front view draw<strong>in</strong>g for examples.)<br />

3. Enter center mount<strong>in</strong>g dimension. The gate<br />

open<strong>in</strong>g will be approximately 7” sm<strong>all</strong>er<br />

than this dimension.<br />

4. Enter gate height, frame type, and construction<br />

of nonadjustable area.<br />

5. Enter gate lift height: 12”, 18”, or other.<br />

6. Enter upper and lower gate mount limits,<br />

if any.<br />

7. If outside mounted, enter the appropriate<br />

location of upper and lower mount<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t<br />

for each mount.<br />

8. Enter the desired length and type of mount<br />

supports; either FMG for direct or EMG for<br />

extended. Allow for any obstructions (7” m<strong>in</strong>imum).<br />

9. Enter dimensions for side guards if required.<br />

10. Indicate if floor section is required for the<br />

gate frame. Provide height and length.<br />

11. Indicate if h<strong>in</strong>ged gate is required. If yes,<br />

<strong>in</strong>dicate the type of <strong>in</strong>terlock switch required.<br />

12. Choose a proximity switch (for 24 V DC only)<br />

or a limit switch.<br />

48 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


MEASURING INSTRUCTIONS FOR GATE ASSEMBLY MODELS XL-2G THROUGH XL-6G<br />

The follow<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>structions are for measur<strong>in</strong>g XL-2G through XL-6G<br />

gate assemblies and barrier guards. The basic <strong>in</strong>formation necessary<br />

to quote or fabricate any of the listed gates and barrier guards is the<br />

size of the gate, the frame type, nonadjustable area construction,<br />

height of panel(s), panel segments (if required), and mounts to attach<br />

the gate and guards to the mach<strong>in</strong>e. The length of <strong>all</strong> panels will be<br />

determ<strong>in</strong>ed by <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong>.<br />

The follow<strong>in</strong>g <strong>in</strong>structions are purposely kept as simple as possible to<br />

avoid long explanations of the many variations available.<br />

1. Fill <strong>in</strong> the complete head<strong>in</strong>g as <strong>in</strong>dicated.<br />

2. Check appropriate gate model number.<br />

XL-2G = 2 panel and gate<br />

XL-3G = 3 panel and gate<br />

XL-4G = 4 panel and gate<br />

XL-5G = 5 panel and gate<br />

XL-6G = 6 panel and gate<br />

(If any panels are not required, cross them out <strong>in</strong> the panel chart.)<br />

3. Measure and record the bolster width and depth.<br />

4. Measure web width of frame, if the barrier guard is to be mounted to<br />

the front of the frame beh<strong>in</strong>d the bolster plate.<br />

5. Measure and record the distance from the mount<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t of the<br />

guard on the frame of the mach<strong>in</strong>e to the rear of the bolster. Measure<br />

and record the outside width of the press frame beh<strong>in</strong>d the bolster plate.<br />

6. Indicate desired position of L and R panels and gate relative<br />

to the bolster. Draw<strong>in</strong>g shows panels and gate outbound of the<br />

bolster. If panels or gate should be <strong>in</strong>bound, enter m<strong>in</strong>us (-) dimensions,<br />

or on the bolster, enter zero.<br />

7. Enter the m<strong>in</strong>imum and maximum feedl<strong>in</strong>e heights. Enter distance<br />

from the bottom of the gate to bolster (usu<strong>all</strong>y 0 <strong>in</strong>ches). If below bolster,<br />

enter <strong>in</strong>ches.<br />

8. Measure and record the clearance from the flywheel cover or<br />

obstruction to the top of the bolster. This dimension could affect the<br />

panel height if the panel is to be swung underneath. Indicate if view is<br />

from left or right side of the mach<strong>in</strong>e.<br />

When measur<strong>in</strong>g, be sure the gate will lift completely<br />

without hitt<strong>in</strong>g any obstruction.<br />

9. Measure and record the feedl<strong>in</strong>e depth.<br />

10. Indicate the gate lift height required, norm<strong>all</strong>y 12” or 18” is sufficient.<br />

11. Indicate mounts required for LR, L, R, or RR panels.<br />

SFM Side Frame Mount<br />

SFM-7 Side Frame Mount (3”, 5”, or 7”)<br />

SFM-24 Side Frame Mount up to 24”<br />

FFM Front Frame Mount<br />

Note: The panel will beg<strong>in</strong> approximately 2½” from the mount<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t<br />

with the SFM, SFM-7, or SFM-24 mount. The panel will beg<strong>in</strong><br />

approximately 1” from the mount<strong>in</strong>g po<strong>in</strong>t with the FFM mount.<br />

12. Indicate frame type for each panel and gate.<br />

NAP<br />

AP1<br />

AP2<br />

AP3<br />

AP4<br />

AP5<br />

API<br />

Nonadjustable Panel<br />

Adjustable Panel (1/2 frame)<br />

Adjustable Panel (5/8 frame)<br />

Adjustable Panel (3/4 frame)<br />

Adjustable Panel (Center—Full frame)<br />

Adjustable Panel (Lower—Full frame)<br />

Adjustable Panel (Incl<strong>in</strong>able)<br />

The gate can ONLY be NAP or AP3.<br />

13. Indicate the construction of the nonadjustable area for each panel.<br />

B<br />

B1<br />

Y<br />

Y1<br />

PC<br />

1/2” Sq. Black Mesh (16 gauge)<br />

1” Sq. Black Mesh (12 gauge)<br />

1/2” Sq. Yellow Mesh (16 gauge)<br />

1” Sq. Yellow Mesh (12 gauge)<br />

Polycarbonate (3/16” thick)<br />

The gate is norm<strong>all</strong>y polycarbonate.<br />

14. Indicate height of each panel.<br />

15. Indicate length of each panel. <strong>Rockford</strong> <strong>Systems</strong> will determ<strong>in</strong>e<br />

length(s) based on other dimensions provided.<br />

16. Indicate panel segment type, height, length, and if h<strong>in</strong>ged or<br />

nonh<strong>in</strong>ged, if required.<br />

FS<br />

AS<br />

PCS<br />

ES<br />

Feeder Segment<br />

Adjustable Segment<br />

Polycarbonate Segment<br />

Empty Segment<br />

17. Indicate if L, LF, Gate, RF, or R panels require an <strong>in</strong>terlock switch<br />

and choose lock<strong>in</strong>g or nonlock<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

18. Indicate if L, LF, Gate, RF, or R panel needs to be h<strong>in</strong>ged (L or R).<br />

The gate ALWAYS h<strong>in</strong>ges left.<br />

19. Indicate if hairp<strong>in</strong>s are required <strong>in</strong> place of LR or RR panel. The<br />

number of hairp<strong>in</strong>s supplied will be determ<strong>in</strong>ed by the height of the L or<br />

R panel. Indicate the height of hairp<strong>in</strong>s required <strong>in</strong> the box.<br />

20. Indicate if roof section(s) are required. Provide height and length.<br />

21. Indicate if floor section(s) are required. Provide height and length.<br />

22. Choose proximity switch (for 24 V DC only) or limit switch.<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 49


GATE ASSEMBLY & BARRIER GUARD MEASUREMENT FORM—GAP OR C-FRAME MACHINES<br />

GATE ASSEMBLY WITH MULTI-PANEL GUARDS—XL-2G, XL-3G, XL-4G, XL-5G, XL-6G<br />

If more than <strong>one</strong> mach<strong>in</strong>e is to be measured, please make copies of this page.<br />

(See previous page for <strong>in</strong>structions.)<br />

1<br />

Company________________________________________ Address______________________________________________<br />

City____________________________________________ State_________________________ ZIP_____________________<br />

Attention________________________________________ Rep._________________________________________________<br />

Mach. Mfr. & Model No._____________________________ Mach. No._____________________ Measured By______________<br />

5 LR<br />

REAR<br />

5<br />

RR<br />

4<br />

5<br />

OBSTRUCTION<br />

OR<br />

FLYWHEEL COVER<br />

8<br />

9<br />

7<br />

Max. Feedl<strong>in</strong>e Ht.<br />

M<strong>in</strong>. Feedl<strong>in</strong>e Ht.<br />

Notes:<br />

Bolster<br />

Bed<br />

Left Side<br />

"<br />

"<br />

7<br />

7<br />

7<br />

Bottom of<br />

gate to bolster<br />

(usu<strong>all</strong>y 0 <strong>in</strong>ches);<br />

if below bolster,<br />

enter <strong>in</strong>ches<br />

6<br />

Panel<br />

L<br />

LF<br />

3 3<br />

Gate<br />

See Below<br />

6 FRONT<br />

RF<br />

R<br />

Panel<br />

6<br />

8<br />

Feed Depth<br />

Bolster<br />

Bed<br />

Left Side<br />

Right Side (shown)<br />

2<br />

10<br />

11<br />

17<br />

22<br />

XL-2G<br />

XL-4G<br />

XL-6G<br />

MODEL<br />

XL-3G<br />

XL-5G<br />

GATE LIFT HEIGHT<br />

12"<br />

18"<br />

MOUNTS<br />

SFM SFM-3, -5, -7<br />

SFM-24<br />

Other<br />

"<br />

(Circle <strong>one</strong>)<br />

FFM<br />

ELEC. INTERLOCK<br />

Lock<strong>in</strong>g<br />

Nonlock<strong>in</strong>g<br />

CHOOSE ONE<br />

Proximity Switch (24 V DC only)<br />

Limit Switch<br />

PANEL CHART<br />

Panel LR L LF Gate RF R RR<br />

Frame Type<br />

NAP, AP1, AP2, AP3,<br />

AP4, AP5, API<br />

Nonadjust. Area Const.<br />

B, B1, Y, Y1, PC<br />

L<br />

(Length)<br />

H<br />

(Height)<br />

RSI To<br />

Complete<br />

Panel Segment Type<br />

FS, AS, PCS, ES<br />

H<br />

(Height)<br />

L<br />

(Length)<br />

H (H<strong>in</strong>ged)<br />

NH (Nonh<strong>in</strong>ged)<br />

Electrical Interlock<br />

Y (Yes) N (No)<br />

H<strong>in</strong>ged L or R<br />

Hairp<strong>in</strong>s<br />

(In place of LR or RR)<br />

20 ROOF SECTION<br />

Panel H L<br />

L<br />

*<br />

LF<br />

Gate<br />

RF<br />

R<br />

*<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

19 19<br />

L<br />

(Length)<br />

*Indicate <strong>in</strong> the Notes section above if a vertical section of hairp<strong>in</strong>s is required above the L or R panel.<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

Y<br />

L<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

18 18 18 18<br />

21 FLOOR SECTION<br />

H Panel H L<br />

(Height) L<br />

LF<br />

Gate<br />

RF<br />

R<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

50 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


SWING-AWAY GATE ASSEMBLY & BARRIER GUARD MEASUREMENT FOR STRAIGHT-SIDE, HYDRAULIC,<br />

OR COLUMN-TYPE MACHINES<br />

If more than <strong>one</strong> mach<strong>in</strong>e is to be measured, please make copies of this page.<br />

1 Company________________________________________ Address______________________________________________<br />

City____________________________________________ State_________________________ ZIP_____________________<br />

Attention________________________________________ Rep._________________________________________________<br />

Mach. Mfr. & Model No._____________________________ Mach. No._____________________ Measured By______________<br />

FRONT VIEW<br />

SIDE VIEW<br />

Air Cyl<strong>in</strong>der<br />

Either 22" With<br />

12" Lift Height or<br />

28" With 18"<br />

Lift Height<br />

2"<br />

2<br />

Gate Height<br />

(<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>ches)<br />

INSTRUCTIONS<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

4"<br />

25⁄8"<br />

Provide complete <strong>in</strong>formation.<br />

Determ<strong>in</strong>e gate height required.<br />

Determ<strong>in</strong>e gate open<strong>in</strong>g required.<br />

Determ<strong>in</strong>e gate lift height required.<br />

Choose gate panel construction required.<br />

Choose proximity switch or limit switch.<br />

Choose type of <strong>in</strong>terlock switch.<br />

GATE ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS<br />

Gate frame assembly<br />

Gate panel<br />

Proximity switch (24 V DC only) or limit switch<br />

Air cyl<strong>in</strong>der(s)<br />

Air flow control valves<br />

Quick dump valves<br />

Solenoid air valve assemblies<br />

1<br />

⁄8” air regulator gauge and mount<strong>in</strong>g bracket<br />

Extrusion, h<strong>in</strong>ge assembly, and mount<strong>in</strong>g hardware<br />

Gate Open<strong>in</strong>g (<strong>in</strong> <strong>in</strong>ches)<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

25⁄8" 3½"<br />

Check box 1 or 2 below:<br />

1.<br />

2.<br />

GATE LIFT HEIGHT<br />

c 12” c 18” c Other ______________”<br />

GATE PANEL CONSTRUCTION<br />

NAP (Nonadjustable Panel)—Choose from the follow<strong>in</strong>g:<br />

Nonadjustable Area<br />

c Polycarbonate OR<br />

c Wire Mesh<br />

c 1 ⁄2” Square or c 1” Square<br />

c Black or c Yellow<br />

AP3 (Adjustable Panel)—Choose from the follow<strong>in</strong>g:<br />

Nonadjustable Area<br />

c Polycarbonate OR<br />

c Wire Mesh<br />

Polycarbonate<br />

or<br />

Mesh<br />

c 1 ⁄2” Square or c 1” Square<br />

c Black or c Yellow<br />

Adjustable Area—Hairp<strong>in</strong> will be 4” maximum.<br />

6<br />

7<br />

c Proximity Switch (24 V DC only) c Limit Switch<br />

c Lock<strong>in</strong>g Interlock<br />

c Nonlock<strong>in</strong>g Interlock<br />

Polycarbonate<br />

or<br />

Mesh<br />

Gate Panel<br />

Polycarbonate<br />

or<br />

Mesh<br />

Gate Panel<br />

Polycarbonate<br />

or<br />

Mesh<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 51


SAFETY BUMPER<br />

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS<br />

• Automated manufactur<strong>in</strong>g<br />

• Packag<strong>in</strong>g and material handl<strong>in</strong>g<br />

• Mov<strong>in</strong>g conveyor systems<br />

• Mov<strong>in</strong>g platforms and lifts<br />

• Automated guided vehicles<br />

Has excellent side activation properties!<br />

This safety bumper system is designed to protect some<strong>one</strong> or someth<strong>in</strong>g from hazardous mach<strong>in</strong>e conditions. A safety bumper and a safety <strong>in</strong>terface<br />

control provides a Category 3 safety system. The safety bumper is an <strong>in</strong>dustrial grade, pressure-sensitive safety device with a built-<strong>in</strong> sensor, and is<br />

supplied with wir<strong>in</strong>g. When a person or object comes <strong>in</strong> contact with the safety bumper, a signal is sent to stop the mach<strong>in</strong>e. Each safety bumper<br />

has two 6’ cables, an alum<strong>in</strong>um mount<strong>in</strong>g channel, and is resistant to water, oil, hydraulic fluids, and coolants.<br />

An RKR-164 <strong>in</strong>terface control consists of a safety controller, power supply, force-guided relays, term<strong>in</strong>als, and fuses <strong>all</strong> <strong>in</strong>side an enclosure. An on/<br />

off selector switch and a lighted reset push button are on the front of the enclosure. If the safety bumper is pressed and stops mach<strong>in</strong>e motion,<br />

then the reset button must be pushed to <strong>all</strong>ow a restart of the mach<strong>in</strong>e. Connection of the safety bumper and <strong>in</strong>terface provides a Category 3 safety<br />

system when properly <strong>in</strong>tegrated with the exist<strong>in</strong>g control system.<br />

If an RKR-164 <strong>in</strong>terface is not required, a DIN-rail mounted safety relay control module (RKR-139) is available. Each 24-V DC DIN-rail module has<br />

4 NO dry contacts and can be mounted <strong>in</strong>to an exist<strong>in</strong>g control.<br />

RFT-139 Safety Relay Control Module<br />

RKR-164 Interface Control<br />

ORDERING INFORMATION<br />

PART NO. DESCRIPTION<br />

BMP-1 1’ Safety Bumper<br />

BMP-2 2’ Safety Bumper<br />

BMP-3 3’ Safety Bumper<br />

BMP-4 4’ Safety Bumper<br />

BMP-5 5’ Safety Bumper<br />

BMP-6 6’ Safety Bumper<br />

RKR-164 Interface Control<br />

RFT-139 DIN-Rail Mounted Safety Relay Control Module<br />

52 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


PRESSURE-SENSITIVE SAFETY MATS<br />

Safety mats are <strong>in</strong>tended to be used as auxiliary or additional<br />

safeguard<strong>in</strong>g equipment to protect operators and other employees <strong>in</strong><br />

the mach<strong>in</strong>e area. They must not be used as the primary method of<br />

safeguard<strong>in</strong>g except when <strong>all</strong> other means are not applicable.<br />

These mats can safeguard many types of mach<strong>in</strong>es. Consider the<br />

follow<strong>in</strong>g when choos<strong>in</strong>g mats:<br />

1) How is the mat to be <strong>in</strong>terfaced to the exist<strong>in</strong>g motor control or<br />

equipment? Does a new control or starter need to be added?<br />

2) Can the motion of the mach<strong>in</strong>e that is creat<strong>in</strong>g the po<strong>in</strong>t-ofoperation<br />

hazard be stopped quickly? If it can, what k<strong>in</strong>d of clutch<br />

and brake arrangement does it have? Is the mach<strong>in</strong>e hydraulic<strong>all</strong>y<br />

or pneumatic<strong>all</strong>y operated? Is it operated by any other means?<br />

Before apply<strong>in</strong>g a safety mat to any mach<strong>in</strong>e, make sure it will be<br />

<strong>in</strong>terfaced correctly with the mach<strong>in</strong>e control and make sure it does<br />

not <strong>in</strong>terfere with productivity. The whole mach<strong>in</strong>e system must be<br />

considered, <strong>in</strong>clud<strong>in</strong>g safeguard<strong>in</strong>g, mach<strong>in</strong>e control, disconnects,<br />

starters, covers for rotat<strong>in</strong>g parts, auxiliary parts, feed<strong>in</strong>g and retriev<strong>in</strong>g<br />

of workpieces, etc.<br />

The pressure-sensitive, heavy-duty safety mats described on these<br />

pages are highly resistant to wear, oils, grease, acids and most<br />

common chemicals.<br />

These mats function <strong>in</strong> two different ways. One way is that the mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

will not start if some<strong>one</strong> or some object is on the mat. Another way is<br />

that if the mach<strong>in</strong>e is already operat<strong>in</strong>g or cycl<strong>in</strong>g, it will stop if some<strong>one</strong><br />

steps onto the mat. In this case, the mach<strong>in</strong>e needs to be restarted once<br />

the mat has been cleared.<br />

The mat(s) must be located so an operator or other employee, when<br />

stepp<strong>in</strong>g onto the mat, cannot reach <strong>in</strong>to the po<strong>in</strong>t-of-operation hazard<br />

prior to the mach<strong>in</strong>e’s hazardous motion com<strong>in</strong>g to a stop. See ANSI/<br />

RIA R15.06 robot safety standard for detailed guidel<strong>in</strong>es on mat safety<br />

distance. Also see the ANSI B11.19 for guidel<strong>in</strong>es on mat control<br />

system reliability.<br />

MATS CAN BE APPLIED TO MANY DIFFERENT MACHINES AND AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT FOR PROTECTION.<br />

Control<br />

Station<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

Guard<br />

Safety<br />

Mat<br />

Parts<br />

Chute<br />

Robot<br />

Parts<br />

B<strong>in</strong><br />

Light<br />

Curta<strong>in</strong><br />

Receiver<br />

Guard<br />

Light<br />

Curta<strong>in</strong><br />

Transmitter<br />

Mirror<br />

Drill<strong>in</strong>g, Mill<strong>in</strong>g, and Bor<strong>in</strong>g Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

Assembly Mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

Control<br />

Station<br />

Robots and Auxiliary Equipment<br />

Mach<strong>in</strong>e<br />

G<br />

Safety<br />

Mat<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 53<br />

Robot


PRESSURE-SENSITIVE SAFETY MATS (CONTINUED)<br />

The heavy-duty pressure-sensitive safety mats offered have been<br />

successfully used to provide auxiliary safeguard<strong>in</strong>g for the hazard areas<br />

that exist <strong>in</strong> many <strong>in</strong>dustrial environments. Some of these <strong>in</strong>clude:<br />

• Robotic weld<strong>in</strong>g<br />

• Laser weld<strong>in</strong>g/cutt<strong>in</strong>g<br />

• Water jet mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

• Pick-and-place robots<br />

• Plastics mold<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

• Assembly mach<strong>in</strong>es<br />

• Automated material handl<strong>in</strong>g<br />

• Packag<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

• Textile mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

• Conveyors<br />

• Paper convert<strong>in</strong>g mach<strong>in</strong>ery<br />

• CNC punches and tube benders<br />

The s<strong>in</strong>gle-piece molded construction of these safety mats means these<br />

mats will not delam<strong>in</strong>ate. The mats encase conductive plates which<br />

provide stop/restart signals when pressure is applied or released. Each<br />

mat top surface has a rib pattern runn<strong>in</strong>g par<strong>all</strong>el with the mat length<br />

which helps prevent slipp<strong>in</strong>g, yet is easy to clean.<br />

All mats are supplied with a 20’ s<strong>in</strong>gle-jacketed, four-wire cord exit<strong>in</strong>g<br />

from the width end of the mat. The outside edge of each mat has a lip<br />

to attach either an alum<strong>in</strong>um ramp or a blunt edge. The lip can also<br />

be removed when jo<strong>in</strong><strong>in</strong>g two mats with a mat connector. The mat<br />

dimensions provided are for the active area of the mat.<br />

These mats can be supplied <strong>in</strong>dividu<strong>all</strong>y or <strong>in</strong> multiple configurations.<br />

They are available <strong>in</strong> various sizes and can be tied together (electric<strong>all</strong>y)<br />

<strong>in</strong> series.<br />

The part numbers listed <strong>in</strong> the chart on the next page do not <strong>in</strong>clude<br />

any ramps, blunt edges, or connectors. Follow the <strong>in</strong>structions below<br />

the chart to add ramp edg<strong>in</strong>g.<br />

Note: A mat control box Part No. RKR-162, or Z<strong>one</strong> Monitor<br />

Part No. RKR-103 or RKR-107 must be used with the mats.<br />

See pages 56-57.<br />

MAT SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Operat<strong>in</strong>g Temperature........................................-35° to 120°F<br />

............................................................................(-37° to 49°C)<br />

Individual Mat Sizes................................ 12” x 12” to 48” x 72”<br />

Activation Force........................... 3 to 5 ft/lb (normal foot traffic)<br />

Mat Cover Material.......................................................... Molded v<strong>in</strong>yl<br />

Shore A Hardness.......................................................... 72 ± 2<br />

Mat Cable Length.............................................................. 20 ft<br />

Load Capacity.......................................................................3,000 psi<br />

Applicable Standards....Designed to meet or exceed ANSI B11.19,<br />

.....................................OSHA 1910.212, and ANSI/RIA R15.06<br />

ELECTRODE ASSEMBLY:<br />

• Norm<strong>all</strong>y open switch<br />

• High-durability 24-gauge steel<br />

• 18-gauge, 4-wire, s<strong>in</strong>gle-jacketed lead wires and optional application-specific<br />

wir<strong>in</strong>g options<br />

• Hermetic<strong>all</strong>y encapsulated switch and lead wires<br />

• Designed to meet IP67 and NEMA 6<br />

• Water-tight and tot<strong>all</strong>y submersible<br />

For a complete chemical resistance chart, contact the factory.<br />

54 | SAFEGUARDING DEVICES


STANDARD MATS<br />

These heavy-duty pressure-sensitive safety mats are constructed of<br />

molded v<strong>in</strong>yl material. The mold<strong>in</strong>g encases two separated par<strong>all</strong>el steel<br />

plates. These plates make contact when the mat is stepped on. They<br />

have a black, ribbed pattern top surface to help prevent slipp<strong>in</strong>g and<br />

are easy to clean.<br />

The mats are active over the entire surface, except the narrow border.<br />

They are designed for low-voltage (24-V DC) control circuits.<br />

All standard size safety mats can be modified, i.e., with notches,<br />

cutouts, angles, or holes. Various configured layouts of any dimension<br />

can be supplied. Various colors, sizes, and shapes of mats are available<br />

along with different wir<strong>in</strong>g options to meet your requirements. To obta<strong>in</strong><br />

a proposal to meet your needs, submit a layout draw<strong>in</strong>g complete with<br />

<strong>all</strong> dimensions and a list of your specific requirements.<br />

Part No. PSM-2436-1<br />

Safety Mat (Includes EDG-1000 Series Ramp Edg<strong>in</strong>g)<br />

The pressure-sensitive safety mat <strong>in</strong>formation <strong>in</strong> the chart is for mats<br />

without EDG-1000 Series ramp edg<strong>in</strong>g. To <strong>in</strong>clude mitered ramp edg<strong>in</strong>g<br />

on <strong>all</strong> four sides of the mat, add a -1 to the part number and add 4” to<br />

both the width and length provided <strong>in</strong> the chart.<br />

All mats are furnished with a 20’ four-wire cord that exits the mat at<br />

the width end.<br />

STANDARD MAT SIZES<br />

PRESSURE-SENSITIVE MATS CHART<br />

PART NO. WIDTH LENGTH<br />

PSM-1212 12” 12”<br />

PSM-1224 12” 24”<br />

PSM-1236 12” 36”<br />

PSM-1248 12” 48”<br />

PSM-1260 12” 60”<br />

PSM-1272 12” 72”<br />

PSM-1636 16” 36”<br />

PSM-1824 18” 24”<br />

PSM-1836 18” 26”<br />

PSM-1848 18” 48”<br />

PSM-1860 18” 60”<br />

PSM-1872 18” 72”<br />

PSM-2420 24” 20”<br />

PSM-2424 24” 24”<br />

PSM-2430 24” 30”<br />

PSM-2436 24” 36”<br />

PSM-2442 24” 42”<br />

PSM-2448 24” 48”<br />

PSM-2456 24” 56”<br />

PSM-2460 24” 60”<br />

PSM-2472 24” 72”<br />

PSM-2828 27-1/2” 27-1/2”<br />

PSM-2833 27-1/2” 32-1/2”<br />

PSM-2843 27-1/2” 43”<br />

PSM-2856 27-1/2” 56”<br />

PSM-3030 30” 30”<br />

PSM-3036 30” 36”<br />

PSM-3042 30” 42”<br />

PSM-3048 30” 48”<br />

PSM-3060 30” 60”<br />

PSM-3072 30” 72”<br />

PSM-3432 33-1/2” 32”<br />

PSM-3444 33-1/2” 44”<br />

PSM-3456 33-1/2” 56”<br />

PSM-3636 36” 36”<br />

PSM-3642 36” 42”<br />

PSM-3648 36” 48”<br />

PSM-3660 36” 60”<br />

PSM-3672 36” 72”<br />

PSM-4132 40-7/8” 31-3/16”<br />

PSM-4144 40-7/8” 43-3/16”<br />

PSM-4156 40-7/8” 55-3/16”<br />

PSM-4848 48” 48”<br />

PSM-4860 48” 60”<br />

PSM-4872 48” 72”<br />

SAFEGUARDING DEVICES | 55


RAMP EDGING, BLUNT EDGING, AND MAT CONNECTORS<br />